Jaguar Tablet Accessory 2002.25 User manual

BY APPOINTMENT TO
HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH II
MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS
JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY
BY APPOINTMENT TO
HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH
THE QUEEN MOTHER
MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS
JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY
BY APPOINTMENT TO
HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCE OF WALES
MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS
JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY
2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Electrical Guide
2.5L & 3.0L – 2001.5 Model Year;
2.0L – 2002.25 Model Year
Published by Parts and Service Communications
Jaguar Cars Limited
Publication Part Number – JJM 10 38 20 / 22
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Table of Contents
Table of Contents: Figures ................................................................................................................... 2 – 3
Abbreviations and Acronyms ............................................................................................................... 4
Introduction ........................................................................................................................................ 5
Component Index ............................................................................................................................... 6 – 9
User Instructions ............................................................................................................................... 10 – 11
Symbols and Codes ........................................................................................................................... 12 – 14
Network Configuration ...................................................................................................................... 15
Relay and Fuse Location .................................................................................................................... 16
Fuse Box Connectors ......................................................................................................................... 17
Main Power Distribution ................................................................................................................... 18
Harness Layout ................................................................................................................................. 19
Ground Point Location ...................................................................................................................... 20
Control Module Location ................................................................................................................... 21
Control Module Pin Identification ...................................................................................................... 22 – 27
Electrical Guide Figures and Data ............................................................................ follows after page 27
(pages are numbered by Figure number)
Appendix (CAN and SCP Messages) ................................................................... follows Figures and Data
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
1
Table of Contents: Figures
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
FIGURES
Fig.
Description
01
Power Distribution
Fig. 01.1 ......
Fig. 01.2 ......
Fig. 01.3 ......
Fig. 01.4 ......
Fig. 01.5 ......
Fig. 01.6 ......
Main Power Distribution ............................................................................
Battery Power Distribution .........................................................................
Ignition Switched Power Distribution: I (Accessory) .....................................
Ignition Switched Power Distribution: II (Run) .............................................
Ignition Switched Power Distribution: Battery Saver ....................................
Engine Management System Switched Power Distribution ...........................
02
Battery; Starter; Generator
Variant
All Vehicles
All Vehicles
All Vehicles
All Vehicles
All Vehicles
All Vehicles
Fig. 02.1 ...... Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.5L & 3.0L ...................................................... 2.5L & 3.0L Vehicles
Fig. 02.2 ...... Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.0L ................................................................. 2.0L Vehicles
03
Engine Management
Fig. 03.1 ......
Fig. 03.2 ......
Fig. 03.3 ......
Fig. 03.4 ......
Engine Management: 2.5L & 3.0L – Part 1 ...................................................
Engine Management: 2.5L & 3.0L – Part 2 ...................................................
Engine Management: 2.0L – Part 1 .............................................................
Engine Management: 2.0L – Part 2 .............................................................
04
Transmission
2.5L & 3.0L Vehicles
2.5L & 3.0L Vehicles
2.0L Vehicles
2.0L Vehicles
Fig. 04.1 ...... Automatic and Manual Transmissions: Early Production ............................. 2.5L & 3.0L Vehicles
Fig. 04.2 ...... Automatic and Manual Transmissions: Later Production ............................. All Vehicles (Later Production)
05
Chassis
Fig. 05.1 ...... Anti-Lock Braking ...................................................................................... 2.5L & 3.0L ABS Vehicles
Fig. 05.2 ...... Dynamic Stability Control .......................................................................... DSC Vehicles
Fig. 05.3 ...... Anti-Lock Braking / Traction Control ........................................................... 2.0L ABS/TC Vehicles
06
Climate Control
Fig. 06.1 ...... Manual Climate Control System; Glass Heaters ........................................... Manual Climate Control Vehicles
Fig. 06.2 ...... Automatic Climate Control System; Glass Heaters ....................................... Automatic Climate Control Vehicles
07
Instrumentation
Fig. 07.1 ...... Instrument Cluster ..................................................................................... All Vehicles
Fig. 07.2 ...... Audible Warnings ...................................................................................... All Vehicles
08
Exterior Lighting
Fig. 08.1 ...... Exterior Lighting: Front – Autolamps ..........................................................
Fig. 08.2 ...... Exterior Lighting: Front – Non Autolamps; ..................................................
Exterior Lighting: Front – Daytime Running Lamps ......................................
Fig. 08.3 ...... Exterior Lighting: Rear ................................................................................
Fig. 08.4 ...... Exterior Lighting: Rear – European Trailer Towing .......................................
Fig. 08.5 ...... Exterior Lighting: Rear – U.K. Trailer Towing ...............................................
Fig. 08.6 ...... Exterior Lighting: Rear – NAS Trailer Towing ...............................................
Fig. 08.7 ...... Headlamp Leveling ....................................................................................
09
Autolamp Vehicles
Non Autolamp Vehicles;
Daytime Running Lamp Vehicles
All Vehicles
EUR Trailer Towing Vehicles
U.K. Trailer Towing Vehicles
NAS Trailer Towing Vehicles
Headlamp Leveling Vehicles
Interior Lighting
Fig. 09.1 ...... Interior Lighting ......................................................................................... All Vehicles
Fig. 09.2 ...... Dimmer-Controlled Lighting ....................................................................... All Vehicles
10
Steering; Mirrors; Heaters
Fig. 10.1 ...... Variable Assist Steering; Electrochromic Rear View Mirror ........................... All Vehicles
Fig. 10.2 ...... Door Mirrors: Movement, Fold-Back .......................................................... All Vehicles
2
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
FIGURES
Fig.
Description
11
Seat Systems
Table of Contents: Figures
Variant
Fig. 11.1 ...... Powered Seats: 8-Way Movement .............................................................. 8-Way Powered Seat Vehicles
Fig. 11.2 ...... Powered Seats: 2-Way Movement .............................................................. 2-Way Powered Seat Vehicles
Fig. 11.3 ...... Seat Heaters .............................................................................................. Heated Seat Vehicles
12
Door Locking; Security
Fig. 12.1 ...... Central Door Locking: Double Locking ....................................................... Double Locking Vehicles
Fig. 12.2 ...... Central Door Locking: Non Double Locking ................................................ Non Double Locking Vehicles
Fig. 12.3 ...... Security System ......................................................................................... All Vehicles
13
Wash / Wipe
Fig. 13.1 ...... Wash / Wipe System .................................................................................. Non Rain Sensing Vehicles
Fig. 13.2 ...... Wash / Wipe System with Rain Sensing ....................................................... Rain Sensing Vehicles
14
Powered Windows; Sliding Roof
Fig. 14.1 ...... Powered Windows: LHD ............................................................................ LHD Vehicles
Fig. 14.2 ...... Powered Windows: RHD ........................................................................... RHD Vehicles
Fig. 14.3 ...... Sliding Roof ............................................................................................... Sliding Roof Vehicles
15
In-Car Entertainment
Fig. 15.1 ...... In-Car Entertainment: Standard .................................................................. Standard ICE Vehicles
Fig. 15.2 ...... In-Car Entertainment: Premium ................................................................. Premium ICE Vehicles
16
Telematics
Fig. 16.1 ......
Fig. 16.2 ......
Fig. 16.3 ......
Fig. 16.4 ......
Fig. 16.5 ......
Fig. 16.6 ......
Fig. 16.7 ......
Telephone System: ROW ...........................................................................
Telephone System: NAS .............................................................................
Telephone System with Voice: ROW ..........................................................
Telephone System with Voice: NAS ............................................................
Voice Control System .................................................................................
Navigation System (except Japan) ...............................................................
Navigation System: Japan ...........................................................................
17
Occupant Protection
ROW Vehicles
NAS Vehicles
ROW Vehicles
NAS Vehicles
Voice Only Vehicles
NAV Vehicles except Japan
Japan NAV Vehicles
Fig. 17.1 ...... Advanced Restraint System ........................................................................ All Vehicles
18
Driver Assist
Fig. 18.1 ...... Parking Aid System .................................................................................... Parking Aid Vehicles
19
Ancillaries
Fig. 19.1 ...... Ancillaries: Horn, Cigar Lighter, Accessory Connectors,
Garage Door Opener ................................................................................. All Vehicles
20
Vehicle Multiplex Systems
Fig. 20.1 ......
Fig. 20.2 ......
Fig. 20.3 ......
Fig. 20.4 ......
Controller Area Network ............................................................................
Standard Corporate Protocol Network; Serial Data Link ..............................
D2B Network: Part 1 .................................................................................
D2B Network: Part 2 .................................................................................
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
All Vehicles
All Vehicles
All Vehicles
All Vehicles
3
Abbreviations and Acronyms
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
The following abbreviations and acronyms are used throughout this Electrical Guide:
A/C
A/CCM
ABS
ABS/TC
APP SENSOR
APP1
APP2
AUTO
B+
BANK 1
BANK 2
CAN
CKP SENSOR
CM
CMP SENSOR / 1
CMP SENSOR / 2
D2B
DSC
ECM
ECT SENSOR
EFT SENSOR
EGT SENSOR
EOT SENSOR
EVAP CANISTER CLOSE VALVE
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE
FTP SENSOR
GECM
GPS
HID
HO2 SENSOR 1 / 1
HO2 SENSOR 1 / 2
HO2 SENSOR 2 / 1
HO2 SENSOR 2 / 2
IAT SENSOR
ICE
IMT VALVE / 1
IMT VALVE / 2
IC
IP SENSOR
KS
LH
LHD
MAF SENSOR
MAN
MAP SENSOR
N/A
NAS
PATS
PWM
RH
RHD
ROW
SCP
TCM
TP SENSOR
TP1
TP2
TURN
TV
V6
VEMS
VICS
VVT VALVE / 1
VVT VALVE / 2
+ve
–ve
–ve BUS
4
Air Conditioning
Air Conditioning Control Module
Anti-Lock Braking
Anti-Lock Braking / Traction Control
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Element 1
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Element 2
Automatic Transmission
Battery Voltage
RH Cylinder Bank (Cylinders 1, 3, 5)
LH Cylinder Bank (Cylinders 2, 4, 6)
Controller Area Network
Crankshaft Position Sensor
Control Module
Camshaft Position Sensor / Bank 1
Camshaft Position Sensor / Bank 2
Fiber Optic Network
Dynamic Stability Control
Engine Control Module
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
Engine Fuel Temperature Sensor
Exhaust Gas Temperature Sensor
Engine Oil Temperature Sensor
Evaporative Emission Canister Close Valve
Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Valve
Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
General Electronic Control Module
Global Positioning System
High Intensity Discharge
Heated Oxygen Sensor – Bank 1 / Upstream
Heated Oxygen Sensor – Bank 1 / Downstream
Heated Oxygen Sensor – Bank 2 / Upstream
Heated Oxygen Sensor – Bank 2 / Downstream
Intake Air Temperature Sensor
In-Car Entertainment System
Intake Manifold Tuning Valve / Top
Intake Manifold Tuning Valve / Bottom
Instrument Cluster
Injection Pressure Sensor
Knock Sensor
Left Hand
Left Hand Drive
Mass Air Flow Sensor
Manual Transmission
Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
Normally Aspirated
North American Specification
Passive Anti-Theft System
Pulse Width Modulated
Right Hand
Right Hand Drive
Rest of World
Standard Corporate Protocol Network
Transmission Control Module
Throttle Position Sensor
Throttle Position Sensor Element 1
Throttle Position Sensor Element 2
Turn Signal
Television
V6 Engine
Vehicle Emergency Message System
Vehicle Information Control System
Variable Valve Timing Valve / Bank 1
Variable Valve Timing Valve / Bank 2
Positive
Negative
Central Junction Fuse Box Ground Bus
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Introduction
Electrical Guide Format
This Electrical Guide is made up of two major sections. The first section, at the front of the book, provides general information for and about
the use of the book, and information and illustrations to aid in the understanding of the Jaguar X-TYPE electrical / electronic systems, as well
as the location and identification of components.
The second section includes the Figures, which are the basis of the book. Each Figure is identified by a Figure Number (i.e. Fig. 01.1) and
Title, and is accompanied by a page of data containing information specific to that Figure.
It is recommended that the user read through the front section of the book to develop a familiarity with the layout of the book and with the
system of symbols and abbreviations used. The Table of Contents should help to guide the user.
Vehicle Identification Numbers (VIN)
VIN ranges are presented throughout the book in the following manner:
➞ VIN 123456 indicates “up to VIN 123456”;
VIN 123456 ➞ indicates “from VIN 123456 on”.
Jaguar X-TYPE Electrical System Architecture
Power Supplies
The Jaguar X-TYPE electrical system is a supply-side switched system. The ignition switch directly carries much of the ignition switched power
supply load. Power supply is provided via three methods: direct battery power supply, ignition switched power supply, and “Battery Saver”
power supply. The “Battery Saver” power supply circuit is controlled via GECM (General Electronic Control Module) internal timer circuits.
Refer to Figure 01.5 for circuit activation details.
Fuse Boxes
The electrical harness incorporates a hard-wired Power Distribution Fuse Box in the engine compartment and a serviceable Central Junction
Fuse Box in the front left-hand foot well. All fuses and relays (except the trailer towing accessory kit) are located in the two fuse boxes.
Vehicle Networks
The Jaguar X-TYPE employs three different networks: a CAN (Controller Area Network) for high-speed powertrain communications, an SCP
(Standard Corporate Protocol) network for slower speed body systems communications, and a D2B (Optical) Network for very high-speed
“real-time” audio data transfer. The D2B Network is a fiber optic network with a gateway to the remaining vehicle networks via the Audio
Unit (Radio Head Unit). Technician access to the three networks and the Serial Data Link is via the Data Link Connector.
Ground Studs
Circuit ground connections are made at body studs located throughout the vehicle. There are no separate power and logic grounding systems;
however, there are a certain number of components that use unique ground points.
X-TYPE INSTRUMENT PANEL
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
5
Component Index
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Accessory Power Relay .......................................................... Fig. 01.3
Cabin Accessory Connector ................................................... Fig. 19.1
Active Security Sounder ......................................................... Fig. 12.3
Capacitor (ABS / DSC / TC) ..................................................... Fig. 05.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 05.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 05.3
Air Conditioning Blower Relay ............................................... Fig. 06.1
Air Conditioning Blower Relay ............................................... Fig. 06.2
Air Conditioning Compressor Clutch ...................................... Fig. 03.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4
Air Conditioning Compressor Clutch Relay ............................. Fig. 03.2
Air Conditioning Control Module (Automatic, Panel) .............. Fig. 06.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1
Air Conditioning Control Module (Manual, Panel) .................. Fig. 06.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1
Air Conditioning Control Module (Remote) ............................. Fig. 06.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1
Air Conditioning Pressure Sensor ........................................... Fig. 03.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4
Air Temperature Blend Actuator ............................................ Fig. 06.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2
Airbag Deactivated Indicator Lamp – Passenger ...................... Fig. 17.1
Ambient Temperature Sensor ................................................. Fig. 06.2
Antenna Module .................................................................... Fig. 15.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 15.2
Anti-Lock Braking System Control Module .............................. Fig. 05.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1
Anti-Lock Braking / Traction Control Control Module ............. Fig. 05.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1
APP Sensor ............................................................................ Fig. 03.1
Audio Control Switches .........................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
15.1
15.2
16.3
16.4
16.5
Audio Unit ............................................................................ Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
09.2
12.3
15.1
15.2
16.1
16.2
16.3
16.4
16.5
20.2
20.3
20.4
Caravan Connector ................................................................ Fig. 08.5
CD Autochanger ....................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
15.1
15.2
20.3
20.4
Cellular Phone Control Module .............................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
16.1
16.2
16.3
16.4
20.3
20.4
Central Junction Fuse Box ......................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
01.1
01.2
01.3
01.4
01.5
03.1
03.3
03.4
05.1
05.2
05.3
06.1
06.2
08.1
08.2
08.3
08.4
08.5
08.6
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Cigar Lighter .......................................................................... Fig. 09.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 19.1
CKP Sensor ............................................................................ Fig. 03.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3
Clutch Cancel Switch ............................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
03.2
03.4
04.1
04.2
Clutch Pedal Safety Switch ..................................................... Fig. 02.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 04.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2
CMP Sensors ......................................................................... Fig. 03.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3
Autolamps Sensor .................................................................. Fig. 08.1
Cooling Fans .......................................................................... Fig. 03.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4
Automatic Transmission ......................................................... Fig. 04.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2
Cooling Fan Module .............................................................. Fig. 03.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4
Battery Saver Relay ................................................................ Fig. 01.5
Curtain Airbag Igniters ........................................................... Fig. 17.1
Battery .................................................................................. Fig. 01.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 02.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 02.2
Data Link Connector .............................................................. Fig. 20.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.2
Blower (Automatic) ................................................................ Fig. 06.2
Blower (Manual) .................................................................... Fig. 06.1
Blower Series Resistor ............................................................ Fig. 06.1
Brake Cancel Switch .............................................................. Fig. 03.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4
Brake Fluid Switch ................................................................. Fig. 07.1
Brake On / Off Switch ............................................................ Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
03.1
03.3
03.4
05.1
05.2
05.3
08.3
08.4
08.5
08.6
Defrost Door Actuator ........................................................... Fig. 06.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2
Dip Beam Relay ..................................................................... Fig. 08.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.7
Discharge Temperature Sensor ............................................... Fig. 06.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2
Door Courtesy Lamps ............................................................ Fig. 09.1
Door Latch Assembly – LH Front ............................................ Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
07.2
09.1
12.1
12.2
12.3
14.1
14.2
14.3
Brake Pressure Sensor ............................................................ Fig. 05.2
6
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Door Latch Assembly – RH Front ............................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
07.2
09.1
12.1
12.2
12.3
14.3
Door Latch Assemblies – Rear ................................................ Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
09.1
12.1
12.2
12.3
Door Mirrors ......................................................................... Fig. 06.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 10.2
Door Switch Pack – Driver .....................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
09.2
10.2
14.1
14.2
Door Switch Pack – Passenger ................................................ Fig. 09.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 14.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 14.2
Door Switch Packs – Rear ....................................................... Fig. 09.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 14.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 14.2
Dual Airbag Igniters ............................................................... Fig. 17.1
Dynamic Stability Control Control Module ............................. Fig. 05.2
Dynamic Stability Control Switch ........................................... Fig. 05.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2
ECT Sensor ............................................................................ Fig. 03.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3
EFT Sensor ............................................................................. Fig. 03.1
Electrochromic Rear View Mirror ........................................... Fig. 10.1
EMS Control Relay ................................................................. Fig. 01.6
Engine Control Module (2.5L & 3.0L) ...................................... Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
02.1
03.1
03.2
04.1
04.2
12.3
20.1
20.2
Engine Control Module (2.0L) .................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
02.2
03.3
03.4
04.1
04.2
12.3
20.1
20.2
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Component Index
Fuel Pump Module (2.5L & 3.0L) ............................................ Fig. 03.2
Fuel Pump Relay (2.0L) .......................................................... Fig. 03.4
General Electronic Control Module ........................................ Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
01.5
02.1
02.2
07.1
07.2
08.1
08.2
08.3
08.4
08.5
08.6
09.1
12.1
12.2
12.3
13.1
13.2
14.1
14.2
14.3
19.1
20.2
Generator .............................................................................. Fig. 02.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 02.2
Glove Box Lamp .................................................................... Fig. 08.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 09.1
Handset Receiver (NAS) ......................................................... Fig. 16.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.4
Handset Receiver (ROW) ........................................................ Fig. 16.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.3
Hazard Switch .......................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
08.2
08.3
08.4
08.5
08.6
Hazard, Seat Heater Switches ................................................. Fig. 09.2
Headlamp Leveling Control Module ....................................... Fig. 08.7
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.2
Headlamp Units .................................................................... Fig. 08.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.7
Heated Rear Window ............................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
06.1
06.2
15.1
15.2
EOT Sensor ........................................................................... Fig. 03.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3
Heated Rear Window Relay ................................................... Fig. 06.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2
EVAP Canister Close Valve ..................................................... Fig. 03.1
High Mount Stop Lamp ..........................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
EVAP Canister Purge Valve .................................................... Fig. 03.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3
Evaporator Temperature Sensor ............................................. Fig. 06.1
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
08.3
08.4
08.5
08.6
Evaporator Temperature Sensor ............................................. Fig. 06.2
HO2 Sensors ......................................................................... Fig. 03.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3
Fog Lamps ............................................................................. Fig. 08.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2
Hood Security Switch ............................................................. Fig. 12.3
Fold Flat Module ................................................................... Fig. 10.2
Horn Relay ............................................................................ Fig. 12.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 19.1
Footwell Lamps ..................................................................... Fig. 09.1
Horn Switch .......................................................................... Fig. 19.1
Fresh / Recirculation Flap Actuator ......................................... Fig. 06.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2
Horns .................................................................................... Fig. 12.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 19.1
Front Axle Sensor .................................................................. Fig. 08.7
Idle Speed Control Valve ........................................................ Fig. 03.3
Front Impact Sensor .............................................................. Fig. 17.1
FTP Sensor ............................................................................ Fig. 03.1
Ignition Capacitor .................................................................. Fig. 03.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4
Fuel Injectors ......................................................................... Fig. 03.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4
Ignition Modules and Coils ..................................................... Fig. 03.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4
Fuel Level Sensors ................................................................. Fig. 07.1
Ignition Relay ........................................................................ Fig. 01.4
Fuel Pump (2.5L & 3.0L) ......................................................... Fig. 03.2
Fuel Pump (2.0L) ................................................................... Fig. 03.4
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
7
Component Index
Ignition Switch .......................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
01.1
01.3
01.4
02.1
02.2
04.1
04.2
07.2
12.1
12.2
12.3
Navigation GPS Antenna ........................................................ Fig. 16.6
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.7
IMT Solenoid Valves .............................................................. Fig. 03.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3
Parking Aid Sounder .............................................................. Fig. 18.1
In-Car Temperature Sensor .................................................... Fig. 06.2
Inclination Sensor .................................................................. Fig. 12.3
Inertia Switch ........................................................................ Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
01.1
01.4
12.1
12.2
Instrument Cluster ................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
02.1
02.2
07.1
07.2
08.3
09.2
10.1
12.1
12.2
12.3
20.1
20.2
IP Sensor ............................................................................... Fig. 03.1
J Gate Assembly ..................................................................... Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
04.1
04.2
07.2
09.2
20.1
JaguarNet GPS Antenna .........................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
16.1
16.2
16.3
16.4
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Knock Sensor ........................................................................ Fig. 03.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3
Oil Pressure Switch ................................................................ Fig. 07.1
Output Speed Sensor ............................................................. Fig. 04.1
Panel / Floor Actuator ............................................................ Fig. 06.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2
Parking Aid Control Module ................................................... Fig. 18.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.2
Parking Aid Sensors ............................................................... Fig. 18.1
Passive Anti-Theft System Transceiver .................................... Fig. 02.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 02.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3
Passive Security Sounder ........................................................ Fig. 12.3
Power Distribution Fuse Box ..................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
01.1
01.2
01.3
01.6
02.1
02.2
03.1
03.2
03.4
04.1
04.2
06.1
06.2
08.1
08.2
08.7
12.3
13.1
13.2
19.1
Power Wash Pump ................................................................ Fig. 13.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2
Power Wash Pump Relay ....................................................... Fig. 13.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2
Rain Sensing Control Module ................................................. Fig. 13.2
Rain Sensor ........................................................................... Fig. 13.2
Rear Axle Sensor .................................................................... Fig. 08.7
08.3
08.4
08.5
08.6
Rear Interior Lamp ................................................................. Fig. 09.1
MAF Sensor ........................................................................... Fig. 03.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3
Reverse Lamps Relay .............................................................. Fig. 08.3
License Plate Lamps ...............................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Main Beam / Front Fog Relay .................................................. Fig. 08.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2
MAP Sensor ........................................................................... Fig. 03.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3
Master Lighting Switch ........................................................... Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
07.1
08.1
08.2
08.3
08.4
08.5
08.6
08.7
09.2
Mid Bass Speakers ................................................................. Fig. 15.2
Navigation Control Module .................................................... Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
8
16.1
16.2
16.3
16.4
16.6
16.7
20.2
20.3
20.4
Restraints Control Module ..................................................... Fig. 07.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 07.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.2
Reverse Lamps Switch ............................................................ Fig. 04.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.3
Roof Console .........................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
09.1
09.2
12.3
14.3
16.1
16.2
16.3
16.4
16.5
16.7
19.1
20.2
Seat Back Heaters .................................................................. Fig. 11.3
Seat Belt Pretensioner Igniters ................................................ Fig. 17.1
Seat Belt Switches .................................................................. Fig. 17.1
Seat Cushion Heaters ............................................................. Fig. 11.3
Seat Heater Modules .............................................................. Fig. 11.3
Seat Heater Switches ............................................................. Fig. 11.3
Seat Lumbar Pumps ............................................................... Fig. 11.1
Seat Lumbar Switch Packs ...................................................... Fig. 11.1
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Seat Movement Motors .......................................................... Fig. 11.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 11.2
Seat Position Switch – Driver .................................................. Fig. 17.1
Component Index
Transmission Control Module ................................................ Fig. 04.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1
Seat Weight Pressure Sensor – Passenger ................................ Fig. 17.1
Transmission Range Sensor ....................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
Seat Weight Sensing Control Module – Passenger ................... Fig. 17.1
Trunk Accessory Connector ................................................... Fig. 19.1
Security Indicator .................................................................. Fig. 12.3
Trunk Lamp ........................................................................... Fig. 09.1
Side Airbag Igniters ................................................................ Fig. 17.1
Side Marker Lamp – Front ...................................................... Fig. 08.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2
Trunk Lock Motor .................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
Side Marker Lamp – Rear ....................................................... Fig. 08.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6
Trunk Release Switch ............................................................. Fig. 12.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2
Sliding Roof Control Module .................................................. Fig. 14.3
Turn Repeaters ...................................................................... Fig. 08.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2
Seat Switch Packs .................................................................. Fig. 11.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 11.2
Side Impact Sensors ............................................................... Fig. 17.1
Solar Sensor .......................................................................... Fig. 06.2
Speakers ................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
Speed Control Switches ......................................................... Fig. 03.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4
Speed Control Control Module .............................................. Fig. 03.4
Starter Motor ......................................................................... Fig. 02.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 02.2
Starter Relay .......................................................................... Fig. 02.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 02.2
Steering Angle Sensor ............................................................ Fig. 05.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1
Steering Wheel ...................................................................... Fig. 09.2
Sub Woofer ........................................................................... Fig. 15.2
Tail Lamp Units .....................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Turn Signal Switch ................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
02.1
02.2
04.1
04.2
09.1
12.1
12.2
12.3
07.1
08.1
08.2
08.3
08.4
08.5
08.6
Tweeters ............................................................................... Fig. 15.2
Vacuum Module .................................................................... Fig. 05.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 05.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 05.3
Vacuum Pump ....................................................................... Fig. 05.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 05.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 05.3
08.3
08.4
08.5
08.6
Vanity Mirror Lamps .............................................................. Fig. 09.1
TCM Relay ............................................................................. Fig. 04.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2
Vehicle Information Control Module ...................................... Fig. 16.7
Telematics Display .................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
Voice Activation Control Module ........................................... Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
............................................................................................. Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
09.2
16.1
16.2
16.3
16.4
16.6
16.7
Telephone Antenna, Bumper (NAS) ........................................ Fig. 16.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.4
Variable Assist Servo .............................................................. Fig. 10.1
Vehicle Information Antenna and Amplifier ........................... Fig. 16.7
Vehicle Information Sensor .................................................... Fig. 16.7
16.3
16.4
16.5
20.3
20.4
VVT Solenoid Valves .............................................................. Fig. 03.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3
Washer Fluid Level Switch ..................................................... Fig. 07.1
Telephone Antenna, Bumper (ROW) ...................................... Fig. 16.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.3
Wheel Speed Sensors ............................................................. Fig. 05.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 05.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 05.3
Telephone Antenna, JaguarNet (NAS) ..................................... Fig. 16.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.4
Window Motor Assemblies .................................................... Fig. 14.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 14.2
Telephone Antenna, JaguarNet (ROW) ................................... Fig. 16.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.3
Windshield Heaters ............................................................... Fig. 06.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2
Television Antennas and Amplifiers ........................................ Fig. 16.7
Windshield Heater Relay ........................................................ Fig. 06.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2
Throttle Body ........................................................................ Fig. 03.1
Throttle Motor ....................................................................... Fig. 03.1
Throttle Motor Relay .............................................................. Fig. 03.1
TP Sensor (2.5L & 3.0L) .......................................................... Fig. 03.1
TP Sensor (2.0L) ..................................................................... Fig. 03.3
Windshield Washer Pump ..................................................... Fig. 13.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2
Windshield Wiper Motor Relay .............................................. Fig. 13.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2
Traction Control Switch ......................................................... Fig. 05.3
Wiper Motor Assembly .......................................................... Fig. 13.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2
Trailer Connector .................................................................. Fig. 08.4
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.5
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6
Wiper Switch Assembly .......................................................... Fig. 13.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2
Trailer Towing Control Module .............................................. Fig. 08.4
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.5
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6
Yaw Rate Sensor .................................................................... Fig. 05.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1
Trailer Towing Rear Accessory Connector ............................... Fig. 08.4
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.5
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6
Transit Isolation Device .......................................................... Fig. 01.1
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
9
User Instructions
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Figure and Data Page Layout
Figure Pages
Each Figure represents a specific electrical system of the vehicle. The Figures are arranged numerically by system (01 - Power Distribution,
02 - Battery; Starter; Generator, etc.) with variations in the system identified by a numeral following a decimal point (01.1, 01.2, etc.).
Refer to the Table of Contents: Figures for a complete list of the Figures.
The Figures 01 - Power Distribution detail the distribution of power to each of the systems. Numbered reference symbols refer the user
to a specific Figure and from a specific Figure back to the Power Distribution Figures. This method eliminates the need to include detailed
Power Distribution information on each of the Figures. The reference symbols are defined on page 12.
Each Figure appears on a right-hand page with a corresponding Data page to the left. The Figure and Data pages are folding pages. The user
must fold out both pages in order to access all the information provided.
Data Pages
The Data page includes information to assist the user in identifying and locating components, connectors and grounds. This information is
supplemented by the illustrations in this front section of the book.
When network data is required for the understanding of a particular circuit, the user is directed to the Appendix.
Most circuits that incorporate a control module include pinout information. The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be
expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. This information
is provided to assist the user in understanding circuit operation and should be used FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
10
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
User Instructions
FIGURE NUMBER
Fig. 02.1
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
S
Pin
COMPONENTS
Description and Characteristic
IP5-18
Component
SCP –
S
IP5-19
SCP +
I
IP6-8
KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN
COMPONENT, CONNECTOR AND
GROUND INFORMATION
Connector(s)
Pin
Description and Characteristic
D
IP10-3
PATS 1: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
D
IP10-4
I
IP10-5
O
IP10-6
PATS 2: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
PATS GROUND: GROUND
PATS TRANSCEIVER POWER: B+
C
IP10-17
CAN +
C
IP10-18
CAN –
IP10-22
SCP +
IP10-23
SCP –
S
S
—
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
PA5
2-WAY / BLACK
TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.5L & 3.0L)
EN16
134-WAY / BLACK
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE
CA86
CA87
IP5
IP6
JB172
23-WAY / GREY
23-WAY / GREEN
23-WAY / BROWN
23-WAY / WHITE
23-WAY / BLUE
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
GENERATOR
EN49
4-WAY / BLACK
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
IP11-8
POWER GROUND: GROUND
I
IP11-11
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+
Engine Control Module (2.5L & 3.0L)
IP18
7-WAY / BLACK
STEERING COLUMN
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
IP10
IP11
26-WAY / YELLOW
26-WAY / YELLOW
INSTRUMENT PANEL
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER
IP15
4-WAY / GREEN
STEERING COLUMN, IGNITION SWITCH
—
STARTER MOTOR (EARLY PRODUCTION)
IP11-7
I
ENGINE BANK 1, FRONT
IGNITION SWITCH
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
I
Location
—
CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH
Instrument Cluster
Connector Description
BATTERY
—
ST2
ST3
ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
1-WAY EYELET
1-WAY EYELET
ENGINE BLOCK RH SIDE
STARTER MOTOR (LATER PRODUCTION)
EN700
ST2
1-WAY EYELET
1-WAY EYELET
ENGINE BLOCK RH SIDE
STARTER RELAY
—
—
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R10
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR
JB156
10-WAY / BLACK
TOP OF TRANSMISSION
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Pin
Description and Characteristic
I
EN16-006
ENGINE CRANK: B+
I
EN16-031
PARK / NEUTRAL SWITCH (AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
I
EN16-031
CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH (MANUAL TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
O
EN16-041
STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
JB2
16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS
ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
Connector
EN700
JB1
I
EN16-053
GENERATOR CHARGE: VARIABLE VOLTAGE
JB129
O
EN16-065
GENERATOR FIELD RETURN SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE BY GENERATOR OPERATING CONDITION
JB145
I
EN16-079
GENERATOR LOAD: B+ = NORMAL, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON; GROUND = GENERATOR FAILURE, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON
C
EN16-123
CAN –
C
EN16-124
CAN +
Connector Description
Location
1-WAY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS
STARTER SOLENOID
42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS
ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
GROUNDS
Ground
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
Location
G13
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ENGINE BLOCK
G16
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER BATTERY TRAY
G37
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
B+
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
D2
CAN Network
SCP Network
D2B Network
D
Serial and Encoded Data
V
Voltage (DC)
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
DATE OF ISSUE
DATA PAGE
FIGURE
MODEL RANGE AND YEAR
TITLE
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
FIGURE NUMBER
Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.5L & 3.0L
Fig. 02.1
Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.5L & 3.0L
B
G12A
B
B
7
JB160
G12B
BATTERY
G13AS
G16AS
KEY-IN
B
IP18-5
I
R
4
IP18-4
STARTER
RELAY
II
R10
28
III
4
OY
3
5
Y
Y
Y
1
2
GO
GO
Y
JB1-42
Y
Y
IP18-7
Y
JBS34
JB129-11
IGNITION SWITCH
(III)
P
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
N
39
N
II
B
JB156-10
(AUTO)
Y
JB156-6
(1)
ST3
EN700-1
Y
TRANSMISSION
RANGE SENSOR
(ROW)
(ROW)
U
B
B
ST2
(NAS)
GO
14
II
RW
W
PA5-1
JB2-16
(NAS)
PA5-2
B
(MAN)
JB2-12
STARTER MOTOR
NOTATION:
(1) Early production vehicles
(2) Later production vehicles
CLUTCH PEDAL
SAFETY SWITCH
B
I
Y
S
IP6-8
20.2
IP5-19
U
S
(2)
EN700
O.K. TO START
20.2
IP5-18
SECURITY
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE
Y
S
O
61
U
S
GO
JB1-40
20.2
EN16-41
Y
IP10-23
B
II
20.2
IP10-22
B
IP11-7
GR
15
IP11-11
Y
JB1-34
PASSIVE
ANTI-THEFT
SYSTEM
O START
ENGINE
I
CRANK
ENGINE
REQUEST
I
P, N
EN16-6
B
JB145-5
EN16-31
GR
41
II
EN16-65
20.1
IP10-18
O
D
IP15-4
Y
G
20.1
O.K. TO START
20.1
C
Y
20.1
C
PATS GROUND
IP15-2
IP10-5
B
P
IP11-8
NOTE: ECM power supplies and
grounds shown on Fig. 03.1.
G37AL
(G36BL)
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
14
64 Fig. 01.2
1
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
12
II
KEY TO REFERENCE SYMBOLS
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
GENERATOR
EN16-124
IP10-3
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT
SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER
13 Fig. 01.1
GENERATOR
LOAD
D
IP15-3
B
1
EN49-4
EN16-79
EN16-123
GENERATOR WARNING
IP10-17
WG
IP15-1
C
IP10-4
G
U
I
G
C
CHARGE
EN49-1
EN16-53
PATS POWER
IP10-6
ST4
FIELD
EN49-3
RG
I
G
B
EN49-2
OG
O
63 Fig. 01.4
II
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
ENGINE
CONTROL MODULE
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
FIGURE PAGE
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
VARIANT: 2.5L & 3.0L Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
VARIANT, VIN RANGE AND
DATE OF ISSUE
11
Symbols and Codes
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
NOTE: In the examples on this page, an ‘X’ is used where a number would appear on an actual Figure.
Reference Symbols
Control Module Pin Symbols
X
Battery power supply
I
Input
C CAN network
X
Ignition switched auxiliary power supply (key I)
O
Output
S SCP network
X
II
Ignition switched power supply (key II, III)
B
+
Battery voltage
D
2
D2B network
X
Ignition switched Battery Saver power supply
P
Power ground
D Serial and encoded data
X
Engine Management System power supply
+ Sensor/signal supply V *
XX.X
Figure number reference
– Sensor/signal ground **
CAN
Controller Area Network
SCP
Standard Corporate Protocol network
*
D2B
D2B network
** May also indicate Reference Ground or Logic Ground.
I
B
E
May also indicate Reference Voltage.
Refer to Control Module Pin-Out Information.
Wiring Symbols
Motor
Splice
Potentiometer
Simplified splice
Bulb
Power distribution box terminal
Capacitor
Pressure transducer
Connector
Resistor
Diode
Solenoid
Suppression diode
Eyelet and stud
Suppression resistor
Fuse
Thermistor
Ground
Transistor
Hall effect sensor
Light emitting diode (LED)
12
H
Wire continued
Zener diode
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Symbols and Codes
Harness Codes
Wiring Color Codes
AC Climate Control
N
Brown
O
Orange
B
Black
S
Slate
W
White
L
Light
AL
LH Side Airbag
AR RH Side Airbag
BL
LH Rear Door
K
Pink
U
Blue
BR
RH Rear Door
Purple
G
Green
P
CA Cabin
R
Red
BRD Braid
EN Engine
Y
Yellow
BOF Fiber optic (D2B Network)
FB
Front Bumper
FL
LH Front Door
FR
RH Front Door
FT
Fuel Tank
GC Cooling Pack
IL
Injector Rail
IP
Instrument Panel
JB
Junction Box
LF
LH Front Wheel Speed Sensor
LR
LH Rear Wheel Speed Sensor
LS
LH Front Seat
Code Numbering
When numbering connectors, grounds and splices, Jaguar Engineering uses a three-position format: AC001, AC002, etc. Because space
is limited in this Electrical Guide the codes have, in most cases, been
shortened. Thus AC001-001 becomes AC1-1, AC002-001 becomes
AC2-1, etc.
NA Navigation System
PA
Pedals
PH
Telephone
RB
Rear Bumper
RC
Roof Console
RF
RH Front Wheel Speed Sensor
RR
RH Rear Wheel Speed Sensor
RS
RH Front Seat
TL
Trunk Lid
TM Trunk Main
VM Vacuum Module
VP
Vacuum Pump
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
13
Symbols and Codes
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Grounds
There may be up to three eyelets on one ground stud. A, B and C are used to indicate the position of the eyelet on the stud: A – first (bottom),
B – second (middle), C – third (top). Two eyelet variations are used: a single eyelet and an eyelet pair. The single eyelet has a single ‘leg’,
which is identified by an S; the eyelet pair has two ‘legs’, identified as L (left) or R (right).
S
L R
SINGLE EYELET
EYELET PAIR
EXAMPLE:
Ground
Ground
Ground stud number 15
Ground stud number 30
G15AS
G30CR
Single eyelet
Eyelet pair, RH leg
First eyelet on stud
Third eyelet on stud
On figures where LHD and RHD circuits are combined and the ground designation differs from LHD to RHD, the RHD ground is shown in
parentheses. If the ground designation is the same for LHD and RHD, only one ground designation is used.
EXAMPLE:
LHD Vehicles
G15AR
(G4AR)
G30AS
Same for LHD and RHD Vehicles
RHD Vehicles
Relays
All relays are located in the Power Distribution Fuse Box and the Central Junction Fuse Box. Relays do not have a separate relay connector
(base). All relays use the ISO pin numbering system (1, 2, 3, 4, 5). Each relay in the vehicle is identified by a unique “R” number.
EXAMPLE:
R6
4
R2
3
5
3
5
1
2
1
2
CHANGE-OVER RELAY
NORMALLY OPEN RELAY
Fuses
All fuses are located in the Power Distribution Fuse Box and the Central Junction Fuse Box. Each fuse in the vehicle is identified by a unique
“F” number.
EXAMPLE:
F67 30A
Networks
In most instances, networks are shown as a broken grey line to indicate that there is network communication between the depicted control
modules. Refer to Figures 20.1, 20.2, 20.3 and 20.4 for circuit details.
EXAMPLE:
SCP
Y
S
20.2
MESSAGE(S)
MESSAGE(S)
20.2
Y
IP5-1
U
S
IP5-2
CONTROL MODULE
14
S
IP10-1
20.2
MESSAGE(S)
MESSAGE(S)
20.2
U
S
IP10-2
CONTROL MODULE
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Network Configuration
ABS, ABS/TC OR DSC
CONTROL MODULE
ENGINE
CONTROL MODULE
VOICE ACTIVATION
CONTROL MODULE
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE
CELLULAR PHONE
CONTROL MODULE
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
CD
AUTOCHANGER
DSC
YAW RATE SENSOR
AUDIO UNIT
HEADLAMP LEVELING
CONTROL MODULE
NETWORK GATEWAY
RESTRAINTS
CONTROL MODULE
D2B
J GATE
PARKING AID
CONTROL MODULE
DSC
STEERING ANGLE
SENSOR
NAVIGATION
CONTROL MODULE
ROOF
CONSOLE
INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE
NETWORK GATEWAY
CAN
SCP
SERIAL DATA LINK
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
CAN NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
D2B NETWORK
SERIAL DATA LINK
NOTE: TYPICAL NETWORK CONFIGURATION.
REFER TO FIGURES 20.1, 20.2, 20.3 AND 20.4 FOR CIRCUIT DETAILS.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
15
Relay and Fuse Location
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
F10
20A
F32 F31 F30 F29
5A 10A 30A 30A
F9
50A
F7
50A
F8
80A
F6
30A
F42 F41 F40 F39 F38 F37 F36
D2
30A 10A 15A 5A 30A 15A 10A
F5
30A
F4
30A
F3
60A
F19 F18 F17 F16 F15
15A 20A 20A 20A 30A
F2
50A
F1
20A
F13
30A
R5
F28 F27 F26 F25 F24 F23 F22 F21 F20
15A 10A 15A 15A 15A 10A 20A 15A 5A
R9
R7
R6
R10
R11
R2
R1
R8
R1
WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR RELAY
R2
WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY
R3
HORN RELAY
R4
ACCESSORY POWER RELAY
R5
POWER WASH PUMP RELAY
R6
A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY
R7
EMS CONTROL RELAY
R8
TCM RELAY
R9
DIP BEAM RELAY
R10
STARTER RELAY
R11
THROTTLE MOTOR RELAY (2.5L & 3.0L);
FUEL PUMP RELAY (2.0L)
R3
R4
FRONT OF VEHICLE
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
R15
R21
R19
R20
R17
R15
MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOG RELAY
R16
NOT USED
R17
REVERSE LAMPS RELAY
R18
IGNITION RELAY
R19
HEATED REAR WINDOW RELAY
R20
A/C BLOWER RELAY
R21
BATTERY SAVER RELAY
R18
F60 F61 F62 F63 F64
20A 20A 7.5A 7.5A 7.5A
F66
30A
F67
5A
F69 F70 F71 F72 F73 F74 F75
7.5A 30A 15A 15A 15A 15A 7.5A
F77 F78
7.5A 5A
F68
15A
79 F80 F81 F82 F83 F84 F85 F86 F87
10A 7.5A 20A 10A 15A 5A 7.5A 7.5A 15A
F90 F91
7.5A 10A
16
F92 F93 F94 F95 F96 F97 F98 F99
10A 30A 20A 10A 7.5A 7.5A 10A 10A
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Fuse Box Connectors
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX – FRONT
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX – REAR
JB50
1
CA76
2
CA75
IP4
3
4
14
8
1
4
7
1
5
8
1
8
9
16
IP2
16
9
8
1
JB52
CA77
1
1
2
2
IP1
14
7
1
2
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
CA78
JB51
IP3
8
1
8
9
16
1
1
8
9
16
17
Main Power Distribution
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
BATTERY
–
BATTERY CHASSIS GROUND
(UNDER BATTERY TRAY)
+
GENERATOR
–
STARTER
POWER DISTRIBUTION
FUSE BOX
–
JUNCTION BOX HARNESS: JB
BATTERY ENGINE GROUND
ENGINE HARNESS: EN
CENTRAL JUNCTION
FUSE BOX
CABIN HARNESS: CA
18
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Harness Layout
FRONT BUMPER HARNESS: FB
VACUUM MODULE HARNESS: VM
COOLING PACK HARNESS: GC
VACUUM PUMP HARNESS: VP
INJECTOR RAIL HARNESS: IJ
ENGINE HARNESS: EN
LH FRONT WHEEL
SPEED SENSOR HARNESS: LF
RH FRONT WHEEL
SPEED SENSOR HARNESS: RF
JUNCTION BOX HARNESS: JB
PEDAL HARNESS: PA
AIR CONDITIONING HARNESS: AC
LH FRONT DOOR HARNESS: FL
INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS: IP
RH FRONT DOOR HARNESS: FR
RHD INSTRUMENT PACK
HARNESS DEVIATION
ROOF HARNESS: RC
CABIN HARNESS: CA
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
HARNESS: NA
RH SEAT HARNESS: RS
LH SEAT HARNESS: LS
LH REAR DOOR HARNESS: BL
RH REAR DOOR HARNESS: BR
TELEPHONE HARNESS: TL
LH REAR WHEEL
SPEED SENSOR HARNESS: LR
TRUNK LID HARNESS: TL
RH REAR WHEEL
SPEED SENSOR HARNESS: RR
TRUNK MAIN HARNESS: TM
REAR BUMPER HARNESS: RB
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
19
Ground Point Location
G32 – UNDER
LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
(HID GROUND)
G11 – UNDER
LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G16 – UNDER BATTERY TRAY
(BATTERY CHASSIS GROUND)
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
G18 – UNDER
RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G10 – UNDER
RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G17 – ON GENERATOR BRACKET
(A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
GROUND)
G33 – BEHIND
RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
(HID GROUND)
G13 – ENGINE BLOCK
(BATTERY ENGINE GROUND)
G14 – REARWARD OF POWER
DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G8 – RH FRONT
INNER WHEEL ARCH
G36 – RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 – LH CROSS CAR BEAM
G5 – RH ‘A’ POST, LOWER
G15 – LH ‘A’ POST, LOWER
G4 – RH ‘A’ POST, LOWER
G35 – LH ‘E’ POST, LOWER
(FUEL PUMP GROUND)
G38 – ROOF, TOP OF LH ‘E’ POST
(HIGH MOUNT
STOP LAMP GROUND)
G3 – LH ‘E’ POST
(HEATED REAR WINDOW
GROUND)
G39 – TRUNK, LH REAR
G40 – TRUNK, LH REAR
G1 – TRUNK, LH REAR
G2 – TRUNK, LH REAR
NOTE: UNIQUE GROUND STUDS ARE NOTED IN PARENTHESES.
20
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Control Module Location
COOLING FAN MODULE
ABS, ABS/TC OR DSC
CONTROL MODULE
VACUUM MODULE
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
(COMBINED WITH
CONTROL PANEL)
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
(REMOTE)
SPEED CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE
RAIN SENSING
CONTROL MODULE
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE
HEADLAMP LEVELING
CONTROL MODULE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER: LHD
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER: RHD
YAW RATE SENSOR
J GATE MODULE
RESTRAINTS
CONTROL MODULE
LH SEAT HEATER MODULE
RH SEAT HEATER MODULE
FUEL PUMP MODULE
TRAFFIC MASTER
CONTROL MODULE
CELLULAR PHONE
CONTROL MODULE
VOICE ACTIVATION
CONTROL MODULE
NAVIGATION
CONTROL MODULE
VEHICLE INFORMATION
CONTROL MODULE
TRAILER TOWING MODULE
PARKING AID
CONTROL MODULE
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
21
22
27
N
79
Y
2
RU
1
BW
28
W
2
WU
4
B
31
BW
5
B
57
GU
32
—
84
WG
7
GO
6
Y
35
—
53
Y
36
WU
54
WU
60
B
64
—
90
—
52
G
34
Y
16
O
35
U
87
N
9
—
61
P
13
Y
41
GO
67
O
93
UY
14
—
15
—
121
WU
EN16 / 134-WAY / BLACK
120
BW
42
—
68
G
94
O
16
—
69
N
95
B
17
B
10
—
62
Y
37
N
89
Y
11
OY
63
GO
38
BG
90
—
12
YG
64
B
39
W
91
B
13
YG
65
BG
42
GR
16
GR
68
GO
94
BO
15
GW
41
GW
14
GU
40
GU
67
BG
93
BW
66
BO
92
BW
EN65 / 104-WAY / BLACK
EN65
96
—
43
RG
95
G
17
G
51
—
33
Y
15
N
50
—
32
—
14
N
49
—
31
—
13
G
48
—
30
U
12
G
47
OY
29
—
11
—
46
O
28
—
10
W
45
BW
27
Y
9
B
44
U
26
G
8
R
JB131 / 54-WAY / BLUE
JB131
43
—
25
W
7
O
42
Y
24
N
6
UY
41
—
23
—
5
N
40
—
22
—
4
U
71
O
3
G
18
B
39
W
21
N
44
WU
72
—
98
N
45
—
97
G
38
B
20
B
2
—
19
B
71
OY
46
UY
98
R
20
BG
73
U
99
—
37
—
19
—
1
—
20
BG
47
U
99
GR
21
—
49
—
75
P
21
NR
48
B
22
WG
49
—
77
—
51
WU
23
WG
50
P
24
—
51
Y
52
B
104
RU
77
RU
25
P
79
U
27
N
26
Y
78
B
53
RG
26
WU
52
GR
78
Y
103
GO
25
W
76
GO
102
B
24
WG
75
B
50
U
76
Y
101
—
23
WG
74
UY
100
—
22
NR
73
—
48
YG
74
—
54
B
80
G
28
—
134
RW
106
R
133
BG
105
W
132
YG
104
RG
131
YG
103
Y
130
BR
102
R
129
N
101
—
128
N
100
BG
127
BW
72
—
47
YR
126
—
46
BW
19
BG
70
OY
96
RW
18
B
69
B
44
GW
97
—
125
—
45
BW
124
Y
70
UY
123
G
43
BG
122
—
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
36
GU
12
OY
40
B
66
UY
92
U
119
BW
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE: 2.0L
39
OY
88
G
11
—
91
B
118
BO
65
OG
117
—
38
OY
10
GU
8
OG
34
GO
17
B
7
U
59
O
86
G
9
U
37
Y
63
GR
18
R
33
—
85
B
36
P
62
GW
8
GO
58
—
35
—
61
GU
116
B
89
GR
115
BG
88
GW
114
BO
87
GU
113
BG
34
BG
60
—
86
—
83
—
6
Y
56
GW
30
GW
3
BG
29
BW
82
—
5
B
59
—
85
—
112
—
33
WG
111
B
55
BR
32
—
58
—
84
P
81
I
4
B
110
G
54
N
31
B
57
—
83
Y
80
UY
3
—
53
N
30
B
29
B
1
RU
56
GO
55
GO
109
RW
82
B
108
P
81
B
107
Y
EN16
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE: 2.5L & 3.0L
Control Module Pin Identification
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
12
W
28
N
11
—
27
B
29
—
13
GB
1
B
30
NG
14
WU
2
R
31
WG
15
NR
32
GO
16
WR
3
—
33
—
17
—
4
—
35
—
19
—
6
R
36
—
20
—
37
—
21
U*
7
—
38
—
22
—
8
—
9
—
39
GW
23
GW
* B – early production vehicles.
34
—
18
—
5
B
10
—
40
G
24
Y
25
B
26
WG
41
—
42
GB
12
W
28
N
27
B
28
N
27
—
11
—
12
W
11
—
30
NG
14
WU
2
R
31
WG
15
NR
32
GO
16
WR
3
—
33
—
17
—
4
—
34
—
18
—
5
B
35
—
19
—
6
R
36
—
20
—
37
—
21
—
7
—
38
—
22
—
8
—
39
—
23
GW
9
—
JB45 / 42-WAY / BROWN (ABS CONTROL MODULE)
40
G
24
Y
10
—
29
—
13
GB
1
B
30
NG
14
WU
2
R
31
WG
15
NR
32
GO
16
WR
3
—
33
—
17
—
4
—
34
—
18
—
5
B
35
—
19
—
6
R
36
—
20
—
37
—
21
—
7
—
38
—
22
—
8
—
39
—
23
GW
9
—
40
G
24
Y
10
—
JB197 / 42-WAY / BROWN (ABS/TC CONTROL MODULE)
29
—
13
GB
1
B
JB45 / JB197
JB185
JB185 / 42-WAY / BLUE
ABS OR ABS/TC CONTROL MODULE
DSCCONTROL MODULE
41
—
25
—
41
—
25
—
42
—
26
—
42
—
26
—
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Control Module Pin Identification
23
24
15
UY
2
—
14
G
1
—
3
—
16
B
4
GW
3
—
16
B
4
GW
17
—
6
GR
19
—
7
GO
20
GU
5
U
18
—
6
GR
19
—
8
RU
21
GB
9
R
22
OG
10
WB
23
O
11
W
24
RW
12
Y
25
RG
13
R
26
OY
1
OY
14
U
2
WR
15
B
3
B
4
B
17
B
5
BW
18
B
6
B
19
B
7
BW
20
O
7
GO
20
GU
8
RU
21
GB
9
R
22
OG
10
WB
23
O
AC1
11
W
24
RW
12
Y
25
RG
13
R
26
OY
1
OY
14
U
2
WR
15
B
IP101
9
Y
10
G
23
G
3
B
16
W
4
B
17
B
5
BW
18
B
6
B
19
B
7
BW
20
O
8
—
21
W
IP101 / 26-WAY / YELLOW
8
—
21
W
22
Y
IP101
IP101 / 26-WAY / YELLOW
16
W
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (AUTOMATIC, PANEL)
5
U
18
—
AC1 / 26-WAY / YELLOW
AC1 / 26-WAY / YELLOW
2
—
1
—
17
—
15
UY
14
G
AC1
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (REMOTE)
9
Y
22
Y
10
G
23
G
Control Module Pin Identification
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
15
UY
2
—
14
G
1
—
3
—
16
B
4
GW
17
—
5
U
18
—
6
GR
19
—
7
GO
20
GU
8
RU
21
GB
9
R
22
OG
AC1 / 26-WAY / YELLOW
10
WB
23
O
11
W
24
RW
AC1
12
Y
25
RG
13
R
26
OY
1
BW
2
B
IP135 / 2-WAY / GREEN
IP13
5
IP39
6
BG
4
BK
3
BR
2
BO
1
GB
IP39 / 6-WAY / GREY
IP101
1
OY
14
U
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (MANUAL, PANEL)
2
WR
15
B
3
B
4
B
17
—
5
—
18
—
6
—
19
—
7
BW
20
O
8
—
21
—
IP101 / 26-WAY / YELLOW
16
—
9
Y
22
Y
10
G
23
G
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Control Module Pin Identification
25
26
U
—
15
—
6
—
1
OG
8
—
16
G
17
G
9
—
2
OY
18
Y
10
—
3
BK
19
O
11
—
14
—
20
Y
12
—
4
YB
CA86 / 23-WAY / GREY
15
Y
6
—
1
B
21
—
13
—
23
W
16
W
17
WG
9
—
2
O
18
—
10
—
3
YB
19
—
11
—
20
U
12
—
4
O
21
—
13
—
CA87 / 23-WAY / GREEN
8
—
22
N
7
—
5
B
22
—
7
—
5
WB
CA86
23
—
14
—
15
—
6
—
1
OY
CA87
16
—
8
—
17
—
9
—
2
WB
18
U
10
—
3
O
19
—
11
—
20
—
12
—
4
OY
JB172 / 23-WAY / BLUE
JB172
21
B
13
—
22
—
7
—
5
O
23
GU
IP6
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE
14
—
15
Y
6
—
1
B
IP5
16
—
8
B
17
BG
9
G
18
O
10
R
3
—
19
BG
11
BW
20
BG
12
—
4
W
IP6 / 23-WAY / WHITE
2
—
15
—
8
—
16
U
17
—
9
—
2
—
18
U
10
—
3
B
19
Y
11
—
20
B
12
—
4
GU
13
—
21
WG
IP5 / 23-WAY / BROWN
22
OY
7
—
5*
WG
23
—
21
R
13
U
22
R
7
—
5
GR
23
BO
* NOTE: LHD shown. RHD vehicles: Pin 1 – WG, Pin 5 – WB.
14
B
6
—
1*
WB
Control Module Pin Identification
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
12
—
25
R
13
YU
26
—
IP11
24
GR
11
GR
23
U
10
—
22
—
9
—
21
O
8
B
20
—
7
O
19
U
6
—
18
—
5
B
IP11 / 26-WAY / YELLOW
17
OY
4
—
16
—
3
GB
15
OG
2
—
14
—
1
—
1
GB
14
—
2
OY
15
B
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
3
WG
16
B
4
O
17
Y
5
B
18
G
6
G
19
U
7
WU
20
WU
8
WB
21
—
9
B
22
Y
IP10 / 26-WAY / YELLOW
IP1O
10
U
23
U
11
B
24
Y
12
B
25
W
13
—
26
—
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Control Module Pin Identification
27
Fig. 01.1
COMPONENTS
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
BATTERY
—
—
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
CA75
8-WAY / GREY
CA76
16-WAY / GREEN
CA77
2-WAY / GREY
CA78
16-WAY / GREY
IP1
14-WAY / GREEN
IP2
16-WAY GREY
IP3
2-WAY / GREY
IP4
14-WAY / GREY
JB50
4-WAY / GREY
JB51
16-WAY / BLUE
JB52
2-WAY / BLACK
IGNITION SWITCH
IP18
7-WAY / BLACK
INERTIA SWITCH
IP132
3-WAY / BLACK
LOWER RH A POST
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
—
—
ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE
JB186
2-WAY / BLACK
BATTERY
STEERING COLUMN
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
JB3
14-WAY / BLUE / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
JB130
22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G13
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER BATTERY TRAY
G16
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ENGINE BLOCK
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
B
B
Main Power Distribution
G12A
JB160
G12B
JB180
Fig. 01.1
Main Power Distribution
B
B
7
02.1
02.2
STARTER
B
UY
8
04.1
04.2
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE
BATTERY
G13AS
ENGINE
GROUND
G16AS
CHASSIS
GROUND
G12A
BATTERY
-ve POST
G12B
W
W
23
W
W
II
JB186-1
JBS42
IP2-1
JB130-5
F67 5A
TIMER
UY
UY
JB186-2
JBS41
NOTE: JBS41 – Automatic Transmission vehicles only.
TRANSIT ISOLATION
RELAY
JB182
OY
1
06.1
06.2
OY
2
06.1
06.2
OY
JB184
JBS29
OY
OG
JB35-32
F18 20A
3
03.1
03.4
JB35-31
KEY-IN
UY
JB35-49
F27 10A
JB35-50
I
R
BATTERY POWER BUS 2
BATTERY POWER BUS 1
JB35-51
F28 15A
R
JB3-1
JB35-52
4
R
IP18-4
II
GO
IP18-1
GO
IPS45
IP132-2
GU
IP132-1
III
IP132-3
GU
IPS44
IP3-1
INERTIA SWITCH
IGNITION SWITCH
R
JB35-6
F2 50A
R
JB35-5
R
R
JB35-10
F4 30A
JB35-9
JB35-14
F6 30A
JB35-13
JB35-16
F7 50A
JB35-15
JB50-4
R
R
R
64 Fig. 01.2
1
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
12
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
75
E
06.2
11
06.1
06.2
12
06.1
06.2
13
BATTERY POWER BUS
01.2
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
14
06.1
JB52-2
01.6
13 Fig. 01.1
10
6
01.2
1
01.4
JB50-1
R
5
9
JB52-1
96 Fig. 01.6
E
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
01.2
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 01.2
COMPONENTS
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
CA75
CA76
CA77
CA78
IP1
IP2
IP3
IP4
JB50
JB51
JB52
8-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREEN
2-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREEN
16-WAY / GREY
2-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREY
4-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / BLUE
2-WAY / BLACK
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
—
—
ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
CA10
22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
Location
BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
CA20
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA25
14-WAY / NATURAL / REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
LH B/C POST
CA30
14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD
RH B/C POST
CA36
16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
CA65
18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS
BELOW RH FRONT SEAT
CA70
18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS
BELOW LH FRONT SEAT
CA169
4-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
CA407
16-WAY / GREEN / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
CA414
16-WAY / BLUE / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
JB1
42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS
ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB3
14-WAY / BLUE / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
JB129
22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
JB188
2-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO COOLING FAN MODULE LINK LEAD
ADJACENT TO RADIATOR LH SIDE
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Battery Power Distribution
6
13
F1 20A
14
08.1
08.2
JB35-3
R
R
JB35-8
F3 60A
JB35-7
JB35-12
F5 30A
JB35-11
NR
NR
NR
JBS63
NR
NOTE: JBS63 – Automatic Transmission
vehicles only.
17
04.1
JB35-38
JB35-39
F22 20A
JB35-40
JB35-42
JB35-43
F24 15A
JB35-44
JB35-45
F25 15A
JB35-46
JB35-47
F26 15A
JB35-48
05.2
05.3
01.5
35
01.5
08.2
OY
OY
GB
18 16.6
OY
F60 20A
16.7
20
OY
CA78-6
R
19 08.1
08.2
08.3
08.4
08.5
08.6
21
03.2
09.2
OY
CA78-12
03.4
OY
O
O
OY
24
12.3
22 12.1
23 01.5
12.2
07.2
12.3
08.1
13.1
08.2
13.2
08.3
14.1
08.4
14.2
14.3
08.5
08.6
OY
CA77-1
(1)
OG
OG
OG
12.3
13.1
(2)
13.2
OG
OG
LSS2
OG
19.1
OY
F68 15A
IP4-1
F70 30A
CA78-5
OY
OY
(3)
OY
(4)
5
OY
OY
OY
RSS2
OY
JB34-72
F8 80A
JB34-73
F9 50A
F10 20A
F29 30A
01.6
F30 30A
27
13.1
13.2
28
02.1
02.2
NR
F31 10A
N
N
JB34-81
JB3-14
31
F32 5A
14.2
40 11.1
11.2
11.3
41 11.3
42 11.1
11.2
43 11.1
44 19.1
45 11.1
11.2
11.3
46 11.3
47 11.1
11.2
48 11.1
49 16.7
NR
NR
PHS1
CA407-9
NR
29 19.1
N
N
30 08.4
08.5
08.6
OY
19.1
CA169-3
01.6
16.4
16.5
51 16.1
16.2
16.3
16.4
52 16.1
16.2
16.3
16.4
OY
53 20.1
20.2
54 16.6
16.7
55 15.1
15.2
56 16.6
16.7
57 15.1
15.2
58 15.1
15.2
07.1
12.1
IP1-6
OY
JB34-83
NR
JB34-85
50 16.3
NOTE: CAS72 – VICS only.
IPS42
NR
JB34-84
NR
NR
CAS72
CA76-10
F71 15A
JB34-79
WU
JB34-82
NR
NR
N
JB34-80
39 14.1
CA414-1
26
JB34-77
OY
JB34-78
03.4
JB34-75
U
JB34-76
25 03.2
JB188-1
WG
JB34-74
NG
14.2
CA70-15
OY
B
38 14.1
CA65-15
19.1
09.1
14.2
CA20-8
OG
OY
37 14.1
CA30-4
OY
F61 20A
F66 30A
14.2
CA15-8
OY
01.3
36 14.1
CA25-4
CA78-11
RU
F23 10A
16 05.1
34
JB3-5
WR
JB35-41
05.3
JB3-12
R
F21 15A
05.2
08.1
CA78-7
JB35-36
JB35-37
15 05.1
33
04.2
GB
F20 5A
08.7
BATTERY POWER BUS
BATTERY POWER BUS 1
GO
JB35-4
JB35-35
BATTERY POWER BUS 2
Fig. 01.2
Battery Power Distribution
32 03.1
OY
CA414-3
03.3
(5)
JB1-31
OY
OY
CAS60
OY
OY
CA78-1
F72 15A
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
(6)
OY
CA414-3
(7)
OY
NW
NW
IP1-14
O
CA78-2
F73 15A
O
59 14.3
CA36-14
NR
NR
O
O
U
U
60 15.2
CA78-3
F74 15A
61 02.1
02.2
62 06.1
06.2
12.2
IP1-9
U
IP2-15
N
CA76-12
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
13 Fig. 01.1
14
64 Fig. 01.2
1
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
12
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
N
63 12.3
64 10.2
CA76-11
F75 7.5A
1
U
JB129-5
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
NOTATION:
(1) Single Function LH Seat
(2) Powered LH Seat with Heater
(3) Single Function RH Seat
(4) Powered RH Seat with Heater
(5) CD Autochanger and Navigation
(6) Navigation Only
(7) CD Only
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
12.3
Fig. 01.3
COMPONENTS
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
ACCESSORY POWER RELAY
—
—
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R4
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
CA75
CA76
CA77
CA78
IP1
IP2
IP3
IP4
JB50
JB51
JB52
8-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREEN
2-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREEN
16-WAY / GREY
2-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREY
4-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / BLUE
2-WAY / BLACK
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
IGNITION SWITCH
IP18
7-WAY / BLACK
STEERING COLUMN
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
—
—
ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
CA129
12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO REAR BUMPER HARNESS
Location
SPARE WHEEL WELL
CA170
16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR
LH LOWER A POST
CA230
16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
CA240
12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
CA241
22-WAY / GREEN / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
CA407
16-WAY / GREEN / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
CA414
16-WAY / BLUE / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
JB129
22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G14
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Ignition Switched Power Distribution: I (Accessory)
Ignition Switched Power Distribution: I (Accessory)
KEY-IN
R4
20
I
3
4
5
NG
NG
IP18-4
IP18-6
GW
IPS53
GW
1
2
NG
NG
CA240-9
CAS27
CA170-16
GW
R
4
WR
B
NG
B
JB129-18
1
I
19.1
2
I
08.4
3
I
07.1
4
I
16.6
16.7
5
I
15.1
15.2
6
I
15.1
15.2
7
I
16.7
8
16.6
08.5
08.6
19.1
JBS55
II
ACCESSORY
POWER RELAY
G14AL
III
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
IGNITION SWITCH
(1)
YU
YU
GW
IP4-6
IP2-14
YG
F69 7.5A
YG
YG
IP4-5
IPS33
YG
YG
CA230-1
NOTE: NAS2 – VICS only.
YG
YG
NAS2
CA414-02
YG
I
YG
YG
CA241-12
YG
CAS39
YG
YG
NOTE: CAS39 – VICS, Navigation, and/or
Reverse Parking Aid only.
YG
9
18.1
10
16.3
16.4
16.5
11
16.1
16.2
16.3
I
CA129-1
I
YG
CA407-10
PHS4
YG
I
NOTE: PHS4 – Voice only.
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
1
13 Fig. 01.1
14
64 Fig. 01.2
1
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
12
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
16.7
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
16.4
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
COMPONENTS
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
CA75
CA76
CA77
CA78
IP1
IP2
IP3
IP4
JB50
JB51
JB52
8-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREEN
2-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREEN
16-WAY / GREY
2-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREY
4-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / BLUE
2-WAY / BLACK
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
IGNITION RELAY
—
—
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX R18
IGNITION SWITCH
IP18
7-WAY / BLACK
STEERING COLUMN
INERTIA SWITCH
IP132
3-WAY / BLACK
LOWER RH A POST
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA1
22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
CA10
22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
CA15
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA20
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA30
14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD
RH B/C POST
CA36
16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
CA65
18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS
BELOW RH FRONT SEAT
CA70
18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS
BELOW LH FRONT SEAT
CA170
16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR
LH LOWER A POST
CA230
16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
CA240
12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
CA407
16-WAY / GREEN / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
JB1
42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS
ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB2
16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB3
14-WAY / BLUE / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
JB129
22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
JB130
22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G15
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Ignition Switched Power Distribution: II (Run)
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
(CONTINUED)
KEY-IN
INTERNAL POWER SUPPLY
CONTINUES TO THE LEFT
I
WR
R
4
WR
31 08.7
II
32 06.1
II
IP4-10
IP18-4
R18
II
GR
GO
IPS45
GO
IP18-1
12.1
12.2
UNLOCK DOORS
3
5
GU
GU
2
1
IPS44
IP132-3
29
II
08.3
WR
30
08.3
WR
33 06.2
II
WR
34 06.1
II
WR
35 20.1
II
20.2
WR
36 04.1
II
04.2
RW
37 03.2
II
03.4
RW
38 03.2
II
03.4
04.1
04.2
N
39 02.1
II
02.2
04.1
04.2
GB
40 04.1
II
04.2
08.3
GR
41 02.1
II
02.2
GR
42 10.1
II
O
43 13.1
II
13.2
GB
44 08.3
II
08.4
GU
45 14.1
II
14.2
GU
46 14.1
II
GU
47 14.2
II
GU
48 10.2
II
14.2
GW
49 14.1
II
14.2
GW
50 14.2
II
GW
51 14.1
II
GW
52 10.2
II
WU
53 14.3
II
WU** BR
54 10.1
II
OY
55 19.1
II
NR
56 03.2
II
03.4
NR
57 03.1
II
03.3
NG
58 03.2
II
03.4
GR
59 13.1
II
13.2
GR
60 13.1
II
13.2
GR
61 13.1
II
13.2
GW
62 13.1
II
13.2
GW
63 13.1
II
13.2
9
IP132-2
IP132-1
III
II
WR
IP3-1
-ve BUS
INERTIA SWITCH
IPS64
IGNITION
RELAY
IGNITION SWITCH
(II)
F94 20A
CA75-4
WR
F80 7.5A
CA75-5
GU
GU
GU
JB129-12
12 03.1
II
JB1-15
GO
RW
JB1-30
JBS21
JB130-20
RW
JB2-14 (2.5, 3.0 L)
JB196-5 (2.0 L)
NOTE: JBS21 – Manual Transmission only.
GO
GO
JB129-19
IP2-12
03.3
RW
CA230-14
RW
JB1-32
GO
GO
JB3-2
13 03.1
II
03.3
14 02.1
II
02.2
N
04.1
F92 10A
CA76-15
F82 10A
JB51-13
CA170-14
GB
04.2
JB1-2
GR
JB51-14
JB1-13
GR
IP2-8
GO
GR
15 02.1
II
GR
16 17.1
II
GR
17 17.1
II
IP1-1
GR
IPS63
IP1-8
F84 5A
GR
IP1-4
GR
CA1-3
CA70-3
G
G
JB51-8
F95 10A
GW
GW
W
IP2-1
F67 5A
W
19 05.1
II
WR
JB51-1
CA10-11
12.3
JB51-15
F83 15A
IP4-14
F62 7.5A
IP1-7
O
JB3-6
GB
GU
GU
05.2
(LHD)
GU
NOTE: CAS20 – Rear Power
Windows only.
W
21 05.1
II
05.2
05.3
22 08.1
II
08.2
08.7
CA20-9
(RHD)
GU
FRS4
GW
GW
F91 10A
CA25-5
CAS71
CA78-14
(RHD)
GW
W
23 01.1
II
W
24 04.1
II
04.2
WR
25 16.3
II
16.4
CA407-11
CA30-5
CAS20
CA78-15
05.3
20 12.3
II
W
WR
07.1
W
JBS42
JB130-5
02.2
18 17.1
II
JB3-8
JB51-10
F96 7.5A
NOTE: CAS71 – Rear Power
Windows only.
CA15-9
(LHD) GW
FLS3
16.5
WU
GB
JB51-11
GB
IP2-6
F77 7.5A
GB
CAS70
CA240-2
GB
26 11.3
II
GB
27 11.3
II
CA70-9
GB
CA65-9
CA78-13
CA36-12
OY
F68 15A
IP4-1
IP4-9
Y
Y
CA76-9
F78 5A
CA407-8
28 16.1
II
16.2
16.3
NR
16.4
F90 7.5A
CA76-16
CA78-10
INTERNAL POWER SUPPLY
CONTINUED FROM THE RIGHT
F81 20A
NR
NR
CA170-13
PAS3
JB2-2 (2.5, 3.0 L)
JB196-2 (2.0 L)
NOTE: PAS3 – Cruise Control only.
NG
CA78-9
CA10-7
IP1-10
NOTE: The Central Junction Fuse Box
incorporates a negative (ground)
bus bar. Circuits completed to
ground via the bus are identified
by the code “-ve BUS”.
NOTE: CA10-7 – 2.0L only.
GR
JBS25
JB51-9
F93 30A
GW
-ve BUS
IPS70
IP2-7
GW
JB3-6
B
CA76-5
B
13 Fig. 01.1
14
64 Fig. 01.2
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
12
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
64
B
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
08.6
** NOTE: WU – early production vehicles.
* NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
74 Fig. 01.5
B
08.5
14.1
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
G15AR*
G15AL
1
06.2
NOTE: IPS70 – Later Production vehicles only.
CAS10
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
(CONTINUES)
1
Fig. 01.4
Ignition Switched Power Distribution: II (Run)
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
03.4
05.1
05.2
05.3
08.3
08.4
08.5
08.6
Fig. 01.5
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
COMPONENTS
Pin
Description and Characteristic
PG
CA86-5
POWER GROUND: GROUND
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
O
IP5-20
BATTERY SAVER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
BATTERY SAVER RELAY
—
—
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX R21
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
CA75
CA76
CA77
CA78
IP1
IP2
IP3
IP4
JB50
JB51
JB52
8-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREEN
2-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREEN
16-WAY / GREY
2-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREY
4-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / BLUE
2-WAY / BLACK
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE
CA86
CA87
IP5
IP6
JB172
23-WAY / GREY
23-WAY / GREEN
23-WAY / BROWN
23-WAY / WHITE
23-WAY / BLUE
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
SG
IP6-1
LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
B+
JB172-5
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA16
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA21
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA36
16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G4
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
B+
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
D2
CAN Network
SCP Network
D2B Network
D
Serial and Encoded Data
V
Voltage (DC)
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
23
O
Ignition Switched Power Distribution: Battery Saver
R21
B
JB172-5
B
O
B
IP5-20
Ignition Switched Power Distribution: Battery Saver
4
3
5
1
2
34
35
IP4-3
BATTERY
SAVER
CONTROL
BATTERY SAVER
RELAY
B
OY
64 06.1
B
OY
65 09.1
B
OY
66 09.1
B
WR
67 06.2
B
OY
68 09.1
B
OY
69 09.1
B
OY
70 09.1
B
OY
71 09.1
B
OY
72 09.1
B
OY
73 09.1
B
OY
74 09.1
B
OY
IP6-1
IPS12
IP4-11
B
P
CA86-5
G5AS
(G5AR)
G4AL
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE
OY
F99 10A
OY
CA76-6
RCS3
CA36-16
NOTE:
OY
“Battery Saver” provides automatic switch-off of the Courtesy Lamps after 10 minutes and
automatic switch-off of the Demand Lighting and Audible Warning after 30 minutes.
CA21-4
OY
GECM timers are started when the ignition key has been switched to the I (accessory)
or 0 (off) position. When the timers expire at 10 and 30 minutes, the feature(s) is / are switched off.
OY
CAS30
CA76-14
When one of the following actions is detected, all features are enabled and the
battery saver timer is reset:
CA16-4
06.2
19.1
NOTE: CAS30 – Door Courtesy Lamps only.
• the ignition is switched to II (run) or III (start).
• any door or trunk lid becomes ajar or is opened.
• any unlock is activated.
Battery saver is also active when GECM diagnostic mode is entered.
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
1
13 Fig. 01.1
14
64 Fig. 01.2
1
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
12
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
COMPONENTS
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
EMS CONTROL RELAY
—
—
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R7
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
—
—
ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA5
12-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO FUEL TANK LINK LEAD
TOP OF FUEL TANK
CA10
22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
EN4
12-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO INJECTOR RAIL HARNESS
ADJACENT TO THE TRANSMISSION BELL HOUSING
JB1
42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS
ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB187
2-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO COOLING FAN MODULE LINK LEAD
ADJACENT TO RADIATOR LH SIDE
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Engine Management System Switched Power Distribution
Engine Management System Switched Power Distribution
BATTERY POWER BUS 2
5
R7
WG
JB34-74
F9 50A
JB34-75
F31 10A
JB34-83
WU
JB34-82
26
31
JB34-90
WG
3
5
WU
1
2
WU
B
JB34-91
B
03.1
03.3
JB1-41
ECM CONTROL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
D2
(EMS DIODE)
EMS CONTROL
RELAY
WU
NR
JB34-102
F41 10A
WU
JB34-103
F38 30A
JB34-104
F42 30A
JB34-98
F39 5A
JB34-99
JB34-94
F37 15A
JB34-95
ENS4
ENS27
WG
JBS46
WG
WG
GU
GU
GU
GU
GU
CA10-2
GU
GU
GU
F36 10A
JB34-93
77 03.2
E
03.4
GR
78 03.2
E
03.4
GB
79 03.2
E
03.4
GN
80 03.2
E
03.4
WG
81 03.1
E
03.3
WG
82 03.1
E
03.3
WR
83 03.1
E
03.3
WR
84 03.1
E
03.3
NG
85 03.1
E
03.3
NG
86 03.1
E
03.3
WG
87 03.2
E
03.4
WG
88 04.1
E
WG
89 03.1
E
03.3
WG
90 03.1
E
03.3
GU
91 03.1
E
03.3
GU
92 03.1
E
GU
93 03.1
E
CA5-10
GU
JB1-5
JBS44
GU
ENS11
JB1-35
JB34-92
03.4
JB187-2
WG
WU
76 03.2
E
NG
JB1-11
WG
GY
WR
NG
WG
WU
ENS13
JB1-9
NG
03.4
WG
WR
JB34-105
WU
ILS1
EN4-6
JB1-1
WR
75 03.2
E
GR
WG
JB34-97
WU
NR
JB1-33
WG
JB34-96
JBS47
NR
GW
GU
94
03.1
03.4
95
03.2
03.4
96
13.1
13.2
E
GU
E
GU
E
03.3
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
1
13 Fig. 01.1
14
64 Fig. 01.2
1
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
12
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 02.1
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Pin
Description and Characteristic
S
IP5-18
SCP –
S
IP5-19
SCP +
I
IP6-8
KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN
COMPONENTS
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
BATTERY
—
—
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH
PA5
2-WAY / BLACK
TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.5L & 3.0L)
EN16
134-WAY / BLACK
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE
CA86
CA87
IP5
IP6
JB172
23-WAY / GREY
23-WAY / GREEN
23-WAY / BROWN
23-WAY / WHITE
23-WAY / BLUE
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
Instrument Cluster
Pin
Description and Characteristic
D
IP10-3
PATS 1: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
D
IP10-4
PATS 2: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
PATS GROUND: GROUND
I
IP10-5
O
IP10-6
PATS TRANSCEIVER POWER: B+
C
IP10-17
CAN +
C
IP10-18
CAN –
S
IP10-22
SCP +
S
IP10-23
SCP –
I
IP11-7
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
I
IP11-8
POWER GROUND: GROUND
I
IP11-11
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+
GENERATOR
EN49
4-WAY / BLACK
ENGINE BANK 1, FRONT
IGNITION SWITCH
IP18
7-WAY / BLACK
STEERING COLUMN
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
IP10
IP11
26-WAY / YELLOW
26-WAY / YELLOW
INSTRUMENT PANEL
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER
IP15
4-WAY / GREEN
STEERING COLUMN, IGNITION SWITCH
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
—
—
ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
STARTER MOTOR
ST2
ST3 / EN700
1-WAY EYELET
1-WAY EYELET
ENGINE BLOCK RH SIDE
STARTER RELAY
—
—
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R10
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR
JB156
10-WAY / BLACK
TOP OF TRANSMISSION
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Engine Control Module (2.5L & 3.0L)
Connector
Connector Description
Location
Pin
Description and Characteristic
EN700
1-WAY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS
STARTER SOLENOID
I
EN16-006
ENGINE CRANK: B+
JB1
42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS
ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
I
EN16-031
PARK / NEUTRAL SWITCH (AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
JB2
16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
I
EN16-031
CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH (MANUAL TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
JB129
22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
O
EN16-041
STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
JB145
8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS
ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
I
EN16-053
GENERATOR CHARGE: VARIABLE VOLTAGE
O
EN16-065
GENERATOR FIELD RETURN SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE BY GENERATOR OPERATING CONDITION
I
EN16-079
GENERATOR LOAD: B+ = NORMAL, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON; GROUND = GENERATOR FAILURE, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON
C
EN16-123
CAN –
Ground
Location
C
EN16-124
CAN +
G13
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ENGINE BLOCK
G16
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER BATTERY TRAY
G37
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
GROUNDS
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
B+
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
D2
CAN Network
SCP Network
D2B Network
D
Serial and Encoded Data
V
Voltage (DC)
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.5L & 3.0L
Fig. 02.1
Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.5L & 3.0L
B
G12A
B
B
7
JB160
G12B
BATTERY
G13AS
G16AS
KEY-IN
B
IP18-5
I
R
4
IP18-4
STARTER
RELAY
II
R10
III
3
OY
28
4
5
Y
Y
Y
JB1-42
Y
Y
IP18-7
Y
1
Y
2
GO
GO
JBS34
JB129-11
IGNITION SWITCH
(III)
P
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
N
39
N
II
B
JB156-10
(AUTO)
(1)
Y
JB156-6
ST3
EN700-1
Y
TRANSMISSION
RANGE SENSOR
(ROW)
(ROW)
U
B
B
ST2
(NAS)
GO
14
II
RW
W
PA5-1
JB2-16
(NAS)
PA5-2
B
(MAN)
JB2-12
STARTER MOTOR
NOTATION:
(1) Early production vehicles
(2) Later production vehicles
CLUTCH PEDAL
SAFETY SWITCH
B
I
Y
S
IP6-8
20.2
IP5-19
U
S
(2)
EN700
O.K. TO START
20.2
IP5-18
SECURITY
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE
Y
S
O
61
IP11-7
U
S
GR
15
GO
JB1-40
20.2
EN16-41
Y
IP10-23
B
II
20.2
IP10-22
B
IP11-11
Y
JB1-34
PASSIVE
ANTI-THEFT
SYSTEM
O START
ENGINE
I
CRANK
ENGINE
REQUEST
I
P, N
EN16-6
B
JB145-5
EN16-31
GR
41
II
OG
O
EN16-65
IP10-6
20.1
IP10-18
O
D
IP15-4
G
O.K. TO START
20.1
C
Y
20.1
C
IP10-3
B
PATS GROUND
IP10-5
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT
SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER
B
P
IP11-8
NOTE: ECM power supplies and
grounds shown on Fig. 03.1.
G37AL
(G36BL)
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
13 Fig. 01.1
14
64 Fig. 01.2
1
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
GENERATOR
EN16-124
D
IP15-3
IP15-2
1
EN49-4
EN16-79
12
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
ENGINE
CONTROL MODULE
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
GENERATOR
LOAD
EN16-123
GENERATOR WARNING
IP10-17
WG
IP15-1
Y
C
IP10-4
G
20.1
CHARGE
U
I
G
C
FIELD
EN49-1
EN16-53
PATS POWER
ST4
EN49-3
RG
I
G
B
EN49-2
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
VARIANT: 2.5L & 3.0L Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 02.2
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Pin
Description and Characteristic
S
IP5-18
SCP –
S
IP5-19
SCP +
I
IP6-8
KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN
COMPONENTS
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
BATTERY
—
—
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.0L)
EN16
134-WAY / BLACK
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE
CA86
CA87
IP5
IP6
JB172
23-WAY / GREY
23-WAY / GREEN
23-WAY / BROWN
23-WAY / WHITE
23-WAY / BLUE
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
Instrument Cluster
Pin
Description and Characteristic
D
IP10-3
PATS 1: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
D
IP10-4
PATS 2: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
I
IP10-5
PATS GROUND: GROUND
O
IP10-6
PATS TRANSCEIVER POWER: B+
C
IP10-17
CAN +
C
IP10-18
CAN –
S
IP10-22
SCP +
S
IP10-23
SCP –
I
IP11-7
GENERATOR
EN49
4-WAY / BLACK
ENGINE BANK 1, FRONT
IGNITION SWITCH
IP18
7-WAY / BLACK
STEERING COLUMN
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
IP10
IP11
26-WAY / YELLOW
26-WAY / YELLOW
INSTRUMENT PANEL
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER
IP15
4-WAY / GREEN
STEERING COLUMN, IGNITION SWITCH
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
—
—
ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
STARTER MOTOR (EARLY PRODUCTION)
ST2
ST3 / EN700
1-WAY EYELET
1-WAY EYELET
ENGINE BLOCK RH SIDE
STARTER RELAY
—
—
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R10
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR
JB156
10-WAY / BLACK
TOP OF TRANSMISSION
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
I
IP11-8
POWER GROUND: GROUND
I
IP11-11
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
Engine Control Module (2.0L)
EN700
1-WAY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS
STARTER SOLENOID
ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
Pin
Description and Characteristic
JB1
42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS
I
EN65-006
ENGINE CRANK: B+
JB129
22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
O
EN65-008
GENERATOR FIELD RETURN SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE BY GENERATOR OPERATING CONDITION
JB145
8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS
ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
I
EN65-035
GENERATOR LOAD: B+ = NORMAL, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON; GROUND = GENERATOR FAILURE, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON
EN65-043
GENERATOR CHARGE: VARIABLE VOLTAGE
JB196
Ground
1O-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
Location
ADJACENT TO FOOT PEDALSGROUNDS
I
O
EN65-068
STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
G13
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ENGINE BLOCK
I
EN65-085
PARK / NEUTRAL SWITCH (AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
G16
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER BATTERY TRAY
I
EN65-085
CLUTCH SAFETY CIRCUIT (MANUAL TRANSMISSION): B+
G37
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
C
EN65-088
CAN –
C
EN65-089
CAN +
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
B+
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
D2
CAN Network
SCP Network
D2B Network
D
Serial and Encoded Data
V
Voltage (DC)
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.0L
Fig. 02.2
Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.0L
B
G12A
B
B
7
JB160
G12B
BATTERY
G13AS
G16AS
KEY-IN
B
IP18-5
I
R
4
STARTER
RELAY
IP18-4
II
R10
III
3
OY
28
4
5
Y
Y
Y
JB1-42
Y
Y
Y
IP18-7
1
Y
2
GO
GO
JBS34
JB129-11
IGNITION SWITCH
(III)
P
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
N
39
N
II
B
JB156-10
(AUTO)
JB156-6
Y
TRANSMISSION
RANGE SENSOR
EN700
B
B
ST2
GO
14
U
II
B
JB196-4
B
I
(MAN)
JB196-6
Y
S
IP6-8
20.2
IP5-19
U
S
STARTER MOTOR
O.K. TO START
20.2
IP5-18
SECURITY
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE
Y
S
O
61
IP11-7
U
S
GR
15
GO
JB1-40
20.2
IP11-11
ENGINE
II
I ENGINE
B
I
OG
O
20.1
IP10-18
D
IP15-4
IP10-4
G
O.K. TO START
C
Y
20.1
C
IP10-3
B
PATS GROUND
IP10-5
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT
SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER
B
P
IP11-8
NOTE: ECM power supplies and
grounds shown on Fig. 03.3.
G37AL
(G36BL)
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
13 Fig. 01.1
14
64 Fig. 01.2
1
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
12
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
ENGINE
CONTROL MODULE
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
GENERATOR
LOAD
GENERATOR
EN65-089
D
IP15-3
IP15-2
1
EN49-4
EN65-035
EN65-088
GENERATOR WARNING
20.1
IP10-17
WG
IP15-1
Y
C
G
20.1
CHARGE
U
I
G
FIELD
EN49-1
EN65-043
PATS POWER
IP10-6
O
EN49-3
RG
I
C
ST4
P, N
EN65-085
EN65-008
G
B
EN49-2
REQUEST
EN65-006
JB145-5
GR
41
CRANK
Y
JB1-34
PASSIVE
ANTI-THEFT
SYSTEM
O START
EN65-068
Y
IP10-23
B
II
20.2
IP10-22
B
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
VARIANT: 2.0L Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 03.1
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Engine Control Module (2.5L & 3.0L)
COMPONENTS
Pin
Description and Characteristic
O
EN16-001
HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 ms, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
O
EN16-002
HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 ms, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE
APP SENSOR
PA1
6-WAY / BLACK
ABOVE ACCELERATOR PEDAL
PG
EN16-004
POWER GROUND 1: GROUND
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH
PA3
3-WAY / BLACK
TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
PG
EN16-005
POWER GROUND 2: GROUND
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
EN16-006
ENGINE CRANK: B+
I
EN16-007
IGNITION ON: B+
I
EN16-008
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I
EN16-010
INERTIA SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / OPEN CIRCUIT WHEN ACTIVATED
SS
EN16-012
SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 1: NOMINAL 5 V
CA75
CA76
CA77
CA78
IP1
IP2
IP3
IP4
JB50
JB51
JB52
8-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREEN
2-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREEN
16-WAY / GREY
2-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREY
4-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / BLUE
2-WAY / BLACK
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
I
Location
SS
EN16-013
SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2: NOMINAL 5 V
SG
EN16-017
SMALL SIGNAL GROUND 1: GROUND
SG
EN16-018
SMALL SIGNAL GROUND 2: GROUND
SG
EN16-019
SENSOR GROUND 1: GROUND
SG
EN16-020
SENSOR GROUND 2: GROUND
B+
EN16-022
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
CKP SENSOR
EN12
2-WAY / BLACK
ADJACENT TO ENGINE CRANKSHAFT PULLEY
B+
EN16-023
EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 1: B+
CMP SENSOR 1
EN43
2-WAY / BLACK
BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD, FRONT
BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD, FRONT
B+
EN16-024
EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 2: B+
CMP SENSOR 2
EN33
2-WAY / BLACK
SG
EN16-029
HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 1/1: GROUND
ECT SENSOR
EN18
2-WAY / BLACK
ENGINE VEE, FRONT
SG
EN16-030
HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 1/1: GROUND
I
EN16-031
PARK / NEUTRAL SWITCH (AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
EFT SENSOR
IL8
2-WAY / BLACK
FUEL RAIL, FRONT
I
EN16-031
CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH (MANUAL TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.5L & 3.0L)
EN16
134-WAY / BLACK
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
I
EN16-036
CRANKSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 70 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
EOT SENSOR
EN25
2-WAY / BLACK
ADJACENT TO ENGINE OIL FILTER
SG
EN16-037
CRANKSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
EVAP CANISTER CLOSE VALVE
FT5
2-WAY / BLACK
REARWARD OF FUEL TANK
O
EN16-038
INTAKE MANIFOLD TUNING VALVE SOLENOID DRIVE – 1 / TOP: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE
JB170
2-WAY / BLACK
REARWARD OF FUEL TANK
O
EN16-039
INTAKE MANIFOLD TUNING VALVE SOLENOID DRIVE – 2 / BOTTOM: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
FTP SENSOR
FT1
3-WAY / BLACK
TOP OF FUEL TANK
O
EN16-040
EMS CONTROL RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O
EN16-041
STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
HO2 SENSOR DOWNSTREAM 1/2
EN14
4-WAY / BLACK
BANK 1 EXHAUST
SG
EN16-043
TP AND APP SIGNALS SHIELD: GROUND
HO2 SENSOR DOWNSTREAM 2/2
EN9
4-WAY / BLACK
BANK 2 EXHAUST
I
EN16-044
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR SIGNAL: NOMINAL 0 – 5 V BY ENGINE OPERATING CONDITION
HO2 SENSOR UPSTREAM 1/1
EN37
4-WAY / GREY
BANK 1 EXHAUST
SG
EN16-045
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
HO2 SENSOR UPSTREAM 2/1
EN32
4-WAY / GREY
BANK 2 EXHAUST
IMT SOLENOID VALVE 1
EN999
2-WAY / BLACK
INTAKE MANIFOLD TOP
IMT SOLENOID VALVE 2
EN998
2-WAY / BLACK
INTAKE MANIFOLD BOTTOM
IP SENSOR
IL7
3-WAY / BLACK
FUEL RAIL REAR
SG
EN16-046
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
I
EN16-050
ENGINE FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
O
EN16-052
THROTTLE MOTOR RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O
EN16-053
GENERATOR CHARGE: VARIABLE VOLTAGE
SG
EN16-054
THROTTLE MOTOR GROUND: GROUND
KNOCK SENSOR
EN23
2-WAY / BLACK
ENGINE VEE
O
EN16-055
HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 ms, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE
MAF SENSOR
EN6
5-WAY / BLACK
ENGINE AIR INTAKE DUCT
O
EN16-056
HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 ms, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE
MAP SENSOR
EN8
4-WAY / BLACK
INTAKE MANIFOLD, REAR
I
EN16-065
GENERATOR FIELD RETURN SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE BY GENERATOR OPERATING CONDITION
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
—
—
ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
O
EN16-066
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE DRIVE: PWM, 10 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0.04% – 100%
O
EN16-067
EVAP CANISTER CLOSE VALVE DRIVE: TO CLOSE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
THROTTLE BODY
EN16-068
BANK 2 CAMSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 4 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
EN10
EN13
2-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
ENGINE INTAKE MANIFOLD
I
ENGINE INTAKE MANIFOLD
SG
EN16-069
BANK 2 CAMSHAFT SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
THROTTLE MOTOR
EN10
2-WAY / BLACK
I
EN16-070
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
THROTTLE MOTOR RELAY
—
—
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R11
I
EN16-071
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
TP SENSOR (2.5L & 3.0L)
EN13
4-WAY / BLACK
ENGINE INTAKE MANIFOLD
I
EN16-073
INJECTION PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: POTENTIOMETER – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES
VVT SOLENOID VALVE 1
EN61
2-WAY / BLACK
BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD
I
EN16-075
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 SIGNAL: IDLE = 0.74 V; FULL THROTTLE = 3.97 V
I
EN16-076
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 SIGNAL: IDLE = 1.65 V; FULL THROTTLE = 4.20 V
VVT SOLENOID VALVE 2
EN42
2-WAY / BLACK
BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD
I
EN16-078
ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
I
EN16-079
GENERATOR LOAD: B+ = NORMAL, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON; GROUND = GENERATOR FAILURE, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON
O
EN16-080
THROTTLE MOTOR DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE MOTOR
SG
EN16-081
HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 2/1: GROUND
Connector
Connector Description
Location
SG
EN16-082
HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 2/1: GROUND
CA5
12-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO FUEL TANK LINK LEAD
TOP OF FUEL TANK
I
EN16-083
HO2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE CURRENT
I
EN16-084
HO2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL: CONSTANT CURRENT
CA10
22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
SG
EN16-091
HO2 SENSOR HEATERS 1/2, 2/2 GROUND: GROUND
CA170
16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR
LH LOWER A POST
O
EN16-092
HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/2: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 256 ms, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0 ms = 0%, 77 ms = 30%, 256 ms = 100%
EN4
12-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO INJECTOR RAIL HARNESS
ADJACENT TO THE TRANSMISSION BELL HOUSING
O
EN16-093
HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/2: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 256 ms, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0 ms = 0%, 77 ms = 30%, 256 ms = 100%
JB1
42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS
ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
I
EN16-094
BANK 1 CAMSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 4 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
JB2
16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
SG
EN16-095
BANK 1 CAMSHAFT SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
I
EN16-098
KNOCK SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL
SG
EN16-100
SENSOR SHIELD: GROUND
I
EN16-102
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 SIGNAL: FOOT OFF = 0.97 V; FULLY DEPRESSED = 3.33 V
I
EN16-103
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2 SIGNAL: FOOT OFF = 3.97 V; FULLY DEPRESSED = 0.84 V
I
EN16-104
FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: VOLTAGE DECREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES
D
EN16-105
SERIAL DATA LINK: SERIAL COMMUNICATION
O
EN16-106
THROTTLE MOTOR DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE MOTOR
I
EN16-107
HO2 SENSOR 2/1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE CURRENT
I
EN16-108
HO2 SENSOR 2/1 SIGNAL: CONSTANT CURRENT
O
EN16-109
BANK 1 VVT SOLENOID VALVE: PWM, 300 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0% – 100%
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G8
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH INNER WHEEL ARCH
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
O
EN16-110
BANK 2 VVT SOLENOID VALVE: PWM, 300 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0% – 100%
SG
EN16-111
BANK 1 FUEL INJECTORS (1, 3, 5) GROUND: GROUND
SG
EN16-116
BANK 2 FUEL INJECTORS (2, 4, 6) GROUND: GROUND
C
EN16-123
CAN –
C
EN16-124
CAN +
I
EN16-127
MAP SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: VOLTAGE INCREASES AS MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE INCREASES
I
EN16-128
HO2 SENSOR 1/2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 1 V SWING: 0.1 – 0.9 V SWING
I
EN16-129
HO2 SENSOR 2/2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 1 V SWING: 0.1 – 0.9 V SWING
SG
EN16-130
HO2 SENSORS SHIELD: GROUND
B+
EN16-134
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY: B+ WHEN RELAY ACTIVATED
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
B+
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
D2
CAN Network
SCP Network
D2B Network
D
Serial and Encoded Data
V
Voltage (DC)
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Engine Management: 2.5L & 3.0L – Part 1
EN16-036
02.1
I
EN16-094
EN16-053
OG
O
EN16-095
EN16-065
GENERATOR: LOAD
EN16-100
U
02.1
I
I
O
I
EN16-098
I
EN16-044
EN16-079
STARTER RELAY DRIVE
02.1
EN16-041
PARK; NEUTRAL
B
02.1
I
EN16-045
EN16-031
EN16-046
G
20.1
Y
C +
EN16-124
W
20.2
OG
3
GU
1
EN16-070
EN16-019
I
EN16-078
I
EN16-073
I
EN16-050
I
EN16-104
I
EN16-127
I
EN16-103
I
EN16-102
4
5
RW
2
B
JB1-39
EN16-013
EN16-134
EN16-043
GR
GR
E
EN16-020
RW
JB1-38
94
I
EN16-012
THROTTLE MOTOR
RELAY
3
EN16-071
D
EN16-105
R11
I
C –
EN16-123
20.1
EN16-052
O
EN16-080
O
EN16-106
I
EN16-076
I
EN16-075
I
EN16-008
O
EN16-067
P
O
EN16-066
P
O
EN16-039
O
EN16-038
O
EN16-110
O
EN16-109
EN16-017
EN16-018
EN16-004
EN16-005
EN16-030
EN16-054
EN16-082
BG
RG
OY
OY
BW
BG
WU
NU
YG
WG
BG
Y
BG
BG
O
BW
GU
GW
W
N
N
G
B
O
Y
WR
W
UY
N
WG
EN4
-12
EN4
-10
CA5
-6
CA5
-4
CA5
-5
CA10
-18
CA10
-19
JB1
-14
ENS10
BG
BG
ENS6
JBS20
JB1-17
OY
ENS7
Y
R
BG
Y
W
JB1-8
JB1-7
JB1-12
ENS26
O
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G
R
Y
P
GO
O
UY
OY
OY
G
RW
W
BG
BG
JB1-3
GO
O
JB1-29
JBS4
OY
JBS45
JB1-18
JB2-6
JB2-5
JB2-15
W
JB1-6
GO
O
JB1-23
JB2-13
W
JB2-4
GO
GW
GW
-6
CA170-5
JB2
-8
JB2
-7
CA170-15
CA10-20
-7
JB1-10
CA75
CA5
-9
85
EN16-091
86
E
EN16-029
EN16-081
BG
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
EN16-068
EN16-069
GO
EN4
-11
CA10
-13
EN16-111
NG
GENERATOR: FIELD
EN16-037
BG
91
E
JB2
-1
CENTRAL
JUNCTION
FUSE BOX
57
92
E
Y
I
BG
BG
OY
I
ILS2
ENS5
OY
02.1
FT1 -3 -2 -1
OY
EN16-093
-2 EN8 -2 -1 -4
ENS3
G
GENERATOR: CHARGE
RG
IL8 -1
OY
BG
O
-1
RG
EN16-129
O
EN16-040
-2
OY
BG
B
01.6
IL7 -3
EN4
-4
BG
EMS CONTROL RELAY
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
-2
RG
EN16-092
I
EN16-006
-1 EN25 -1
R
EN16-128
-5 EN18 -2
BG
I
O
I
-4
BG
EN16-010
Y
02.1
-2
Y
BG
II
EN16-130
BG
FTP
SENSOR*
U
EN16-056
I
-3
G
O
EN16-007
EN6 -1
E
ENS15
RW
ENGINE CRANK
EN16-055
EN23 -2 -1
R
GU
EN16-108
O
EN33
-2
93
BR
BR
MAP
SENSOR
υ
OY
12
I
I
EN16-024
II
VIA INERTIA SWITCH
EN16-107
EN33
-1
υ
Y
OY
GO
I
EN43
-2
υ
BG
13
EN16-002
B
EN43
-1
E
UY
WG
E
EN12
-2
BR
BR
ENS2
EN12
-1
84
E
NG
90
O
-2
EFT
SENSOR
IATS
2
U
EN16-001
EN16-023
-3 -1
IP
SENSOR
P
EN16-084
O
EN9 -4
82
E
OY
E
-2
EOT
SENSOR
BG
WG
89
83
E
ECT
SENSOR
II
E
EN13 -1
GW
NR
I
B
EN16-022
Y
P
RU
RU
Y
P
GO
GO
BR
N
U
N
UY
Y
P
O
B
BG
G
N
N
GW
BW
BW
O
UY
BG
Y
U
U
OY
RG
BW
Y
R
BG
Y
BG
-3 -1
GU
EN16-083
EN14 -4
O
I
MAF
SENSOR
υ
GU
B
1
KNOCK
SENSOR
BG
81
NR
32
-2
CMP
SENSORS
λ
WG
-4 -1
WR
EN32 -3
P
GO
-2
WG
-4 -1
P
RU
Y
EN37 -3
CKP
SENSOR
2/2
λ
U
Y
U
1/2
N
2/1
W
U
1/1
HO2 SENSORS
DOWNSTREAM
Fig. 03.1
Engine Management: 2.5L & 3.0L – Part 1
UY
HO2 SENSORS
UPSTREAM
P
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
NOTES:
-3
-2 -4
EN10
-1
EN10
-2
PA1 -2
-6
-4
-5
-3
-1
EN16-116
EN61 -2
ENS1
ENS22
B
-1
EN999 -2
-1
EN998 -2
-1
JB170 -2
-1
FT5 -2
-1
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
(CONTINUED Fig. 03.2)
ENS47
B
-1 EN42 -2
B
* EVAP Canister Close Valve and Fuel Tank
Pressure Sensor – NAS vehicles only.
PA3 -1
-3
Shielding shown as dashed lines are braided
wires.
TP1
BRD
G8AL
G8AR
1
2
VVT
SOLENOID VALVES
1
13 Fig. 01.1
14
64 Fig. 01.2
1
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
12
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
2
1
IMT
SOLENOID VALVES
(1 TOP; 2 BOTTOM)
TP SENSOR
EVAP
CANISTER
PURGE VALVE
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
EVAP
CANISTER
CLOSE VALVE*
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
BRAKE
ON / OFF
SWITCH
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
APP1
TP2
THROTTLE
MOTOR
THROTTLE BODY
VARIANT: 2.5L & 3.0L Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
APP SENSOR
APP2
Fig. 03.2
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Engine Control Module (2.5L & 3.0L)
COMPONENTS
Pin
Description and Characteristic
I
EN16-009
BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
SS
EN16-012
SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 1: NOMINAL 5 V
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY
—
—
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R6
SG
EN16-019
SENSOR GROUND 1: GROUND
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
EN30
2-WAY / BLACK
ADJACENT TO ENGINE OIL FILTER
I
EN16-025
FUEL PUMP MODULE MONITOR: PWM, 1 Hz, 50% POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE = NORMAL, 25% POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE = NO CONTROL SIGNAL, 75% POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE = FUEL PUMP INOPERATIVE
AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR
JB106
4-WAY / BLACK
BEHIND FRONT LH WHEEL ARCH LINER
O
EN16-027
FUEL PUMP MODULE CONTROL: PWM, 250 Hz, NORMAL POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE = 4% – 51%
BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH
PA2
2-WAY / BLACK
TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
I
EN16-033
CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH
PA4
5-WAY / BLACK
TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL
O
EN16-034
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
COOLING FAN – LH
GC2
2-WAY / BLACK
COOLING PACK LH SIDE
I
EN16-047
SPEED CONTROL SWITCH REQUEST: STEPPED RESISTANCE
COOLING FAN – RH
GC1
2-WAY / BLACK
COOLING PACK RH SIDE
COOLING FAN MODULE
JB188
PWM1
2-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY
ADJACENT TO RADIATOR LH SIDE
SG
EN16-048
SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
O
EN16-051
COOLING FAN MODULE CONTROL: PWM, 140 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 7% – 95%
O
EN16-061
IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 2: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.5L & 3.0L)
EN16
134-WAY / BLACK
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
O
EN16-062
IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 4: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
FUEL INJECTOR 1
IL1
2-WAY / BLACK
FUEL RAIL
O
EN16-063
IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 6: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
FUEL INJECTOR 2
IL4
2-WAY / BLACK
FUEL RAIL
O
EN16-087
IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 1: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
FUEL INJECTOR 3
IL2
2-WAY / BLACK
FUEL RAIL
O
EN16-088
IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 3: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
FUEL INJECTOR 4
IL5
2-WAY / BLACK
FUEL RAIL
O
EN16-089
IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 5: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
FUEL INJECTOR 5
IL3
2-WAY / BLACK
FUEL RAIL
O
EN16-113
FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 5: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
FUEL INJECTOR 6
IL6
2-WAY / BLACK
FUEL RAIL
O
EN16-114
FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 3: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
FUEL PUMP
FT2
4-WAY / BLACK
FUEL TANK
O
EN16-115
FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 1: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O
EN16-118
FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 6: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O
EN16-119
FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 4: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O
EN16-120
FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 2: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
I
EN16-121
AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: TRANSDUCER – VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES
I
EN16-131
I
SG
FUEL PUMP MODULE
CA105
10-WAY / BLACK
UNDER REAR SEAT LH SIDE
IGNITION CAPACITOR
EN94
2-WAY / BLACK
BELOW AIR INTAKE
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 1
EN51
4-WAY
BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 2
EN54
4-WAY
BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MONITOR BANK 1 (1, 3, 5): PULSED SIGNAL, 3 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 3
EN52
4-WAY
BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD
EN16-132
IGNITION MONITOR BANK 2 (2, 4, 6): PULSED SIGNAL, 3 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 4
EN55
4-WAY
BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD
EN16-133
FUEL PUMP CONTROL CIRCUIT SHIELD: GROUND
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 5
EN53
4-WAY
BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 6
EN56
4-WAY
BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
—
—
ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES
SW5
4-WAY / BLACK
STEERING WHEEL
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA5
12-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO FUEL TANK LINK LEAD
TOP OF FUEL TANK
CA10
22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
CA170
16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR
LH LOWER A POST
EN4
12-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO INJECTOR RAIL HARNESS
ADJACENT TO THE TRANSMISSION BELL HOUSING
JB1
42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS
ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB2
16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB129
22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
JB145
8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS
ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB187
2-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO COOLING FAN MODULE LINK LEAD
ADJACENT TO RADIATOR LH SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G8
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH INNER WHEEL ARCH
G11
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G17
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ON GENERATOR BRACKET
G35
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER E POST
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
B+
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
D2
CAN Network
SCP Network
D2B Network
D
Serial and Encoded Data
V
Voltage (DC)
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Engine Management: 2.5L & 3.0L – Part 2
FUEL INJECTORS
FRONT OF
ENGINE
2
1
3
5
IGNITION MODULES AND COILS
4
2
1
6
3
5
2
4
6
AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
RELAY
1
4
3
EN16-119
O
EN16-118
O
EN16-087
O
EN16-088
I
EN16-131
O
EN16-089
O
EN16-061
O
EN16-062
I
EN16-132
O
EN16-063
O
EN16-034
O
EN16-051
I
EN16-025
O
EN16-027
EN16-033
I
EN16-009
EN16-121
I
EN16-047
EN16-048
EN4
-9
37
RW
BO
II
ENS19
GR
YG
B
RW
GW
YG
B
RW
GU
YG
B
RW
GR
YG
B
RW
GW
YG
B
RW
GU
YG
B
RW
GN
NY
GB
NG
GR
NU
BW
BG
RU
BG
2
1
GU
IGNITION
CAPACITOR
EN94
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
-1
-2
B
RG
B
B
B
B
B
B
ENS17
EN30-1
ENS18
JB1
-37
ENS16
G8AL
WG
B
JB145-7
BG
BRD
WU
GC2-A
YG
O
OY
O
R
O
G
O
B
COOLING FAN
MODULE
G11AS
JB1
-4
WG
JB2
-10
SET -
CANCEL
OFF
B
B
SW5-2
SWS1
SW4-3
W
II
JB106 -3
-2
BG
BRD
JB1-26
BG
PA2 -1
-2
PA4 -3
-1
FUEL PUMP
IP34-6
YR
510 Ω
300 Ω
180 Ω
120 Ω
YR
SW4-1
SW5-4
1
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
12
II
CA5-7
B
63 Fig. 01.4
II
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
Y
Y
CA5-8
E
O
CA105-3
FUEL TANK
B
P
CA105-2
AIR CONDITIONING
PRESSURE SENSOR
75
O
CA105-10
IP34-8
STEERING WHEEL
64 Fig. 01.2
W
R
CASSETTE
SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES
BRD
CA105-4
R
FT2-4
1κ Ω
BG
CA105-5
CASSETTE
2.2κ Ω
BRD
CA170-1
KB
-1
I
CA105-1
W
RW
U
NR
BG
N
CA170-2
BG
38
O
CA105-7
N
FT2-2
YG
B
CA105-9
CA10-15
JB1-27
II
JBS
20
OY
WU
RESUME SET +
W
JB2
-11
56
JBS
45
NG
II
JB145-1
BG
JB129
-13
U
JB1
-17
OY
JB129
-14
YR
YG
58
JB1
-18
P
BG
JB1
-28
JB1
-19
B
JB188-2
ENS6
OY
WU
OG
GC1-A
RH COOLING FAN
JB1
-25
PWM1-3
GC2-B
GC1-B
JB1
-24
FANS
I
JB187-1
LH COOLING FAN
ENS7
14
B
PWM1-2
WU
W
N
NOTE: ECM power supplies and grounds shown on Fig. 03.1.
13 Fig. 01.1
NG
E
WU
BG
G17AS
B
87
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
(CONTINUED FROM Fig. 03.1)
1
EN30-2
AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
B
25
ON
21
95
JB1
-36
BG
WG
U
BG
OY
WU
YR
YG
EN16-012
3
E
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
BG
WU
W
N
EN16-019
I
E
BG
BO
BG
BW
BW
BO
GU
GW
YG
GR
GU
GW
YG
GR
EN16-133
I
EN4
-3
5
EN51 -4 -2 -3 -1 EN52 -4 -2 -3 -1 EN53 -4 -2 -3 -1 EN54 -4 -2 -3 -1 EN55 -4 -2 -3 -1 EN56 -4 -2 -3 -1
80
E
R6
RG
BG
O
EN4
-8
-2
WG
EN16-120
79
E
EN4
-2
IL6 -1
U
EN16-113
O
78
-2
BG
EN16-114
O
IL5 -1
OY
O
-2
YR
EN16-115
IL4 -1
E
BO
EN4
-7
-2
77
E
BG
O
NR
76
E
EN4
-1
IL3 -1
BW
75
-2
GU
IL2 -1
GY
CYLINDER NUMBERING
-2
N
5
NW
6
IL1 -1
GW
4
Fig. 03.2
Engine Management: 2.5L & 3.0L – Part 2
96 Fig. 01.6
E
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
BRAKE
CANCEL
SWITCH
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
* NOTE: Clutch Cancel Switch –
Manual Transmission vehicles only.
CLUTCH
CANCEL
SWITCH*
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
G35AS
VARIANT: 2.5L & 3.0L Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
FUEL PUMP
MODULE
Fig. 03.3
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Engine Control Module (2.0L)
COMPONENTS
Pin
Description and Characteristic
I
EN65-001
MAP SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: VOLTAGE INCREASES AS MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE INCREASES
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
I
EN65-002
AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: TRANSDUCER – VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH
PA3
3-WAY / BLACK
TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
SG
EN65-003
SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
EN65-004
SMALL SIGNAL GROUND1: GROUND
8-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREEN
2-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREEN
16-WAY / GREY
2-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREY
4-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / BLUE
2-WAY / BLACK
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
SG
CA75
CA76
CA77
CA78
IP1
IP2
IP3
IP4
JB50
JB51
JB52
SG
EN65-005
SMALL SIGNAL GROUND 2: GROUND
I
EN65-006
ENGINE CRANK: B+
SS
EN65-011
SENSOR POWER SUPPLY: NOMINAL 5 V
PG
EN65-018
POWER GROUND 2: GROUND
PG
EN65-019
POWER GROUND 1: GROUND
B+
EN65-021
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
B+
EN65-022
EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 1: B+
B+
EN65-023
EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 2: B+
CKP SENSOR
EN12
2-WAY / BLACK
ADJACENT TO ENGINE CRANKSHAFT PULLEY
I
EN65-025
HO2 SENSOR 2/1 SIGNAL: CONSTANT CURRENT
CMP SENSOR 1
EN43
2-WAY / BLACK
BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD, FRONT
I
EN65-026
HO2 SENSOR 2/1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE CURRENT
CMP SENSOR 2
EN33
2-WAY / BLACK
BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD, FRONT
I
EN65-027
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: CLOSED THROTTLE = 0.89 V; FULL THROTTLE = 4.50 V
ECT SENSOR
EN18
2-WAY / BLACK
ENGINE VEE, FRONT
SG
EN65-028
SENSOR SHIELD: GROUND
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.0L)
EN65
104-WAY / BLACK
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
SG
EN65-029
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
I
EN65-030
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR SIGNAL: NOMINAL 0 – 5 V BY ENGINE OPERATING CONDITION
EOT SENSOR
EN25
2-WAY / BLACK
ADJACENT TO ENGINE OIL FILTER
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE
JB170
2-WAY / BLACK
REARWARD OF FUEL TANK
HO2 SENSOR DOWNSTREAM 1/2
EN14
4-WAY / BLACK
BANK 1 EXHAUST
HO2 SENSOR DOWNSTREAM 2/2
EN9
4-WAY / BLACK
BANK 2 EXHAUST
HO2 SENSOR UPSTREAM 1/1
EN37
4-WAY / GREY
BANK 1 EXHAUST
HO2 SENSOR UPSTREAM 2/1
EN32
4-WAY / GREY
BANK 2 EXHAUST
SG
EN65-031
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
I
EN65-034
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I
EN65-035
GENERATOR LOAD: B+ = NORMAL, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON; GROUND = GENERATOR FAILURE, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON
I
EN65-036
INERTIA SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
I
EN65-037
KNOCK SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL
SG
EN65-038
SENSOR SHIELD: GROUND
IDLE SPEED CONTROL VALVE
EN87
2-WAY / BLACK
THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
D
EN65-039
SERIAL DATA LINK: SERIAL COMMUNICATION
IMT SOLENOID VALVE 1
EN999
2-WAY / BLACK
INTAKE MANIFOLD TOP
I
EN65-043
GENERATOR CHARGE: VARIABLE VOLTAGE
IMT SOLENOID VALVE 2
EN998
2-WAY / BLACK
INTAKE MANIFOLD BOTTOM
O
EN65-044
COOLING FAN MODULE CONTROL: PWM, 140Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 7% – 95%
KNOCK SENSOR
EN23
2-WAY / BLACK
ENGINE VEE
O
EN65-046
HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/2: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 256 mS, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0 mS = 0%, 77 mS = 30%, 256 mS = 100%
MAF SENSOR
EN6
5-WAY / BLACK
ENGINE AIR INTAKE DUCT
O
EN65-047
HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/2: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 256 mS, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0 mS = 0%, 77 mS = 30%, 256 mS = 100%
MAP SENSOR
EN8
4-WAY / BLACK
INTAKE MANIFOLD, REAR
SG
EN65-048
HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 1/2 AND 2/2: GROUND
TP SENSOR (2.0L)
EN88
3-WAY / BLACK
ENGINE INTAKE MANIFOLD
I
EN65-050
HO2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL: CONSTANT CURRENT
VVT SOLENOID VALVE 1
EN61
2-WAY / BLACK
BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD
I
EN65-051
HO2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE CURRENT
VVT SOLENOID VALVE 2
EN42
2-WAY / BLACK
BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD
SG
EN65-052
HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 2/1: GROUND
I
EN65-053
HO2 SENSOR 1/2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 1 V SWING: 0.1 – 0.9 V SWING
I
EN65-054
HO2 SENSOR 2/2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 1 V SWING: 0.1 – 0.9 V SWING
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
SG
EN65-055
HO2 SENSORS SHIELD: GROUND
Connector
Connector Description
I
EN65-059
BANK 1 CAMSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 4 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
CA10
22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
CA170
16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR
LH LOWER A POST
JB1
42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS
ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB196
1O-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
ADJACENT TO FOOT PEDALS
SG
EN65-060
BANK 1 CAMSHAFT SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
I
EN65-061
CRANKSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 70 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
SG
EN65-062
CRANKSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
I
EN65-063
IGNITION ON: B+
SG
EN65-064
BANK 2 FUEL INJECTORS (2, 4, 6) GROUND: GROUND
O
EN65-068
STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
GROUNDS
O
EN65-069
EMS CONTROL RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O
EN65-070
INTAKE MANIFOLD TUNING VALVE SOLENOID DRIVE – 2 / BOTTOM: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
Ground
Location
O
EN65-071
INTAKE MANIFOLD TUNING VALVE SOLENOID DRIVE – 1 / TOP: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
G8
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH INNER WHEEL ARCH
O
EN65-074
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE DRIVE: PWM, 10 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0.04% – 100%
SG
EN65-075
HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 1/1: GROUND
O
EN65-077
HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE
SG
EN65-078
HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 2/1: GROUND
I
EN65-079
ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
I
EN65-080
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
I
EN65-081
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
I
EN65-085
PARK / NEUTRAL SWITCH (AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION) : NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
I
EN65-085
CLUTCH SAFETY CIRCUIT (MANUAL TRANSMISSION) : B+
I
EN65-086
BANK 2 CAMSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 4 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
SG
EN65-087
BANK 2 CAMSHAFT SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
C
EN65-088
CAN –
CAN +
C
EN65-089
SG
EN65-091
BANK 1 FUEL INJECTORS (1, 3, 5) GROUND: GROUND
O
EN65-095
BANK 2 VVT SOLENOID VALVE: PWM, 300Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0% – 100%
O
EN65-096
BANK 1 VVT SOLENOID VALVE: PWM, 300Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0% – 100%
O
EN65-097
IDLE SPEED CONTROL VALVE MOTOR DRIVE (–): PWM
O
EN65-098
IDLE SPEED CONTROL VALVE MOTOR DRIVE (+): PWM
SG
EN65-102
HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 1/1: GROUND
O
EN65-103
HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE
O
EN65-104
HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE
Location
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
B+
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
D2
CAN Network
SCP Network
D2B Network
D
Serial and Encoded Data
V
Voltage (DC)
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Engine Management: 2.0L – Part 1
81
NR
32
B
I
EN65-051
I
EN65-050
O
EN65-077
O
EN65-104
B
I
EN65-026
I
EN65-025
I
O
EN65-076
O
EN65-103
EN65-021
WG
89
E
90
WG
13
GO
12
GU
E
EN65-023
II
VIA INERTIA SWITCH
ENGINE CRANK
B
EN65-022
EN65-063
I
II
EN65-055
EN65-036
Y
02.2
I
EN65-053
O
EN65-047
I
EN65-054
O
O
EN65-046
I
I
EN65-061
I
EN65-059
I
EN65-006
EMS CONTROL RELAY
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
GENERATOR: CHARGE
B
01.6
EN65-069
RG
02.2
EN65-062
EN65-043
GENERATOR: FIELD
OG
02.2
O
EN65-060
EN65-008
GENERATOR: LOAD
U
02.2
EN65-038
I
I
O
I
EN65-037
I
EN65-030
EN65-035
STARTER RELAY DRIVE
GO
02.2
EN65-087
EN65-068
PARK; NEUTRAL
B
02.2
I
EN65-029
EN65-085
G
20.1
EN65-086
EN65-031
C –
I
EN65-081
I
EN65-080
I
EN65-079
Y
P
RU
RU
Y
P
GO
GO
BR
N
U
N
UY
Y
P
O
B
BG
G
N
N
GW
BW
BW
O
UY
Y
MAF
SENSOR
ECT
SENSOR
82
-5 EN18 -2
-1
EN25 -1
-2
E
BG
BR
BG
BG
BG
ENS15
ENS5
ENS3
ENS10
EN65-088
Y
C +
EN65-089
EN65-003
EN65-039
EN65-011
ENS6
I
EN65-001
O
EN65-097
O
EN65-098
EN65-004
EN65-028
P
I
EN65-027
I
EN65-034
P
GO
GO
JB1-23
EN65-064
EN65-075
EN65-078
O
EN65-074
O
EN65-070
O
EN65-071
O
EN65-095
O
EN65-096
EN65-091
CA75
86
OY
NG
OY
G
-1 EN42 -2
-1
EN999 -2
-1
EN998 -2
-1
57
91
E
B
EN61 -2
G8AL
BG
BG
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
(CONTINUED Fig. 03.4)
ENS47
B
JB196
-1
CENTRAL
JUNCTION
FUSE BOX
RW
ENS22
-7
JB1-10
E
B
GW
CA170-15
-6
UY
OY
OY
G
RW
85
ENS1
GW
II
E
JB170 -2
G
EN65-102
GO
CA10-20
R
EN65-052
GO
JBS4
OY
EN65-048
N
EN65-019
GW
NR
EN65-018
ENS7
GU
EN65-005
OY
BW
G
R
W
N
UY
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
BG
D
BG
W
20.2
NG
20.1
-1
PA3 -1
EN88
-1
EN88
-2
EN88
-3
EN87
-1
EN87
-2
-3
G8AR
NOTE:
Shielding shown as dashed lines
are braided wires.
1
2
VVT
SOLENOID VALVES
1
13 Fig. 01.1
14
64 Fig. 01.2
1
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
12
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
2
1
IMT
SOLENOID VALVES
(1 TOP; 2 BOTTOM)
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
BRD
BRAKE
ON / OFF
SWITCH
EVAP
CANISTER
PURGE VALVE
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
TP SENSOR
IDLE SPEED
CONTROL VALVE
VARIANT: 2.0L Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
EN8 -2 -1 -4
OY
BW
BG
-4
BG
-2
93
E
BR
MAP
SENSOR
υ
Y
-3
υ
BG
EN6 -1
BG
EN23 -2 -1
84
E
BR
EN33
-2
O
EN33
-1
BW
EN43
-2
GW
EN43
-1
GU
EN12
-2
W
N
EN12
-1
N
-2
G
-3 -1
B
EN9 -4
EOT
SENSOR
IATS
2
O
-2
P
-3 -1
E
BR
ENS2
KNOCK
SENSOR
υ
Y
EN14 -4
83
E
1
WR
-2
N
Y
-4 -1
CMP
SENSORS
λ
N
EN32 -3
P
GO
-2
WG
-4 -1
P
RU
Y
EN37 -3
CKP
SENSOR
2/2
λ
U
WR
U
1/2
W
UY
2/1
W
U
1/1
HO2 SENSORS
DOWNSTREAM
Engine Management: 2.0L – Part 1
UY
HO2 SENSORS
UPSTREAM
WG
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Fig. 03.3
Fig. 03.4
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Engine Control Module (2.0L)
Pin
Description and Characteristic
COMPONENTS
I
EN65-002
AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: TRANSDUCER – VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
SG
EN65-003
SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY
—
—
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R6
I
EN65-007
BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
EN30
2-WAY / BLACK
ADJACENT TO ENGINE OIL FILTER
SS
EN65-011
SENSOR POWER SUPPLY: NOMINAL 5 V
AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR
JB106
4-WAY / BLACK
BEHIND FRONT LH WHEEL ARCH LINER
I
EN65-012
IGNITION MONITOR BANK 1 (1, 3, 5) : PULSED SIGNAL, 3 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH
PA2
2-WAY / BLACK
TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
I
EN65-013
IGNITION MONITOR BANK 2 (2, 4, 6) : PULSED SIGNAL, 3 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH
PA3
3-WAY / BLACK
TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
O
EN65-014
IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 1: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
EN65-015
IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 3: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O
EN65-016
IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 5: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
I
EN65-017
INTELLIGENT SPEED SIGNAL (VEHICLE SPEED) : PWM, DUTY CYCLE RANGE 30% to 70 %
O
EN65-020
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
I
EN65-034
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
O
EN65-040
IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 2: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O
EN65-041
IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 4: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O
EN65-042
IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 6: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
8-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREEN
2-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREEN
16-WAY / GREY
2-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREY
4-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / BLUE
2-WAY / BLACK
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
O
CA75
CA76
CA77
CA78
IP1
IP2
IP3
IP4
JB50
JB51
JB52
O
EN65-044
COOLING FAN MODULE CONTROL: PWM, 140Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 7% – 95%
CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH
PA4
5-WAY / BLACK
TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL
I
EN65-056
SPEED CONTROL STATUS 1 ON / OFF: GROUND = ON; 5 V = OFF
COOLING FAN – LH
GC2
2-WAY / BLACK
COOLING PACK LH SIDE
I
EN65-057
SPEED CONTROL STATUS 2 ACTIVE / INACTIVE: GROUND = ACTIVE; 5 V = INACTIVE
COOLING FAN – RH
GC1
2-WAY / BLACK
COOLING PACK RH SIDE
O
EN65-065
FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 1: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O
EN65-066
FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 3: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
COOLING FAN MODULE
JB188
PWM1
2-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY
ADJACENT TO RADIATOR LH SIDE
O
EN65-067
FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 5: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
I
EN65-084
CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
O
EN65-092
FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 2: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O
EN65-093
FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 4: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O
EN65-094
FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 6: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O
EN65-099
FUEL PUMP RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.0L)
EN65
104-WAY / BLACK
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
FUEL INJECTOR 1
IL1
2-WAY / BLACK
FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR 2
IL4
2-WAY / BLACK
FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR 3
IL2
2-WAY / BLACK
FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR 4
IL5
2-WAY / BLACK
FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR 5
IL3
2-WAY / BLACK
FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR 6
IL6
2-WAY / BLACK
FUEL RAIL
FUEL PUMP (2.0L)
CA415
6-WAY / BLACK
FUEL TANK
FUEL PUMP RELAY
—
—
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R11
IGNITION CAPACITOR
EN94
2-WAY / BLACK
BELOW AIR INTAKE
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 1
EN51
4-WAY
BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 2
EN54
4-WAY
BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 3
EN52
4-WAY
BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 4
EN55
4-WAY
BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 5
EN53
4-WAY
BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 6
EN56
4-WAY
BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
—
—
ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES
SW5
4-WAY / BLACK
STEERING WHEEL
SPEED CONTROL CONTROL MODULE
JB161
10-WAY / BLACK
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD LH SIDE
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA5
12-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO FUEL TANK LINK LEAD
TOP OF FUEL TANK
CA10
22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
CA170
16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR
LH LOWER A POST
EN4
12-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO INJECTOR RAIL HARNESS
ADJACENT TO THE TRANSMISSION BELL HOUSING
JB1
42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS
ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB129
22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
JB145
8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS
ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB187
2-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO COOLING FAN MODULE LINK LEAD
ADJACENT TO RADIATOR LH SIDE
JB196
1O-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
ADJACENT TO FOOT PEDALS
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G8
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH INNER WHEEL ARCH
G11
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G17
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ON GENERATOR BRACKET
G35
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER E POST
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
B+
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
D2
CAN Network
SCP Network
D2B Network
D
Serial and Encoded Data
V
Voltage (DC)
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Engine Management: 2.0L – Part 2
FUEL INJECTORS
FRONT OF
ENGINE
2
1
3
5
IGNITION MODULES AND COILS
4
2
1
6
3
5
2
4
6
AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
RELAY
1
4
3
EN65-067
O
EN65-093
O
EN65-094
O
EN65-014
O
EN65-015
I
EN65-012
O
EN65-016
O
EN65-040
O
EN65-041
I
EN65-013
O
EN65-042
O
EN65-020
O
EN65-044
O
EN65-099
EN65-011
EN65-002
I
EN65-084
I
EN65-007
I
EN65-034
O
EN65-017
I
EN65-057
I
EN65-056
37
RW
II
GR
YG
B
RW
GW
YG
B
RW
GU
YG
B
RW
GR
YG
B
RW
GW
YG
B
RW
GU
YG
B
RW
EN4
-9
IGNITION
CAPACITOR
ENS19
EN94
ENS17
JBS4
JB1-23
GO
GO
-7
CA170
-15
JB1
-28
G8AL
I
JB161
-C
I
JB161
-C
JB161
-F
(AUTO)
JB196
-1
JB196
-10
57
JB196
-3
JB1
-19
SWS1
SW5-2
IP34-6
YR
120 Ω
YR
SW5-4
SW4-1
IP34-8
B
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
12
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
-3
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
FUEL PUMP
RELAY
BG
OY
JB1
-18
FUEL PUMP
JB1
-17
PA2 -1
-2
5
3
OG
GR
2
1
NG
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
3
CA170-1
59
II
B
CA415-5
II
G35AS
PA4 -3
-1
JB106 -3
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
-2
-1
G14AL
BRAKE
CANCEL
SWITCH
R11
GO
* NOTE: Clutch Cancel Switch –
Manual Transmission vehicles only.
BRAKE
ON / OFF
SWITCH
64
COOLING FAN
MODULE
4
GO
B
YR
P
ENS6
JB129-13
STEERING WHEEL
1
B
JBS55
CASSETTE
SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES
O
BG
U
NR
GW
NR
PA3 -1
JB129-14
CASSETTE
180 Ω
G
JB188-2
FUEL TANK
YG
SW4-3
O
B
38
II
YG
B
B
O
R
G11AS
ENS7
56
II
OFF
OY
BG
U
U
YG
SPEED CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE
CANCEL
O
GC1-A
NOTE: JBS51 –
Speed Control
vehicles only.
JBS50
JB161
-B
SET -
OG
GC2-B
CA415-1
I
I
PWM1-3
JBS51
YR
JB161
-A
B
WU
JB1-39
JB161
-E
FANS
PWM1-2
B
I
B
U
U
I
GU
(MAN)
OY
O
WG
WU
JB161
-J
WU
O
CENTRAL
JUNCTION
FUSE BOX
OY
JB161
-G
B
WG
JB187-1
GC1-B
JB1
-4
WG
JB1-14
64 Fig. 01.2
NG
WU
WG
I
JB161
-H
E
14
B
RH COOLING FAN
GW
I
G17AS
JB1
-37
ENS16
W
RW
GU
94
13 Fig. 01.1
B
EN30-2
ENS18
CA10-20
GO
JB161
-K
95
GW
-6
JB145-6
21
AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
LH COOLING FAN
GO
JB161
-D
1
GU
B
GC2-A
G
300 Ω
1
-2
JB145-7
NOTE: ECM power supplies and grounds
shown on Fig. 03.3.
510 Ω
2
EN30-1
WU
GW
1κ Ω
BG
E
JB1-38
2.2κ Ω
-1
87
G
GU
GW
SET +
RU
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
JB1
-36
25
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
(CONTINUED FROM Fig. 03.3)
RESUME
3
RG
B
B
B
B
B
B
CA75
ON
5
E
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
E
BO
BW
EN4
-3
R6
RG
EN51 -4 -2 -3 -1 EN52 -4 -2 -3 -1 EN53 -4 -2 -3 -1 EN54 -4 -2 -3 -1 EN55 -4 -2 -3 -1 EN56 -4 -2 -3 -1
80
E
EN4
-8
-2
GN
NY
GB
IL6 -1
79
E
BG
BO
NG
GR
NU
78
EN4
-2
-2
BG
WU
GR
BG
OY
WU
WG
U
GO
EN65-003
I
IL5 -1
BG
BO
BG
BW
BW
BO
GU
GW
YG
GR
GU
GW
YG
GR
EN65-092
O
-2
BG
EN65-066
O
IL4 -1
E
EN4
-7
BG
EN65-065
-2
77
E
EN4
-1
O
NR
76
E
O
IL3 -1
BW
75
-2
GU
IL2 -1
N
CYLINDER NUMBERING
-2
GY
IL1 -1
5
NW
6
GW
4
Fig. 03.4
Engine Management: 2.0L – Part 2
CLUTCH
CANCEL
SWITCH*
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
AIR CONDITIONING
PRESSURE SENSOR
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
VARIANT: 2.0L Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 04.1
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Transmission Control Module
COMPONENTS: Automatic Transmission
Pin
Description and Characteristic
O
JB131-03
2 / 4 BRAKE PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID DRIVE: PWM, 1.25 kHz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE 5 – 95%
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
O
JB131-04
2 / 4 BRAKE TIMING SOLENOID DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
JB155
18-WAY / BLACK
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
I
JB131-05
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 18 PULSES PER OUTPUT SHAFT REVOLUTION
IGNITION SWITCH
IP18
7-WAY / BLACK
STEERING COLUMN
B+
JB131-06
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
J GATE ASSEMBLY
IP14
16-WAY / GREEN
CENTER CONSOLE
I
JB131-07
RANGE SENSOR – 3: 3 = GROUND; NOT IN 3 = OPEN CIRCUIT
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
—
—
ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R8
Location
I
JB131-08
RANGE SENSOR – 2: 2 = GROUND; NOT IN 2 = OPEN CIRCUIT
TCM RELAY
—
—
PG
JB131-09
POWER GROUND: GROUND
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
JB131
37-WAY / BLUE
LOWER LH A POST
O
JB131-10
REDUCTION TIMING SOLENOID DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR
JB156
10-WAY / BLACK
TOP OF TRANSMISSION
C
JB131-12
CAN – 1
C
JB131-13
CAN – 2
O
JB131-14
SHIFT SOLENOID B DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE
COMPONENTS: Manual Transmission
O
JB131-15
SHIFT SOLENOID A DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
O
JB131-16
TCC PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID DRIVE: PWM, 1.25 kHz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE 5 – 95%
CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH
PA4
5-WAY / BLACK
TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL
CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH
PA5
2-WAY / BLACK
TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.5L & 3.0L)
EN16
134-WAY / BLACK
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR
EN86
3-WAY / BLACK
DIFFERENTIAL OUTPUT SHAFT HOUSING
REVERSE LAMPS SWITCH
EN85
2-WAY / BLACK
TOP OF TRANSMISSION
Location
SG
JB131-17
SOLENOID GROUND RETURN: GROUND
O
JB131-18
LINE PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID DRIVE: PWM, 1.25 kHz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE 5 – 95%
SG
JB131-20
SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
I
JB131-21
INTERMEDIATE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 54 PULSES PER INTERMEDIATE SHAFT REVOLUTION*
I
JB131-24
TURBINE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 36 PULSES PER ENGINE REVOLUTION
I
JB131-25
RANGE SENSOR – N: N = GROUND; NOT IN N = OPEN CIRCUIT
I
JB131-26
RANGE SENSOR – R: R = GROUND; NOT IN R = OPEN CIRCUIT
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
I
JB131-27
RANGE SENSOR – D: D = GROUND; NOT IN D = OPEN CIRCUIT
Connector
Connector Description
JB1
42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS
ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
I
JB131-30
RANGE SENSOR – P: P = GROUND; NOT IN P = OPEN CIRCUIT
C
JB131-33
CAN + 1
C
JB131-34
CAN + 2
JB2
16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
Location
B+
JB131-36
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+
JB129
22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
PG
JB131-38
POWER GROUND: GROUND
JB130
22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
I
JB131-39
FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
JB145
8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS
ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
I
JB131-45
D – 4 SWITCH: SWITCH ACTIVATED = GROUND
I
JB131-47
MODE SWITCH: “SPORT” SELECTED = GROUND
O
JB131-52
SHIFT SOLENOID C DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE
O
JB131-53
LOW CLUTCH TIMING SOLENOID DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE
Ground
Location
B+
JB131-54
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+
G14
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G15
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G37
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
GROUNDS
* IN 1ST – 4TH AND R, THE INTERMEDIATE SHAFT SPEED IS THE SAME AS THE OUTPUT SHAFT SPEED. IN 5TH, THE INTERMEDIATE SHAFT SPEED IS MULTIPLIED BY 1.2.
Engine Control Module (2.5L & 3.0L)
Pin
Description and Characteristic
SG
EN16-019
SENSOR GROUND 1: GROUND
I
EN16-026
MANUAL TRANSMISSION OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 26 PULSES PER TRANSMISSION REVOLUTION
I
EN16-031
CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH (MANUAL TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I
EN16-033
CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
B+
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
D2
CAN Network
SCP Network
D2B Network
D
Serial and Encoded Data
V
Voltage (DC)
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Automatic and Manual Transmissions: Early Production
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
FLUID
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVES
TCM RELAY
4
WR
WU
PRESSURE CONTROL
SOLENOIDS
(DUTY CYCLE)
SHIFT
SOLENOIDS
R8
5
3
NR
2
1
W
INTERMEDIATE
SPEED SENSOR
P
R
N
D
OUTPUT
SPEED SENSOR
υ
17
B
2
3
2 / 4 BRAKE
C
TCC
B
REDUCTION
A
LOW
CLUTCH
II
JBS55
2 / 4 BRAKE
24
LINE
B
TURBINE
SPEED SENSOR
TIMING
SOLENOIDS
F40 15A
Fig. 04.1
Automatic and Manual Transmissions: Early Production
P
N
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
B
G14AL
JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155
-18
-9
-10
-11
WU
B
JB131-54
UY
8
B
JB131-6
G
20.1
C –
JB131-12
Y
20.1
O
JB131-15
O
JB131-14
O
JB131-52
O
JB131-16
O
JB131-18
O
JB131-03
O
JB131-53
O
JB131-10
O
JB131-04
I
JB131-39
C +
JB131-33
G
20.1
JB131-20
C –
JB131-13
Y
20.1
C +
JB131-34
I
JB131-24
I
JB131-21
I
JB131-05
I
JB131-30
I
JB131-26
I
JB131-25
I
JB131-27
I
JB131-08
I
JB131-07
I
JB131-45
I
JB131-47
P
JB131-09
P
JB131-38
B
N
JB155
-12
JB155
-14
JB155
-13
O
R
G
Y
W
U
G
JB155 JB155
-7
-8
JB155
-2
JB155
-1
JB155
-4
JB155
-3
JB155
-6
JB155
-5
B
N
B
N
B
N
B
W
N
JB156 JB156 JB156 JB156 JB156 JB156
-9
-7
-2
-1
-3
-4
B
B
B
ECM: STARTER
CIRCUIT
39
II
JB156-10
B
U
G
W
Y
R
JB156
-8
O
B
JBS35
JBS55
B
G14AL
OY
G15BR
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE
02.1
JB156-6
BRD
JB131-36
B
B
B
N
G
O
R
G
Y
W
U
W
B
N
N
N
U
G
W
Y
R
O
BW
OY
B
B
JB131-17
JB155
-16
BRD
B
JB155
-15
BRD
WU
JBS65
JB155
-17
MODE SWITCH
OY
JB129-10
IP14-6
G15BL
BW
BW
JB130-6
IP14-5
D–4
SWITCH
Y
07.2
IP14-4
(ROW)
NOT-IN-PARK
SWITCH
(ROW)
U
B
I
B
EN16-031
JB145-5
I
WG
EN16-033
(NAS)
B
W
JB2-12
RW
PA5-2
(NAS)
PA5-1
GO
JB1-4
I
14
II
JB2-16
P
EN16-019
88
38
WG
WU
BG
40
II
E
ENS6
II
GB
GB
EN85-01
W
RW
EN16-026
N
08.3
REVERSE LAMPS
EN85-02
IP18-4
KEY LOCK
SOLENOID
O
JB2-11
WU
BG
R
IP18-3
IP14-16
GEARSHIFT
INTERLOCK
SOLENOID
R
I
U
O
CLUTCH PEDAL
SAFETY SWITCH
WG
GECM:
KEY-IN AUDIBLE WARNING
O
IGNITION SWITCH
D
REVERSE LAMP
SWITCH
2
3
B
WR
36
G
20.1
Y
20.1
II
IP14-1
– C
IP14-10
EN86
-1
-2
-3
PA4 -3
-1
+ C
IP14-9
– C
H
B
B
IPS68
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
+ C
14
20.1
O
09.2
IP14-11
OUTPUT SPEED
SENSOR
I
CLUTCH CANCEL
SWITCH
IP14-3
64 Fig. 01.2
1
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
12
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION
J GATE ASSEMBLY
MANUAL TRANSMISSION
13 Fig. 01.1
20.1
Y
CAN MESSAGES:
• GEAR SELECTOR POSITIONS
• BRAKE ON / OFF
IP14-12
IP14-2
G37BL
NOTE: ECM power supplies and
grounds shown on Fig. 03.1.
1
G
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
VARIANT: 2.5L & 3.0L Vehicles
VIN RANGE: Early
All Production Vehicles
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
4
Fig. 04.2
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Transmission Control Module
COMPONENTS: Automatic Transmission
Pin
Description and Characteristic
O
JB131-03
2 / 4 BRAKE PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID DRIVE: PWM, 1.25 kHz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE 5 – 95%
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
O
JB131-04
2 / 4 BRAKE TIMING SOLENOID DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
JB155
18-WAY / BLACK
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
I
JB131-05
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 18 PULSES PER OUTPUT SHAFT REVOLUTION
IGNITION SWITCH
IP18
7-WAY / BLACK
STEERING COLUMN
B+
JB131-06
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
J GATE ASSEMBLY
IP14
16-WAY / GREEN
CENTER CONSOLE
I
JB131-07
RANGE SENSOR – 3: 3 = GROUND; NOT IN 3 = OPEN CIRCUIT
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
—
—
ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R8
Location
I
JB131-08
RANGE SENSOR – 2: 2 = GROUND; NOT IN 2 = OPEN CIRCUIT
TCM RELAY
—
—
PG
JB131-09
POWER GROUND: GROUND
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
JB131
37-WAY / BLUE
LOWER LH A POST
O
JB131-10
REDUCTION TIMING SOLENOID DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR
JB156
10-WAY / BLACK
TOP OF TRANSMISSION
C
JB131-12
CAN – 1
C
JB131-13
CAN – 2
O
JB131-14
SHIFT SOLENOID B DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE
COMPONENTS: Manual Transmission
O
JB131-15
SHIFT SOLENOID A DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
O
JB131-16
TCC PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID DRIVE: PWM, 1.25 kHz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE 5 – 95%
CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH
PA4
5-WAY / BLACK
TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL
CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH
PA5
2-WAY / BLACK
TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.0L)
EN65
104-WAY / BLACK
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.5L & 3.0L)
EN16
134-WAY / BLACK
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
REVERSE LAMPS SWITCH
EN85
2-WAY / BLACK
TOP OF TRANSMISSION
Location
SG
JB131-17
SOLENOID GROUND RETURN: GROUND
O
JB131-18
LINE PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID DRIVE: PWM, 1.25 kHz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE 5 – 95%
SG
JB131-20
SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
I
JB131-21
INTERMEDIATE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 54 PULSES PER INTERMEDIATE SHAFT REVOLUTION*
I
JB131-24
TURBINE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 36 PULSES PER ENGINE REVOLUTION
I
JB131-25
RANGE SENSOR – N: N = GROUND; NOT IN N = OPEN CIRCUIT
I
JB131-26
RANGE SENSOR – R: R = GROUND; NOT IN R = OPEN CIRCUIT
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
I
JB131-27
RANGE SENSOR – D: D = GROUND; NOT IN D = OPEN CIRCUIT
Connector
Connector Description
JB1
42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS
ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
I
JB131-30
RANGE SENSOR – P: P = GROUND; NOT IN P = OPEN CIRCUIT
C
JB131-33
CAN + 1
C
JB131-34
CAN + 2
JB2
16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
Location
B+
JB131-36
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+
JB129
22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
PG
JB131-38
POWER GROUND: GROUND
JB130
22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
I
JB131-39
FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
JB145
8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS
ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
SG
JB131-42
SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
SG
JB131-44
SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
I
JB131-45
D – 4 SWITCH: SWITCH ACTIVATED = GROUND
SG
JB131-46
SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
Ground
Location
I
JB131-47
MODE SWITCH: “SPORT” SELECTED = GROUND
G14
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
O
JB131-52
SHIFT SOLENOID C DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE
G15
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
O
JB131-53
LOW CLUTCH TIMING SOLENOID DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE
G37
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
B+
JB131-54
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+
GROUNDS
* IN 1ST – 4TH AND R, THE INTERMEDIATE SHAFT SPEED IS THE SAME AS THE OUTPUT SHAFT SPEED. IN 5TH, THE INTERMEDIATE SHAFT SPEED IS MULTIPLIED BY 1.2.
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
Engine Control Module (2.0L)
Pin
Description and Characteristic
I
EN65-084
CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
I
EN65-085
CLUTCH SAFETY CIRCUIT (MANUAL TRANSMISSION) : B+
Engine Control Module (2.5L & 3.0L)
Pin
Description and Characteristic
I
EN16-031
CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH (MANUAL TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I
EN16-033
CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
B+
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
D2
CAN Network
SCP Network
D2B Network
D
Serial and Encoded Data
V
Voltage (DC)
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Automatic and Manual Transmissions: Later Production
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
FLUID
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVES
TCM RELAY
4
WR
WU
PRESSURE CONTROL
SOLENOIDS
(DUTY CYCLE)
SHIFT
SOLENOIDS
R8
5
3
NR
2
1
W
OUTPUT
SPEED SENSOR
P
R
N
D
G14AL
2
3
2 / 4 BRAKE
C
LOW
CLUTCH
B
TCC
A
REDUCTION
24
II
JBS55
INTERMEDIATE
SPEED SENSOR
υ
17
2 / 4 BRAKE
B
LINE
B
TURBINE
SPEED SENSOR
TIMING
SOLENOIDS
F40 15A
P
N
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155
-18
-9
-10
-11
JB131-15
O
JB131-14
O
JB131-52
O
JB131-16
O
JB131-18
O
JB131-03
O
JB131-53
O
JB131-10
O
JB131-04
C +
I
JB131-39
C –
I
B
JB131-54
UY
8
B
JB131-6
G
20.1
C –
JB131-12
Y
20.1
JB131-33
G
20.1
JB131-20
JB131-13
Y
20.1
JB131-24
JB131-44
C +
I
JB131-34
JB131-21
JB131-46
I
JB131-05
JB131-42
I
JB131-30
I
JB131-26
I
JB131-25
I
JB131-27
I
JB131-08
I
JB131-07
I
JB131-45
I
JB131-47
P
JB131-09
P
JB131-38
N
JB155
-16
JB155
-12
JB155
-14
JB155
-13
O
R
G
Y
W
U
G
JB155 JB155
-7
-8
JB155
-2
B
N
W
JB155
-1
JB155
-4
JB155
-3
N
U
JB155
-6
JB155
-5
N
Y
O
B
N
JB156 JB156 JB156 JB156 JB156 JB156
-9
-7
-2
-1
-3
-4
U
II
G
W
Y
R
JB156
-8
O
B
JBS55
B
G14AL
G15BR
OY
G15BL
MODE SWITCH
(ROW)
BW
D–4
SWITCH
(ROW)
U
OY
JB129-10
IP14-6
BW
JB130-6
IP14-5
Y
07.2
IP14-4
EN16-031
ECM: STARTER
CIRCUIT
02.2
39
JB156-10
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE
I
02.1
JB156-6
BRD
WU
B
B
N
G
O
R
G
Y
W
U
W
B
N
U
N
O
N
Y
U
G
W
Y
R
O
BW
OY
B
B
JB131-17
O
JB155
-15
BRD
B
JB131-36
JB155
-17
BRD
WU
JBS65
Fig. 04.2
Automatic and Manual Transmissions: Later Production
B
(NAS)
B
JB145-5
W
JB2-12
(NAS)
RW
PA5-2
PA5-1
GO
NOT-IN-PARK
SWITCH
14
II
JB2-16
GECM:
KEY-IN AUDIBLE WARNING
(2.5L, 3.0L)
CLUTCH PEDAL
SAFETY SWITCH
I
EN65-085
B
B
JB145-5
B
U
GO
JB196-6
I
14
EN16-033
WG
WG
JB1-4
I
EN65-084
WG
N
38
JB196-3
II
O
IGNITION SWITCH
D
40
W
RW
PA4 -3
KEY LOCK
SOLENOID
GEARSHIFT
INTERLOCK
SOLENOID
R
(2.0 L)
WG
JB1-4
IP18-4
O
P
(2.5 L, 3.0L)
JB2-11
R
IP18-3
IP14-16
(2.0L)
I
U
O
II
JB196-4
II
GB
GB
EN85-01
08.3
REVERSE LAMPS
3
REVERSE LAMP
SWITCH
-1
WR
B
2
EN85-02
– C
36
II
IP14-1
G
20.1
Y
20.1
IP14-10
+ C
IP14-9
– C
B
B
IPS68
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
+ C
20.1
O
09.2
IP14-11
I
CLUTCH CANCEL
SWITCH
IP14-3
14
64 Fig. 01.2
1
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
12
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION
J GATE ASSEMBLY
MANUAL TRANSMISSION
13 Fig. 01.1
20.1
Y
CAN MESSAGES:
• GEAR SELECTOR POSITIONS
• BRAKE ON / OFF
IP14-12
IP14-2
G37BL
NOTE: ECM power supplies and
grounds shown on Fig. 03.1 or Fig. 03.3.
1
G
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
VARIANT: All Vehicles (Later Production)
VIN RANGE: Later
All Production Vehicles
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
4
Fig. 05.1
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Anti-Lock Braking Control Module
COMPONENTS
Pin
Description and Characteristic
PG
JB45-01
MOTOR GROUND: GROUND
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
B+
JB45-02
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY – MOTOR: B+
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM CONTROL MODULE
JB45
42-WAY / BROWN
ENGINE COMPARTMENT RH SIDE
PG
JB45-05
POWER GROUND: GROUND
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH
PA3
3-WAY / BLACK
TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
B+
JB45-06
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
CAPACITOR (ABS / DSC)
JB195
2-WAY
ADJACENT TO MODULATOR
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
CA75
CA76
CA77
CA78
IP1
IP2
IP3
IP4
JB50
JB51
JB52
8-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREEN
2-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREEN
16-WAY / GREY
2-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREY
4-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / BLUE
2-WAY / BLACK
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
VACUUM MODULE
VM1
VM2
VM3
—
—
—
UNDER BATTERY TRAY
VACUUM PUMP
VPU
—
ADJACENT TO BRAKE SERVO
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH FRONT
LF1
2-WAY / BLACK
LH FRONT WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH REAR
CA55
2-WAY / BLACK
LH REAR WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH FRONT
RF1
2-WAY / BLACK
RH FRONT WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH REAR
CA60
2-WAY / BLACK
RH REAR WHEEL HUB
I
JB45-12
LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
SS
JB45-13
LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
I
JB45-14
SS
JB45-15
RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
I
JB45-16
RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
B+
JB45-23
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+
C
JB45-24
CAN +
O
JB45-28
LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
O
JB45-30
RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
I
JB45-31
RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
I
JB45-32
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
C
JB45-40
CAN –
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
CA10
22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
Location
BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
CA170
16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR
LH LOWER A POST
JB2
16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB15
2-WAY / BLACK / ABS LINK LEAD
BEHIND FRONT LH WHEELARCH LINER
JB133
2-WAY / BLACK / ABS LINK LEAD
BEHIND LH WHEELARCH LINER
VP1
2-WAY / VACUUM PUMP LINK LEAD
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LH REAR
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G14
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G18
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
B+
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
D2
CAN Network
SCP Network
D2B Network
D
Serial and Encoded Data
V
Voltage (DC)
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Anti-Lock Braking
LH FRONT
WHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
RH FRONT
WHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
LH REAR
WHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
RH REAR
WHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
H
H
H
H
LF1
-2
LF1
-1
W
N
RF1
-1
RF1
-2
W
R
CA55
-2
JB133
-1
GW
19
II
B
I
JB45-23
JB45-28
I
DRIVER WARNINGS;
VEHICLE SPEED;
ENGINE TORQUE REDUCTION
CAN
Y
20.1
JB45-16
JB45-15
C
JB45-24
I
G
20.1
JB45-12
JB45-14
JB45-13
C
JB45-40
I
JB45-31
JB45-30
I
JB45-32
P
JB45-05
JB15
-1
JB133
-2
W
N
WR
NR
WU
GB
WG
NG
GO
B
JB15
-2
WU
GB
CA170
-6
CA170
-7
GO
JBS4
CA55
-1
R
15
B
JB45-2
JBS27
R
B
JB45-6
CA60
-2
WG
CA10
-16
GO
CA60
-1
NG
CA10
-17
GW
CA10-20
-6
R
Fig. 05.1
Anti-Lock Braking
MOTOR
-7
CA75
CENTRAL JUNCTION
FUSE BOX
SOLENOIDS
R
VACUUM
PUMP
PRESSURE
PUMP
JB195-1
B
GW
CA170
-15
JB195-2
CAPACITOR
MOTOR P
JB45-01
B
GW
21
II
VPU
-1
VPU
-2
R
S
VP1
-1
VP1
-2
R
S
VM3
-1
VM3
-2
JB2
-1
16
57
II
B GO
VM2
-1
CONTROL
VALVES
VM1
-1
W NR
VM1
-5
VM2
-2
GW
NR
PA3
-1
PA3
-3
Activates Vacuum Pump if
Intake Manifold vacuum
falls to 0.450 bar (13.29 in. hg);
switches pump off at 0.650 bar (19.20 in. hg).
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING
CONTROL MODULE
JBS66
B
B
G18AR
B
G18AL
BRAKE
ON / OFF SWITCH
VACUUM MODULE *
G14AL
* NOTE: Vacuum Module, Vacuum Pump and circuit –
early production vehicles only.
1
13 Fig. 01.1
14
64 Fig. 01.2
1
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
12
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
VARIANT: 2.5L & 3.0L ABS Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 05.2
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Dynamic Stability Control Control Module
COMPONENTS
Pin
Description and Characteristic
PG
JB185-01
MOTOR GROUND: GROUND
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
B+
JB185-02
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY – MOTOR: B+
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH
PA3
3-WAY / BLACK
TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
PG
JB185-05
POWER GROUND: GROUND
BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR
JB89
3-WAY / BLACK
ON DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL MODULATOR
B+
JB185-06
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
CAPACITOR (ABS / DSC)
JB195
2-WAY
ADJACENT TO MODULATOR
I
JB185-12
LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB185-13
LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
8-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREEN
2-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREEN
16-WAY / GREY
2-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREY
4-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / BLUE
2-WAY / BLACK
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
SS
CA75
CA76
CA77
CA78
IP1
IP2
IP3
IP4
JB50
JB51
JB52
I
JB185-14
SS
JB185-15
RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
I
JB185-16
RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
SG
JB185-21
SENSOR GROUND – YAW RATE, STEERING ANGLE SENSORS: GROUND
B+
JB185-23
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+
CAN +
Location
C
JB185-24
SG
JB185-25
SENSOR GROUND – BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR: GROUND
I
JB185-26
BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL CONTROL MODULE
JB185
42-WAY / BLUE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT RH SIDE
I
JB185-27
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL SWITCH
IP29
6-WAY / BLACK
INSTRUMENT PANEL
O
JB185-28
LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
IP19
4-WAY / BLACK
STEERING COLUMN
O
JB185-30
RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
VACUUM MODULE
JB185-31
RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
—
—
—
UNDER BATTERY TRAY
I
VM1
VM2
VM3
ADJACENT TO BRAKE SERVO
I
JB185-32
SS
JB185-39
YAW RATE, STEERING ANGLE SENSORS SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
VACUUM PUMP
VPU
—
C
JB185-40
CAN –
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH FRONT (ALL)
LF1
2-WAY / BLACK
LH FRONT WHEEL HUB
SS
JB185-42
BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: NOMINAL 5 V
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH REAR (2.5L & 3.0L)
CA55
2-WAY / BLACK
LH REAR WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH REAR (2.0L)
LR1
2-WAY / BLACK
LH REAR WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH FRONT (ALL)
RF1
2-WAY / BLACK
RH FRONT WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH REAR (2.5L & 3.0L)
CA60
2-WAY / BLACK
RH REAR WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH REAR (2.0L)
RR1
2-WAY / BLACK
RH REAR WHEEL HUB
YAW RATE SENSOR
IP20
4-WAY / BLACK
BEHIND CENTER CONSOLE
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA10
22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
CA55
2-WAY / BLACK / 2.0L LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LINK LEAD
LH REAR WHEEL HUB
CA60
2-WAY / BLACK / 2.0L RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LINK LEAD
RH REAR WHEEL HUB
CA170
16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR
LH LOWER A POST
JB2
16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB15
2-WAY / BLACK / ABS LINK LEAD
BEHIND FRONT LH WHEELARCH LINER
JB129
22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
JB130
22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB133
2-WAY / BLACK / ABS LINK LEAD
BEHIND LH WHEELARCH LINER
JB196
1O-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
ADJACENT TO FOOT PEDALS
VP1
2-WAY / VACUUM PUMP LINK LEAD
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LH REAR
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G14
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G18
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G37
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
B+
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
D2
CAN Network
SCP Network
D2B Network
D
Serial and Encoded Data
V
Voltage (DC)
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Dynamic Stability Control
YAW RATE
SENSOR
C
20.1
CAN
STEERING ANGLE
SENSOR
C
IP20
-3
IP20
-2
Y
G
C
IP20
-1
IP20
-4
IP19
-3
U GW
B***
Y
BRAKE PRESSURE
SENSOR
LH FRONT
WHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
RH FRONT
WHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
LH REAR
WHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
RH REAR
WHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
LH REAR
WHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
RH REAR
WHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
H
H
H
H
H
H
C
IP19
-4
G
IP19
-1
IP19
-2
U GW
B***
YAW RATE
Fig. 05.2
Dynamic Stability Control
JB89
-2
WG
JB89
-3
JB89
-1
GB
LF1
-2
LF1
-1
W
B
RF1
-2
N
RF1
-1
W
LR1
-2
R
R
LR1
-1
W
RR1
-2
R
RR1
-1
W
IPS6
20.1
IPS7
CA55
-2
CA55
-1
CA60
-2
CA60
-1
CA55
-2
CA55
-1
CA60
-2
CA60
-1
20.1
U GW
B***
STEERING ANGLE
20.1
GW
II
B
JB185-23
JB185-39
I
20.1
DRIVER WARNINGS;
VEHICLE SPEED;
ENGINE TORQUE REDUCTION
Y
JB185-24
20.1
JB185-26
JB185-42
C
JB185-25
G
C
I
JB185-40
JB185-12
JB185-28
I
JB185-16
JB185-15
I
B
B
IPS68
B
IP29-5
B
IP29-2
JB130-7
JB185-27
I
JB185-31
JB185-30
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL
SWITCH
G37BL
JB185-14
JB185-13
I
I
JB185-32
P
JB185-05
JB133
-1
B*** U
GW
WG
GB
B
W
N
WR
NR
WU
GB
WG
NG
GO
B
JB185-21
GO
JBS4
R
15
B
JB185-2
JBS68
R
B
JB185-6
JB15
-1
JB133
-2
GO
JB15
-2
CA170
-6
CA170
-7
CA10
-16
SOLENOIDS
GW
VACUUM
PUMP
MOTOR P
B
JB185-01
CA170
-15
CAPACITOR **
GW
** NOTE: Capacitor and circuit –
early production vehicles only.
21
II
VPU
-1
VPU
-2
R
S
VP1
-1
VP1
-2
R
S
VM3
-1
VM3
-2
JB2-1 (2.5, 3.0 L)
JB196-1 (2.0 L)
16
57
II
B
B GO
VM2
-1
CONTROL
VALVES
VM1
-1
W NR
VM1
-5
VM2
-2
JBS67
B
B
G18AR
64 Fig. 01.2
1
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
12
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
GW
NR
PA3
-1
PA3
-3
Activates Vacuum Pump if
Intake Manifold vacuum
falls to 0.450 bar (13.29 in. hg);
switches pump off at 0.650 bar (19.20 in. hg).
DYNAMIC
STABILITY CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE
14
GB
WG
CA10
-17
CA170
-6
CA170
-7
CA10
-16
-7
CENTRAL JUNCTION
FUSE BOX
PRESSURE
PUMP
B
13 Fig. 01.1
WU
GW
CA75
R
1
NG
2.0L VEHICLES
MOTOR
JB195-1
JB195-2
WG
CA10-20
-6
R
GB
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
NG
JB129 JB129
-9
-16
*** NOTE: B – early production vehicles.
19
WU
VACUUM MODULE *
B
G18AL
G14AL
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
BRAKE ON / OFF
SWITCH
* NOTE: Vacuum Module, Vacuum Pump and circuit –
2.0L vehicles and early production 2.5L and 3.0L vehicles only.
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
VARIANT: DSC Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
CA10
-17
Fig. 05.3
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Anti-Lock Braking Control Module
COMPONENTS
Pin
Description and Characteristic
PG
JB197-01
MOTOR GROUND: GROUND
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
B+
JB197-02
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY – MOTOR: B+
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE
JB197
42-WAY / BROWN
ENGINE COMPARTMENT RH SIDE
PG
JB197-05
POWER GROUND: GROUND
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH
PA3
3-WAY / BLACK
TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
B+
JB197-06
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
CAPACITOR (ABS / DSC)
JB195
2-WAY
ADJACENT TO MODULATOR
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
CA75
CA76
CA77
CA78
IP1
IP2
IP3
IP4
JB50
JB51
JB52
8-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREEN
2-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREEN
16-WAY / GREY
2-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREY
4-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / BLUE
2-WAY / BLACK
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
I
JB197-12
LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
SS
JB197-13
LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
I
JB197-14
SS
JB197-15
RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
I
JB197-16
RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
B+
JB197-23
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+
C
JB197-24
CAN +
I
JB197-27
TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
O
JB197-28
LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
O
JB197-30
RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH
IP29
6-WAY / BLACK
INSTRUMENT PANEL
I
JB197-31
RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
VACUUM MODULE
JB197-32
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
C
JB197-40
CAN –
—
—
—
UNDER BATTERY TRAY
I
VM1
VM2
VM3
VACUUM PUMP
VPU
—
ADJACENT TO BRAKE SERVO
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH FRONT
LF1
2-WAY / BLACK
LH FRONT WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH REAR
LR1
2-WAY / BLACK
LH REAR WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH FRONT
RF1
2-WAY / BLACK
RH FRONT WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH REAR
RR1
2-WAY / BLACK
RH REAR WHEEL HUB
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA10
22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
CA55
2-WAY / BLACK / 2.0L LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LINK LEAD
LH REAR WHEEL HUB
CA60
2-WAY / BLACK / 2.0L RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LINK LEAD
RH REAR WHEEL HUB
CA170
16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR
LH LOWER A POST
JB15
2-WAY / BLACK / ABS LINK LEAD
BEHIND FRONT LH WHEELARCH LINER
JB130
22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB133
2-WAY / BLACK / ABS LINK LEAD
BEHIND LH WHEELARCH LINER
JB196
1O-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
ADJACENT TO FOOT PEDALS
VP1
2-WAY / VACUUM PUMP LINK LEAD
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LH REAR
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G14
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G18
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G37
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
B+
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
D2
CAN Network
SCP Network
D2B Network
D
Serial and Encoded Data
V
Voltage (DC)
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Anti-Lock Braking / Traction Control
Anti-Lock Braking / Traction Control
LH FRONT
WHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
RH FRONT
WHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
LH REAR
WHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
RH REAR
WHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
H
H
H
H
LF1
-2
LF1
-1
W
N
RF1
-2
LR1
-2
RF1
-1
W
R
LR1
-1
R
W
CA55
-2
JB133
-1
GW
19
II
Y
C
I
JB197-24
G
20.1
JB197-12
JB197-28
C
I
JB197-16
JB197-15
I
JB197-14
JB197-13
B
B
IP29-5
IPS68
B
IP29-2
JB130-7
I
I
JB197-27
JB197-31
JB197-30
TRACTION CONTROL
SWITCH
G37BL
JB15
-2
WU
GB
CA170
-6
CA170
-7
I
JB197-32
P
JB197-05
W
N
WR
NR
WU
GB
WG
NG
GO
B
GO
JBS4
R
B
JB197-2
JBS69
WG
CA10
-16
CA60
-1
NG
CA10
-17
GO
GW
CA10-20
-6
R
15
CA60
-2
W
B
JB197-40
B
JB15
-1
CA55
-1
R
RR1
-1
JB197-23
20.1
DRIVER WARNINGS;
VEHICLE SPEED;
ENGINE TORQUE REDUCTION
CAN
JB133
-2
RR1
-2
R
B
MOTOR
-7
CA75
CENTRAL JUNCTION
FUSE BOX
SOLENOIDS
JB197-6
R
VACUUM
PUMP
PRESSURE
PUMP
JB195-1
B
GW
CA170
-15
JB195-2
CAPACITOR
MOTOR P
JB197-01
B
GW
21
II
VPU
-1
VPU
-2
R
S
VP1
-1
VP1
-2
R
S
VM3
-1
VM3
-2
JB196
-1
16
57
II
B GO
VM2
-1
CONTROL
VALVES
VM1
-1
W NR
VM1
-5
VM2
-2
GW
NR
PA3
-1
PA3
-3
Activates Vacuum Pump if
Intake Manifold vacuum
falls to 0.450 bar (13.29 in. hg);
switches pump off at 0.650 bar (19.20 in. hg).
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING /
TRACTION CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE
JBS70
B
B
G18AR
1
13 Fig. 01.1
14
64 Fig. 01.2
1
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
12
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
B
G18AL
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
VACUUM MODULE
BRAKE
ON / OFF SWITCH
G14AL
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
VARIANT: 2.0L ABS/TC Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 05.3
Fig. 06.1
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Air Conditioning Control Module: Manual
COMPONENTS
Pin
Description and Characteristic
O
AC1-04
FRESH / RECIRCULATION FLAP ACTUATOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ OR TO GROUND
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
O
AC1-05
FRESH / RECIRCULATION FLAP ACTUATOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ OR TO GROUND
AIR CONDITIONING BLOWER RELAY
—
—
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX R20
O
AC1-06
DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 1 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (MANUAL, PANEL)
AC1-07
DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 2 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O
AC1-08
PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 1 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
AC1
IP39
IP101
IP135
26-WAY / YELLOW
6-WAY / GREY
26-WAY / YELLOW
2-WAY / GREY
BEHIND CLIMATE CONTROL PANEL
O
O
AC1-09
PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 2 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR
AC2
6-WAY / BLACK
RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
O
AC1-10
AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 1 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
BLOWER (MANUAL)
IP58
2-WAY / GREY
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, RH SIDE / LHD, LH SIDE / RHD
O
AC1-11
AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 2 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
BLOWER SERIES RESISTOR
IP121
6-WAY / GREY
ADJACENT TO BLOWER MOTOR
O
AC1-12
AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY: B+
O
AC1-13
DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY: B+
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
AC1-14
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
8-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREEN
2-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREEN
16-WAY / GREY
2-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREY
4-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / BLUE
2-WAY / BLACK
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
I
CA75
CA76
CA77
CA78
IP1
IP2
IP3
IP4
JB50
JB51
JB52
RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
I
AC1-15
SG
AC1-16
SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
O
AC1-20
DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 3 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O
AC1-21
DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 4 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O
AC1-22
PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 3 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O
AC1-23
PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 4 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O
AC1-24
AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 3 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O
AC1-25
AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 4 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR
AC4
6-WAY / BLACK
O
AC1-26
PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY: B+
DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE SENSOR
AC6
2-WAY / BLACK
RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
DOOR MIRROR – LH
FL5
22-WAY / BLACK
LH FRONT DOOR
B+
IP101-01
BATTERY SAVER POWER SUPPLY: B+
DOOR MIRROR – RH
FR4
22-WAY / BLACK
RH FRONT DOOR
B+
IP101-02
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
AC5
2-WAY / BLACK
RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
O
IP101-03
WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
FRESH / RECIRCULATION FLAP ACTUATOR
AC7
4-WAY / BLACK
O
IP101-04
HEATED REAR WINDOW RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
LH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT (LHD)
RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT (RHD)
I
IP101-07
BLOWER SPEED SENSE: B+ WHEN BLOWER OFF, 0 V WHEN BLOWER RUNNING
HEATED REAR WINDOW
IP101-09
CAN +
ZA1
ZA10
—
—
REAR WINDOW
C
C
IP101-10
CAN –
HEATED REAR WINDOW RELAY
—
—
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX R19
B+
IP101-14
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR
AC3
6-WAY / BLACK
RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
PG
IP101-15
POWER GROUND: GROUND
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
—
—
ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
I
IP101-20
DIMMER CONTROLLED ILLUMINATION: PWM, 80Hz, GROUND = 0% DUTY CYCLE, B+ = 100% DUTY CYCLE
WINDSHIELD HEATER – LH
JB95
2-WAY / BLACK
WINDSHIELD
C
IP101-22
CAN +
WINDSHIELD HEATER – RH
JB96
2-WAY / BLACK
WINDSHIELD
C
IP101-23
CAN –
WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY
—
—
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R2
O
IP135-1
BLOWER SPEED CONTROL 1: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
PG
IP135-2
BLOWER GROUND: GROUND
O
IP39-1
BLOWER SPEED CONTROL 6: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O
IP39-2
BLOWER SPEED CONTROL 4: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O
IP39-3
BLOWER SPEED CONTROL 2: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O
IP39-4
BLOWER SPEED CONTROL 3: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O
IP39-6
BLOWER SPEED CONTROL 5: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA15
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA20
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA127
2-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO HEATED REAR WINDOW
BEHIND LH E POST TRIM
GROUNDS
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
Ground
Location
G3
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH E POST
G4
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G14
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G15
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G36
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
B+
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
D2
CAN Network
SCP Network
D2B Network
D
Serial and Encoded Data
V
Voltage (DC)
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Manual Climate Control System; Glass Heaters
DISCHARGE
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
EVAPORATOR
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
υ
NOTE: The A/CCM incorporates the control panel
for the Climate Control System.
AC6
-2
UY
U
62
B
OY
64
AC1-16
B
B
IP101-1
WR
32
II
B
IP101-2
Y
20.1
C
IP101-9
G
20.1
C
IP101-10
Y
20.1
C
IP101-22
G
20.1
C
IP101-23
CONTROL PANEL
ILLUMINATION
O
09.2
I
IP101-20
B
UY
B
G
GW
U
GB
GR
GU
GO
R
O
RU
OG
R
OY
RG
WB
RW
W
Y
AC1-15
I
IP101-14
I
AC1-14
O
AC1-04
O
AC1-05
O
AC1-21
O
AC1-06
O
AC1-20
O
AC1-07
O
AC1-13
O
AC1-23
O
AC1-08
O
AC1-22
O
AC1-09
O
AC1-26
O
AC1-25
O
AC1-10
O
AC1-24
O
AC1-11
O
AC1-12
O
IP101-04
O
IP101-03
I
IP101-07
B
B
BW
O
IP135-01
BW
FRESH / RECIRCULATION
FLAP ACTUATOR
DEFROST DOOR
ACTUATOR
PANEL / FLOOR
ACTUATOR
STEPPER COILS
STEPPER COILS
Fig. 06.1
Manual Climate Control System; Glass Heaters
AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND
ACTUATOR
STEPPER COILS
υ
AC6
-1
AC5
-1
B
B
C4
C1
C3
C2
C4
C1
C3
C2
C4
C1
C3
C2
AC5
-2
(LHD) AC7
-4
(RHD) AC7
-2
AC7
-2
AC7
-4
AC4
-6
AC4
-1
AC4
-3
AC4
-4
AC4
-5
AC3
-6
AC3
-1
AC3
-3
AC3
-4
AC3
-5
AC2
-6
AC2
-1
AC2
-3
AC2
-4
G
GW
U
GB
GR
GU
GO
R
O
RU
OG
R
OY
RG
WB RW
AC2
-5
W
Y
ACS2
P
IP101-15
A/CCM
GO
JB130
-21
IPS55
G37BR
O
IP39-03
O
IP39-04
O
IP39-02
O
IP39-06
O
IP39-01
BR
BK
BO
BG
GB
GO
F98 10A
GO
CAS84
CA76-1
GB
4
BW
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
2
11
IP121-5
IP121-6
IP121-4
IP121-3
12
2
FR4-10
B
FRS1
B
CA20-2
RH DOOR MIRROR
GU
1
GU
CA127-1
B
ZA1-1
ZA10-1
B
G3BS
IP2-13
5
IP58-1
4
3
2
HEATED REAR WINDOW
1
WINDSHIELD HEATER
RELAY
BLOWER SERIES RESISTOR
1
OY
IP3-2
WR
2
OY
3
GU
R
R2
R20
1
B
CAS10
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
6
3
GU
IP121-1
BLOWER
5
3
CA77-2
IP121-2
B
FR4-9
+ve
WAVE TRAP
R19
5
10
IP58-2
4
B
CA15-2
G4AL
G36AR
GB
GO
CA20-17
HEATED
REAR WINDOW
RELAY
BLOWER
AIR CONDITIONING
BLOWER
RELAY
B
FLS1
FL5-10
G15AR
P
IP135-2
B
FL5-9
LH DOOR MIRROR
IPS37
B
GO
CA15-17
JB35-21
5
F13 30A
JB35-22
B
JB96-1
R
G14BR
JBS28
OY
1
2
JB96-2
RH WINDSHIELD HEATER
B
34
II
IP2-16
B
GW
R
-ve BUS
JB35-25
F15 30A
JB35-26
JB95-1
JB95-2
G14BL
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
LH WINDSHIELD HEATER
NOTES:
Refer to Fig. 03.2 or 03.4 for A/C Compressor Clutch and Cooling Fan circuits.
Check market specification for fitment of Heated Windshield.
1
13 Fig. 01.1
14
64 Fig. 01.2
1
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
12
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
VARIANT: Manual Climate Control Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 06.2
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Air Conditioning Control Module: Automatic
COMPONENTS
Pin
Description and Characteristic
O
AC1-04
FRESH / RECIRCULATION FLAP ACTUATOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ OR TO GROUND
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
O
AC1-05
FRESH / RECIRCULATION FLAP ACTUATOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ OR TO GROUND
AIR CONDITIONING BLOWER RELAY
—
—
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX R20
O
AC1-06
DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 1 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (AUTOMATIC, PANEL)
AC1-07
DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 2 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
AC1
IP101
26-WAY / YELLOW
26-WAY / YELLOW
BEHIND CLIMATE CONTROL PANEL
O
O
AC1-08
PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 1 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (REMOTE)
AC1-09
PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 2 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
AC1
IP101
26-WAY / YELLOW
26-WAY / YELLOW
RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
O
O
AC1-10
AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 1 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR
AC2
6-WAY / BLACK
RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
JB105
2-WAY / BLACK
FRONT CROSS MEMBER, ADJACENT TO RADIATOR LH SIDE
BLOWER (AUTOMATIC)
IP134
6-WAY / BLACK
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
CA75
CA76
CA77
CA78
IP1
IP2
IP3
IP4
JB50
JB51
JB52
8-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREEN
2-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREEN
16-WAY / GREY
2-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREY
4-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / BLUE
2-WAY / BLACK
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
O
AC1-11
AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 2 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O
AC1-12
AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY: B+
O
AC1-13
DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY: B+
I
AC1-14
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
I
AC1-15
DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
I
AC1-16
SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
O
AC1-20
DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 3 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O
AC1-21
DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 4 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O
AC1-22
PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 3 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O
AC1-23
PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 4 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O
AC1-24
AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 3 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O
AC1-25
AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 4 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR
AC4
6-WAY / BLACK
O
AC1-26
PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY: B+
DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE SENSOR
AC6
2-WAY / BLACK
RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
DOOR MIRROR – LH
FL5
22-WAY / BLACK
LH FRONT DOOR
B+
IP101-01
BATTERY SAVER POWER SUPPLY: B+
DOOR MIRROR – RH
FR4
22-WAY / BLACK
RH FRONT DOOR
B+
IP101-02
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
AC5
2-WAY / BLACK
RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
O
IP101-03
WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
FRESH / RECIRCULATION FLAP ACTUATOR
AC7
4-WAY / BLACK
O
IP101-04
HEATED REAR WINDOW RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
LH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT (LHD)
RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT (RHD)
HEATED REAR WINDOW
ZA1
ZA10
—
—
REAR WINDOW
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX R19
I
IP101-05
ASPIRATOR MOTOR DRIVE: PERMANENTLY CONNECTED TO GROUND; A/CCM MONITORS CIRCUIT FOR MOTOR RUNNING CONDITION
O
IP101-06
BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL: PWM, 400 Hz, APPROXIMATELY 8% – 90%; HIGHER DUTY CYCLE = HIGHER BLOWER SPEED
I
IP101-07
BLOWER MOTOR SPEED SENSE: FREQUENCY = RPM / 20; FREQUENCY PROPORTIONAL TO BLOWER SPEED
HEATED REAR WINDOW RELAY
—
—
C
IP101-09
CAN +
IN-CAR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
IP66
4-WAY / BLACK
BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER RIGHT
C
IP101-10
CAN –
PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR
AC3
6-WAY / BLACK
RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
—
—
ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
SOLAR SENSOR
IP38
2-WAY / BLACK
TOP CENTER OF INSTRUMENT PANEL
WINDSHIELD HEATER – LH
JB95
2-WAY / BLACK
WINDSHIELD
WINDSHIELD HEATER – RH
JB96
2-WAY / BLACK
WINDSHIELD
WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY
—
—
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R2
B+
IP101-14
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
PG
IP101-15
POWER GROUND: GROUND
I
IP101-16
IN CAR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
SG
IP101-17
SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
I
IP101-18
SOLAR SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: DARKER = HIGHER VOLTAGE
I
IP101-19
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
I
IP101-20
DIMMER CONTROLLED ILLUMINATION: PWM, 80Hz, GROUND = 0% DUTY CYCLE, B+ = 100% DUTY CYCLE
O
IP101-21
AIR CONDITIONING BLOWER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
C
IP101-22
CAN +
C
IP101-23
CAN –
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA15
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA20
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA127
2-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO HEATED REAR WINDOW
BEHIND LH E POST TRIM
JB3
14-WAY / BLUE / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
JB130
22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G3
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH E POST
G4
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G14
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G15
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G36
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
B+
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
D2
CAN Network
SCP Network
D2B Network
D
Serial and Encoded Data
V
Voltage (DC)
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Automatic Climate Control System; Glass Heaters
DISCHARGE
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
EVAPORATOR
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
PANEL / FLOOR
ACTUATOR
DEFROST DOOR
ACTUATOR
FRESH / RECIRCULATION
FLAP ACTUATOR
STEPPER COILS
Fig. 06.2
Automatic Climate Control System; Glass Heaters
IN-CAR
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND
ACTUATOR
STEPPER COILS
AMBIENT
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
SOLAR
SENSOR
STEPPER COILS
NOTE:
υ
Vehicles without Navigation “Touch Screen” – the A/CCM
incorporates the Control Panel for the Climate Control System.
Vehicles with Navigation “Touch Screen” – The A/CCM is remotely
mounted on the Climate Control Unit. Driver control inputs are
received via Network communication.
AC6
-2
UY
62
U
B
64
32
B
IP101-1
WR
II
20.1
AC1-16
OY
B
B
IP101-2
Y
C
IP101-9
20.1
G
C
IP101-10
20.1
Y
C
IP101-22
20.1
G
C
IP101-23
CONTROL PANEL
ILLUMINATION *
09.2
UY
B
G
GW
U
GB
GR
GU
GO
R
O
RU
OG
R
OY
RG
WB
RW
W
Y
AC1-15
I
IP101-14
O
I
IP101-20
* NOTE: Control Panel Illumination circuit –
not used on “Touch Screen” vehicles.
I
AC1-14
O
AC1-04
O
AC1-05
O
AC1-21
O
AC1-06
O
AC1-20
O
AC1-07
O
AC1-13
O
AC1-23
O
AC1-08
O
AC1-22
O
AC1-09
O
AC1-26
O
AC1-25
O
AC1-10
O
AC1-24
O
AC1-11
O
AC1-12
O
IP101-05
I
IP101-16
IP101-18
I
IP101-19
O
IP101-04
O
IP101-03
O
IP101-06
I
IP101-07
O
IP101-21
P
IP101-15
AC6
-1
AC5
-1
B
B
υ
C4
C1
C3
C2
C4
C1
C3
C2
C1
C3
C2
AC2
-3
AC2
-4
(LHD) AC7
-4
(RHD) AC7
-2
AC7
-2
AC7
-4
AC4
-6
AC4
-1
AC4
-3
AC4
-4
AC4
-5
AC3
-6
AC3
-1
AC3
-3
AC3
-4
AC3
-5
AC2
-6
AC2
-1
G
GW
U
GB
GR
GU
GO
R
O
RU
OG
R
OY
RG
WB RW
AC2
-5
W
W
B
IP38
-1
B
IP38
-2
JB105 JB105
-2
-1
B
B
B
JB3
-9
JB3
-10
II
NOTE: 33 – early
production vehicles.
B
IPS27
B
B
** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
GO
GO
B
FL5-9
CA15-17
JB130
-21
B
FLS1
FL5-10
B
CA15-2
B
CAS10
G15AL
G15AR**
LH DOOR MIRROR
GO
F98 10A
GO
CAS84
CA76-1
3
2
11
B
FR4-9
GU
GU
B
FRS1
GU
CA127-1
1
B
CA20-2
B
ZA1-1
ZA10-1
B
G3BS
IP2-13
AIR CONDITIONING
BLOWER
RELAY
R20
FR4-10
RH DOOR MIRROR
+ve
WAVE TRAP
R19
5
GO
CA20-17
G4AL
CA77-2
HEATED REAR WINDOW
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
3
OY
OY
IP3-2
1
WR BW
IP66
-1
33
10
5
IP66
-2
II
4
4
IP66
-4
υ
67
HEATED
REAR WINDOW
RELAY
12
Y
IP66
-3
ACS2
G37BR
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
C4
AC5
-2
BW
W
B
B
B
B
B
B
BW
W
B
IP101-17
I
υ
2
B+
IP134-2 (LHD)
IP134-1 (RHD)
W
B
IP2-16
-ve BUS
WINDSHIELD HEATER
RELAY
CONTROL
1
BW
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
SENSE
IP134-3 (LHD)
IP134-5 (RHD)
2
GU
R
R2
IP134-6 (LHD)
IP134-4 (RHD)
JB35-21
OY
3
5
OY
1
2
F13 30A
JB35-22
B
JB96-1
JB96-2
R
G14BR
JBS28
RH WINDSHIELD HEATER
B
B
B
GW
R
JB35-25
IP134-1 (LHD)
IP134-2 (RHD)
F15 30A
JB35-26
JB95-1
JB95-2
G14BL
LH WINDSHIELD HEATER
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
BLOWER
G36AR
NOTES:
Refer to Fig. 03.2 or Fig. 03.4 for A/C Compressor Clutch and Cooling Fan circuits.
Check market specification for fitment of Heated Windshield.
1
13 Fig. 01.1
14
64 Fig. 01.2
1
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
12
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
VARIANT: Automatic Climate Control Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 07.1
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Pin
Description and Characteristic
S
IP5-18
SCP –
S
IP5-19
SCP +
I
IP6-18
COMPONENTS
SEAT BELT AND AIRBAG AUDIBLE WARNING REQUEST: AUDIBLE WARNING REQUEST ACTIVE = GROUND
Instrument Cluster
Pin
Description and Characteristic
I
IP10-7
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE RESISTANCE: 20 Ω = EMPTY; 160 Ω = FULL
I
IP10-8
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 2 SIGNAL: VARIABLE RESISTANCE: 20 Ω = EMPTY; 160 Ω = FULL
SG
IP10-9
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR REFERENCE: GROUND
I
IP10-10
MAIN BEAM STATUS: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I
IP10-11
WASHER FLUID LEVEL LOW SIGNAL: FLUID LEVEL LOW = GROUND
I
IP10-12
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SIGNAL: FLUID LEVEL LOW = GROUND
I
IP10-15
PARKING BRAKE SIGNAL: PARKING BRAKE ON = GROUND
I
IP10-16
TRIP COMPUTER CYCLE SWITCH: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
C
IP10-17
CAN +
C
IP10-18
CAN –
I
IP10-19
FRONT FOG STATUS (HARD WIRED TO INDICATOR): B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
BRAKE FLUID SWITCH
JB70
3-WAY / BLACK
Location
BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 1 (2.5L & 3.0L)
FT2
4-WAY / BLACK
FUEL TANK
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 2 (2.5L & 3.0L)
FT3
4-WAY / BLACK
FUEL TANK
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR (2.0L)
CA415
4-WAY / BLACK
FUEL TANK
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE
CA86
CA87
IP5
IP6
JB172
23-WAY / GREY
23-WAY / GREEN
23-WAY / BROWN
23-WAY / WHITE
23-WAY / BLUE
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
IP10
IP11
26-WAY / YELLOW
26-WAY / YELLOW
INSTRUMENT PANEL
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH
IP17
16-WAY / BLACK
INSTRUMENT PANEL
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
EN19
1-WAY / BLACK
ADJACENT TO ENGINE OIL FILTER
RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE
CA165
IP74
40-WAY / BLACK
24-WAY / BLACK
UNDER CENTER CONSOLE
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
IP53
10-WAY / GREY
STEERING COLUMN
WASHER FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
JB103
2-WAY / BLACK
ENGINE COMPARTMENT RH FRONT
I
IP10-20
REAR FOG STATUS (HARD WIRED TO INDICATOR): B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
S
IP10-22
SCP +
Connector
Connector Description
Location
S
IP10-23
SCP –
I
IP10-24
TRIP COMPUTER MODE SIGNAL: STEPPED RESISTANCE
CA1
22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
SG
IP10-25
TRIP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK REFERENCE: GROUND
CA5
12-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO FUEL TANK LINK LEAD
TOP OF FUEL TANK
CA169
4-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
I
IP11-5
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SIGNAL: ENGINE OIL PRESSURE PRESENT = GROUND
JB1
42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS
ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
I
IP11-7
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
JB129
22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
I
IP11-8
POWER GROUND: GROUND
I
IP11-11
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+
I
IP11-13
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+
I
IP11-15
SIDE LAMPS STATUS: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
Ground
Location
I
IP11-17
DIP BEAM STATUS: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
G10
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
I
IP11-19
AIR BAG WARNING: HARD WIRED TO AIR BAG INDICATOR
G14
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
I
IP11-21
DIMMER CONTROLLED ILLUMINATION: PWM, 80 Hz, GROUND = 0% DUTY CYCLE, B+ = 100% DUTY CYCLE; HARD WIRED TO BACK LIGHTING; MICRO SENSED FOR DISPLAY
G36
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
GROUNDS
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
B+
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
D2
CAN Network
SCP Network
D2B Network
D
Serial and Encoded Data
V
Voltage (DC)
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Instrument Cluster
O
61
Fig. 07.1
Instrument Cluster
P
B
IP11-7
YU
3
I
GR
15
II
B
B
I
B
IP11-13
IP11-5
JB129-4
B
JB1-16
EN19-1
B
OIL PRESSURE
SWITCH
IP11-11
Y
20.1
C
IP10-17
G
20.1
C
IP10-18
B
I
IP10-11
Y
20.2
B
B
JB129-3
JB103-1
S
U
20.2
B
JBS54
WASHER FLUID
LEVEL SWITCH
IP10-22
SCP
JB103-2
G10AL
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR (2.0L)
S
B
IP10-23
20Ω
B
I
Y
20.2
IP10-12
S
B
B
JB129-1
JB70-1
IP5-19
U
20.2
JB70-2
B
B
D
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 1
B
I
IP10-15
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE
B
IP72-1
20Ω
PARKING BRAKE
SWITCH
2.0 L
O
WU
F
160Ω
FT2-3
FT2-1
I
O
IP10-7
I
WU
2.5, 3.0 L
WU
CA5-1
CA1-14
IP165-25
17.1
E
D
IP74-22
PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH
CA415-4
WB
IP6-18
17.1
160Ω
G14AL
IP5-18
O
DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH
F
CA415-2
JBS55
BRAKE FLUID
LEVEL SWITCH
S
E
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 2
R
I
B
IP165-26
20Ω
RESTRAINTS
CONTROL MODULE
2.0 L
09.2
O
REAR EXTERIOR LIGHTING:
REVERSE LAMPS STATUS
08.3
GB
I
IP11-21
IP10-8
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
ILLUMINATION
FT3-1
WB
I
DIMMER MODULE
WB
WB
CA5-2
CA1-13
B
2.5, 3.0 L
B
B
I
IP10-1
CA5-11
IP10-9
B
CA169-1
B
CA5-3
U
ADVANCED RESTRAINT SYSTEM:
AIRBAG WARNING
17.1
FRONT EXTERIOR LIGHTING:
MAIN BEAM STATUS
08.2
08.1
FRONT EXTERIOR LIGHTING:
DIP BEAM STATUS
08.7
08.2
FRONT EXTERIOR LIGHTING:
FRONT FOG LAMPS STATUS
08.2
EXTERIOR LIGHTING:
SIDE LAMPS STATUS
08.6
REAR EXTERIOR LIGHTING:
REAR FOG LAMPS STATUS
08.6
I
AIRBAG WARNING LAMP
I
MAIN BEAM INDICATOR
IP11-19
B
I
U
BR
IP10-16
IP53-10
IP10-10
OY
08.1
(CIRCUITS CONTINUED)
U
08.1
I
IP53-7
TRIP COMPUTER
CYCLE SWITCH
B
IPS69
G36BL
I
TURN SIGNAL
SWITCH
IP11-17
FRONT FOG LAMPS INDICATOR
IP10-19
Y
O
08.5
08.4
08.3
08.2
OG
08.1
IP10-24
I
IP80-5
A/B
IP11-15
08.5
08.4
WU
08.3
I
RESET
REAR FOG LAMPS INDICATOR
IP10-20
MLS / KM
B
P
IP11-8
W
G37AL
(G36BL)
IP10-25
IP80-6
MASTER LIGHTING
SWITCH
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
1
13 Fig. 01.1
14
64 Fig. 01.2
1
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
12
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
E
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
F
160Ω
FT3-3
Fig. 07.2
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Pin
Description and Characteristic
PG
CA86-5
POWER GROUND: GROUND
S
IP5-18
SCP –
COMPONENTS
S
IP5-19
SCP +
SG
IP6-1
LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I
IP6-8
KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN
I
IP6-15
NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH: PARK = OPEN CIRCUIT; NOT-IN-PARK = GROUND
I
IP6-18
SEAT BELT AND AIRBAG AUDIBLE WARNING REQUEST: AUDIBLE WARNING REQUEST ACTIVE = GROUND
I
B+
IP6-22
DRIVER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
JB172-5
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH FRONT
FL3
FL9
8-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
LH FRONT DOOR
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – RH FRONT
FR3
FR9
8-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
RH FRONT DOOR
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE
CA86
CA87
IP5
IP6
JB172
23-WAY / GREY
23-WAY / GREEN
23-WAY / BROWN
23-WAY / WHITE
23-WAY / BLUE
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
IGNITION SWITCH
IP18
7-WAY / BLACK
STEERING COLUMN
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
IP10
IP11
26-WAY / YELLOW
26-WAY / YELLOW
INSTRUMENT PANEL
J GATE ASSEMBLY
IP14
16-WAY / GREEN
CENTER CONSOLE
RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE
CA165
IP74
40-WAY / BLACK
24-WAY / BLACK
UNDER CENTER CONSOLE
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA1
22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
CA15
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA20
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE A POST
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G4
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G15
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G37
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
B+
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
D2
CAN Network
SCP Network
D2B Network
D
Serial and Encoded Data
V
Voltage (DC)
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Audible Warnings
DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH
O
17.1
Audible Warnings
I
IP165-25
PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH
R
17.1
I
IP165-26
O
O
IP74-22
RESTRAINTS
CONTROL MODULE
O
I
IP6-18
23
O
B
JB172-5
KEY-IN
B
I
IP18-5
IP6-8
I
R
4
AUDIBLE
WARNING
CONTROL
IP18-4
II
AUDIBLE WARNINGS:
•
Seat Belt
•
Airbag
•
Ignition Key-in
•
Not-in-Park
•
Headlamps on
•
Delay Entry (combined Alarm state and Driver Door Ajar status)
III
IGNITION SWITCH
B
Y
B
IPS68
IP14-2
I
IP14-4
IP6-15
NOTE: Refer to Figs. 08.1 – 08.5 for Turn Signal audible warning.
NOT-IN-PARK
SWITCH
G37BL
J GATE ASSEMBLY
B
B
CAS10
B
B
FLS1
CA15-2
B
FL9-2
DOOR AJAR
SWITCH
G15AR
FL9-1
R
R
CA15-20
CA1-7
I
LHD
I
RHD
IP6-22
LH FRONT DOOR
LATCH ASSEMBLY
B
B
CA20-2
B
FRS1
B
FR9-2
DOOR AJAR
SWITCH
G4AL
FR9-1
R
R
CA20-20
CA1-5
IP6-22
RH FRONT DOOR
LATCH ASSEMBLY
B
IP6-1
20.2
Y
S
20.2
U
B
P
IP5-19
SCP
CA86-5
S
IP5-18
G5AS
(G5AR)
G4AL
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE
20.2
Y
S
IP10-22
HEADLAMPS ON
20.2
U
S
IP10-23
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
1
13 Fig. 01.1
14
64 Fig. 01.2
1
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
12
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 07.2
Fig. 08.1
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Pin
Description and Characteristic
PG
COMPONENTS
CA86-5
POWER GROUND: GROUND
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
I
IP5-3
EXTERNAL ANTENNA
AUTOLAMPS SENSOR
RC5
5-WAY / BLACK
BEHIND REAR VIEW MIRROR
S
IP5-18
SCP –
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
IP5-19
SCP +
O
IP5-22
TURN SIGNAL AUDIBLE WARNING: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
SG
IP6-1
LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I
IP6-11
MAIN BEAM SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
O
IP6-13
MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOG RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
I
IP6-17
LH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
I
IP6-19
RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
8-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREEN
2-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREEN
16-WAY / GREY
2-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREY
4-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / BLUE
2-WAY / BLACK
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
S
CA75
CA76
CA77
CA78
IP1
IP2
IP3
IP4
JB50
JB51
JB52
I
IP6-23
HAZARD SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R9
O
JB172-3
DIP BEAM RELAY
—
—
FOG LAMP – LH FRONT
FB1
2-WAY / BLACK
UNDER FRONT BUMPER
RH FRONT TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
FOG LAMP – RH FRONT
FB3
2-WAY / BLACK
UNDER FRONT BUMPER
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE
CA86
CA87
IP5
IP6
JB172
23-WAY / GREY
23-WAY / GREEN
23-WAY / BROWN
23-WAY / WHITE
23-WAY / BLUE
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
GLOVE BOX LAMP
IP25
2-WAY / BROWN
GLOVE BOX
HEADLAMP UNIT – LH
JB84
10-WAY / BLACK
LH FRONT OF VEHICLE
RH FRONT OF VEHICLE
O
JB172-4
LH FRONT TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
B+
JB172-5
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
HEADLAMP UNIT – RH
JB85
10-WAY / BLACK
MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOG RELAY
—
—
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX R15
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH
IP17
16-WAY / BLACK
INSTRUMENT PANEL
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
—
—
ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
SIDE MARKER LAMP – LH FRONT
FB2
2-WAY / BLACK
FRONT BUMPER LH SIDE
SIDE MARKER LAMP – RH FRONT
FB4
2-WAY / BLACK
FRONT BUMPER RH SIDE
TURN REPEATER – LH
JB132
2-WAY / BLACK
LH FRONT FENDER
TURN REPEATER – RH
JB98
2-WAY / BLACK
RH FRONT FENDER
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
IP53
10-WAY / GREY
STEERING COLUMN
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA1
22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
CA36
16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
JB129
22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
JB171
8-WAY / BLACK / FRONT END HARNESS TO BUMPER LINK LEAD
BEHIND FRONT LH WHEEL ARCH LINER
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G4
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G10
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G11
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G14
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G32
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G33
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G36
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
B+
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
D2
CAN Network
SCP Network
D2B Network
D
Serial and Encoded Data
V
Voltage (DC)
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
MAIN BEAM STATUS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
Exterior Lighting: Front – Autolamps
U
07.1
O
23
GW
B LIGHTING
JB172-5
Y
20.2
SCP
S
33
4
3
5
U
20.2
S
2
1
IP5-18
FLASH
G
IP53-6
BW
IP53-8
REMOTE
HEADLAMPS
I
BG
IP53-1
IP53-3
OY
JBS10
TURN
JB84-7
IP5-22
NOTE: JBS17 – Side Marker only.
W
I
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
OY
BRD
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE
GB
07.1
OG
FRONT FOG STATUS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
07.1
U
B
JB84-1
G4AL
GW
JB171-2
FB1-2
B
JB171-6
LH FRONT
FOG LAMP
GW
JBS9
B
GW
JB171-3
07.1
G32AS
LH HEADLAMP UNIT
(HID VARIANT) *
B
FB1-1
B
JB84-8
DIP
G11AL
LH HEADLAMP UNIT
G5AS
(G5AR)
GW
DIP BEAM STATUS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
G11AL
BALLAST
JB84-5
JB84-10
MAIN
GW
SIDE LAMPS STATUS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
MAIN
DIP
EXTERNAL ANTENNA
(JAPAN, S. KOREA)
HAZARD SWITCH
JB84-10
JB84-5
CA417-2
CA86-5
IP6-23
B
JB84-1
B
P
SIDE
JB84-7
SIDE
IP6-1
IP51-4
JBS17
CA417-1
B
I
OY
W
CA416-1
NOTE: IPS65 – LHD only.
BO
TURN
JB84-9
JB172-3
BRD
IP51-5
B
JB171-4
LH FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP
CA416-2
IPS65
FB2-2
NOTE: JBS10 – Repeater only.
O
O
O
TURN SIGNAL
AUDIBLE WARNING
G36AL
(G5AR)
B
FB2-1
JB172-4
IP6-19
B
OY
JB171-1
JB84-9
REMOTE
HEADLAMPS
B
-ve BUS
OY
O
B
G37BL
(G36BL)
G14AL
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
IP5-3
I
OY
IP53-4
B
JBS55
I
BG
B
JB132-2
LH TURN REPEATER
B
I
IP6-17
RH TURN
IP53-5
JB51-16
OY
MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOG
RELAY
IP6-11
LH TURN
IP53-2
I
IP6-9
MAIN BEAM
B
F85 7.5A
B
JB132-1
IP4-13
IPS16
IP6-13
LIGHTING
CONTROL
IP53-7
JB51-12
GO
GO
U
O
OY
GB
F86 7.5A
IP5-19
LIGHTING MESSAGES
BR
IP2-2
F87 15A
R15
IPS67 (LHD)
IPS69 (RHD)
Fig. 08.1
Exterior Lighting: Front – Autolamps
FB3-1
OY
FB3-2
B
JB171-8
RH FRONT
FOG LAMP
* NOTE: HID variant – V supply
circuit for all lamps unchanged.
OG
IP2-10
U
FRONT FOG LAMPS
CA78-16
GW
IP17-11
JB129-21
JBS11
F64 7.5A
G5AS
(G37BL)
JB98-2
B
JBS54
G10AL
RH TURN REPEATER
OG
R
JB51-7
IP1-3
IP17-5
F63 7.5A
OG
NOTE: JBS16 – Side Marker only.
OY
08.7
JB98-1
CA78-4
IP4-4
IP17-4
IP17-8
B
O
JB51-6
R
SIDE LAMPS
GLOVE BOX LAMP
NOTE: JBS11 – Repeater only.
OY
GW
R
B
IP25-2 IPS66 (LHD)
IPS68 (RHD)
IP25-1
IP17-12
IP17-15
19
B
IP2-9
F97 7.5A
GW
OY
OY
REAR FOG LAMPS
JBS16
CA76-7
B
OG
JB171-5
FB4-1
FB4-2
B
JB171-7
JBS56
B
IP17-3
RH FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
AUTOLAMPS
OY
G11AR
OY
OY
IPS47
IP17-7
JB85-9
JBS37
JB129-17
TURN
O
JB85-9
B
IPS67 (LHD)
IPS69 (RHD)
TURN
G
AUTO (SENSOR)
B
IP17-14
JB85-7
GB
DIP BEAM
IP17-6
OG
IP17-13
G37BL
(G36BL)
R9
14
MASTER LIGHTING
SWITCH
22
4
GO
3
5
W
1
2
GU
GU
JBS36
G
RC5-5
G
CA36-3
GB
O
RC5-4
13 Fig. 01.1
14
64 Fig. 01.2
1
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
JB85-1
GU
GW
GW
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
64
B
MAIN
G10AR
JB85-5
F17 20A
CA1-18
GB
GB
IPS56
CA1-17
GB
DIP BEAM
RELAY
GO
74 Fig. 01.5
B
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
B
JB85-1
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
JB85-5
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
JB85-8
DIP
G10AR
RH HEADLAMP UNIT
C CAN
B
BALLAST
JB85-10
MAIN
JB129-15
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
12
JB85-10
DIP
AUTOLAMPS
SENSOR
1
B
SIDE
G
GB
CA36-15
OY
F16 20A
II
I
SIDE
JB85-7
VARIANT: Autolamp Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
G33AS
RH HEADLAMP UNIT
(HID VARIANT) *
Fig. 08.2
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
P
Pin
Description and Characteristic
PG
COMPONENTS
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
CA75
CA76
CA77
CA78
IP1
IP2
IP3
IP4
JB50
JB51
JB52
8-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREEN
2-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREEN
16-WAY / GREY
2-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREY
4-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / BLUE
2-WAY / BLACK
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
—
—
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R9
FB1
2-WAY / BLACK
UNDER FRONT BUMPER
FB3
2-WAY / BLACK
UNDER FRONT BUMPER
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE
CA86
CA87
IP5
IP6
JB172
23-WAY / GREY
23-WAY / GREEN
23-WAY / BROWN
23-WAY / WHITE
23-WAY / BLUE
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
GLOVE BOX LAMP
IP25
2-WAY / BROWN
GLOVE BOX
HAZARD SWITCH
IP51
6-WAY / BLACK
CENTER CONSOLE
HEADLAMP UNIT – LH
JB84
10-WAY / BLACK
LH FRONT OF VEHICLE
RH FRONT OF VEHICLE
CA86-5
POWER GROUND: GROUND
I
IP5-3
EXTERNAL ANTENNA
S
IP5-18
SCP –
S
IP5-19
SCP +
O
IP5-22
TURN SIGNAL AUDIBLE WARNING: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
SG
IP6-1
LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I
IP6-11
MAIN BEAM SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
O
IP6-13
MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOG RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
I
IP6-17
LH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
I
IP6-19
RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
DIP BEAM RELAY
I
IP6-23
HAZARD SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
FOG LAMP – LH FRONT
FOG LAMP – RH FRONT
O
JB172-3
RH FRONT TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O
JB172-4
LH FRONT TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
B+
JB172-5
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+
HEADLAMP UNIT – RH
JB85
10-WAY / BLACK
MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOG RELAY
—
—
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX R15
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH
IP17
16-WAY / BLACK
INSTRUMENT PANEL
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
—
—
ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
SIDE MARKER LAMP – LH FRONT
FB2
2-WAY / BLACK
FRONT BUMPER LH SIDE
SIDE MARKER LAMP – RH FRONT
FB4
2-WAY / BLACK
FRONT BUMPER RH SIDE
TURN REPEATER – LH
JB132
2-WAY / BLACK
LH FRONT FENDER
TURN REPEATER – RH
JB98
2-WAY / BLACK
RH FRONT FENDER
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
IP53
10-WAY / GREY
STEERING COLUMN
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
JB129
22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
JB171
8-WAY / BLACK / FRONT END HARNESS TO BUMPER LINK LEAD
BEHIND FRONT LH WHEEL ARCH LINER
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G4
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G10
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G11
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G14
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G32
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G33
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G36
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
B+
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
D2
CAN Network
SCP Network
D2B Network
D
Serial and Encoded Data
V
Voltage (DC)
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
MAIN BEAM STATUS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
Fig. 08.2
U
07.1
O
23
B
GW
LIGHTING
JB172-5
Y
20.2
SCP
S
33
4
3
5
U
20.2
S
2
1
IP5-18
IPS16
IP6-13
FLASH
G
IP53-6
BW
IP53-8
REMOTE
HEADLAMPS
IP53-3
FB2-2
B
JB171-4
LH FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP
NOTE: JBS10 – Repeater only.
JB84-9
OY
O
OY
JBS10
JB172-4
I
IP6-19
OY
IP53-4
G14AL
I
BG
B
B
JBS55
B
FB2-1
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
IP5-3
IP6-17
RH TURN
OY
JB171-1
B
I
JB132-2
LH TURN REPEATER
OY
I
BG
IP53-1
IP53-5
JB51-16
-ve BUS
MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOG
RELAY
IP6-11
LH TURN
IP53-2
I
IP6-9
MAIN BEAM
B
F85 7.5A
B
JB132-1
IP4-13
LIGHTING
CONTROL
IP53-7
JB51-12
GO
GO
U
O
OY
GB
F86 7.5A
IP5-19
LIGHTING MESSAGES
BR
IP2-2
F87 15A
R15
IPS67 (LHD)
IPS69 (RHD)
Exterior Lighting: Front –
Non Autolamps; Daytime Running Lamps
Exterior Lighting: Front – Non Autolamps; Daytime Running Lamps
TURN
JB84-9
O
O
TURN
JB172-3
O
JB84-7
IP5-22
NOTE: JBS17 – Side Marker only.
OY
JBS17
SIDE
JB84-7
B
SIDE
B
TURN SIGNAL
AUDIBLE WARNING
G37BL
(G36BL)
W
I
REMOTE
HEADLAMPS
W
JB84-1
CA416-1
BRD
B
IPS65
BO
IP51-5
IP51-4
G36AL
(G5AR)
I
DIP
CA417-2
B
EXTERNAL ANTENNA
(JAPAN, S. KOREA)
IP6-1
B
GB
B
P
IP6-23
G4AL
GW
07.1
OG
FRONT FOG STATUS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
07.1
U
FB1-2
B
JB171-6
LH FRONT
FOG LAMP
JBS9
B
GW
JB171-3
07.1
G32AS
LH HEADLAMP UNIT
(HID VARIANT) *
B
FB1-1
GW
GW
DIP BEAM STATUS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
DIP
GW
JB171-2
JB84-8
G11AL
LH HEADLAMP UNIT
G5AS
(G5AR)
B
BALLAST
JB84-5
JB84-10
MAIN
CA86-5
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE
SIDE LAMPS STATUS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
B
JB84-1
HAZARD SWITCH
G11AL
JB84-5
CA416-2
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
NOTE: IPS65 – LHD only.
MAIN
OY
CA417-1
BRD
JB84-10
FB3-1
OY
FB3-2
B
JB171-8
RH FRONT
FOG LAMP
OG
* NOTE: HID variant – V supply
circuit for all lamps unchanged.
IP2-10
REAR FOG LAMPS
U
FRONT FOG LAMPS
GW
IP17-11
JBS11
F64 7.5A
R
SIDE LAMPS
R
JB98-2
B
JBS54
G10AL
RH TURN REPEATER
OG
R
JB51-7
IP1-3
IP17-5
F63 7.5A
OG
NOTE: JBS16 – Side Marker only.
OY
08.7
JB98-1
CA78-4
IP4-4
IP17-4
IP17-8
B
O
JB51-6
JB129-21
G5AS
(G37BL)
NOTE: JBS11 – Repeater only.
OY
GW
B
GLOVE BOX LAMP
CA78-16
GW
B
IP25-2 IPS66 (LHD)
IPS68 (RHD)
IP25-1
IP17-12
IP17-15
19
OY
OY
IP2-9
F97 7.5A
JBS16
CA76-7
B
OG
JB171-5
FB4-1
FB4-2
B
JB171-7
JBS56
B
IP17-3
RH FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
OY
JB85-9
JBS37
JB129-17
GB
DIP BEAM
TURN
O
GB
IP17-13
G11AR
OY
OY
IPS47
IP17-7
JB85-9
TURN
JB129-15
NON DAYTIME
RUNNING LAMPS
JB85-7
OG
SIDE
JB85-7
R9
DIP BEAM
14
CANADA DAYTIME
RUNNING LAMPS
22
B
5
W
1
2
GU
GU
SCANDINAVIA DAYTIME
RUNNING LAMPS
GB
B
SIDE
JB85-1
JBS36
GU
GW
GW
JB85-10
MAIN
G10AR
JB85-5
F17 20A
DIP
14
64 Fig. 01.2
1
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
DIP BEAM
RELAY
GO
B
JB85-1
RH HEADLAMP UNIT
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
12
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
B
BALLAST
JB85-10
MAIN
MASTER LIGHTING
SWITCH
13 Fig. 01.1
OY
F16 20A
DIP BEAM
IP17-6
G37BL
(G36BL)
1
3
II
B
IPS67 (LHD)
IPS69 (RHD)
4
GO
JB85-5
JB85-8
DIP
G10AR
G33AS
RH HEADLAMP UNIT
(HID VARIANT) *
VARIANT: Non Autolamp Vehicles; Daytime Running Lamp Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 08.3
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Pin
O
CA86-2
LH REAR TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
PG
CA86-5
POWER GROUND: GROUND
O
CA87-4
RH REAR TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
S
IP5-18
SCP –
S
IP5-19
SCP +
O
IP5-22
TURN SIGNAL AUDIBLE WARNING: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
SG
IP6-1
LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I
IP6-17
LH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
I
IP6-19
RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
I
IP6-23
HAZARD SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
JB172-5
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+
B+
COMPONENTS
Description and Characteristic
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH
PA3
3-WAY / BLACK
TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
CA75
CA76
CA77
CA78
IP1
IP2
IP3
IP4
JB50
JB51
JB52
8-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREEN
2-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREEN
16-WAY / GREY
2-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREY
4-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / BLUE
2-WAY / BLACK
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE
CA86
CA87
IP5
IP6
JB172
23-WAY / GREY
23-WAY / GREEN
23-WAY / BROWN
23-WAY / WHITE
23-WAY / BLUE
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
CENTER CONSOLE
HAZARD SWITCH
IP51
6-WAY / BLACK
Instrument Cluster
HIGH MOUNT STOP LAMP
CA304
2-WAY / BLACK
REAR WINDOW
Pin
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
IP10
IP11
26-WAY / YELLOW
26-WAY / YELLOW
INSTRUMENT PANEL
LICENSE PLATE LAMP – LH
TM4
2-WAY / BLACK
TRUNK LID
LICENSE PLATE LAMP – RH
TM5
2-WAY / BLACK
TRUNK LID
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH
IP17
16-WAY / BLACK
INSTRUMENT PANEL
REVERSE LAMPS RELAY
—
—
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX R17
REVERSE LAMPS SWITCH
EN85
2-WAY / BLACK
TOP OF TRANSMISSION
SIDE MARKER LAMP – LH REAR
RB5
2-WAY / BLACK
REAR BUMPER LH SIDE
SIDE MARKER LAMP – RH REAR
RB6
2-WAY / BLACK
REAR BUMPER RH SIDE
TAIL LAMP UNIT – LH
CA137
7-WAY / BLACK
TRUNK LH REAR
TAIL LAMP UNIT – RH
CA138
7-WAY / BLACK
TRUNK RH REAR
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
IP53
10-WAY / GREY
STEERING COLUMN
Description and Characteristic
I
IP10-1
REVERSE LAMP SWITCH: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
C
IP10-17
CAN +
C
IP10-18
CAN –
O
IP11-3
REVERSE LAMPS RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, IC SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA1
22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
CA10
22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
CA45
6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS
TRUNK LH REAR
CA129
12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO REAR BUMPER HARNESS
SPARE WHEEL WELL
CA170
16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR
LH LOWER A POST
JB2
16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB145
8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS
ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB196
1O-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
ADJACENT TO FOOT PEDALS
TL10
6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LID HARNESS
BELOW PARCEL SHELF LH SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G1
TRUNK / LH REAR
G2
TRUNK / LH REAR
G4
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G36
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
G38
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / TOP OF LH E POST
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
B+
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
D2
CAN Network
SCP Network
D2B Network
D
Serial and Encoded Data
V
Voltage (DC)
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
ELECTROCHROMIC MIRROR:
REVERSE LAMPS ACTIVATED
10.1
GB
PARKING AID:
REVERSE LAMPS ACTIVATED
18.1
GB
Exterior Lighting: Rear
Fig. 08.3
Exterior Lighting: Rear
GB
GB
CA129-3
(CIRCUITS CONTINUED)
GB
40
Y
20.1
CAN
II
C
G
20.1
EN85-02
JB145-4
GB
(MAN)
GR
CA10-6
CA137-3
STOP
IP10-17
REVERSE GEAR (AUTO)
GB
GB
EN85-01
REVERSE LAMP
SWITCH
C
IP10-18
GB
I
GB
IP10-1
NOTE: Refer to Fig. 07.1 for Instrument Cluster
power supplies and grounds.
(MAN)
OY
CA1-22
CA137-5
O
TAIL
IP11-3
B
GW
4
29
O
23
B
JB172-5
Y
20.2
SCP
CA137-7
IP1-13
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
R17
GB
5
3
2
1
F79 10A
II
LIGHTING
GB
(AUTO)
FOG
CAS26
CA78-8
OY
30
CA76-13
CA137-1
II
IP1-12
S
CA137-6
TURN
IP5-19
LIGHTING MESSAGES
U
20.2
GB
REVERSE LAMPS
RELAY
S
IP5-18
CA137-2
REVERSE
LH TURN
BG
B
IP53-1
RH TURN
IP53-2
I
IP53-3
OY
O
IP6-19
OY
IP53-5
OY
OY
CA86-2
CAS82
O
IP53-4
RB5-1
O
CA87-4
TURN SIGNAL
AUDIBLE WARNING
LH REAR SIDE
MARKER LAMP
B
O
TM4-1
IP6-1
NOTE: IPS65 – LHD only.
B
P
B
IPS65
BO
IP51-5
G36AL
(G5AR)
O
CA86-5
I
IP51-4
O
IP6-23
CA45-1
O
TL10-1
B
O
TMS1
TM5-1
G5AS
(G5AR)
G4AL
HAZARD SWITCH
07.1
REAR FOG STATUS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
07.1
TM5-2
OG
B
TL10-2
O
CA138-5
B
STOP
WU
CA45-2
O
WU
44
REAR FOG LAMPS
GB
II
TMS2
RH LICENSE PLATE
LAMP
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE
SIDE LAMPS STATUS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
TM4-2
LH LICENSE PLATE
LAMP
B
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
B
RB5-2
NOTE: CAS92 – Side Marker only.
LIGHTING
CONTROL
B
G37BL
(G36BL)
B
OY
CA129-6
IP5-22
O
IPS67 (LHD)
IPS69 (RHD)
LH TAIL LAMP
UNIT
IP6-17
BG
B
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
I
CA138-3
B
IP17-10
GW
IP17-16
TAIL
GW
IP17-9
CAS80
CA1-21
B
GW
CA138-1
CA138-2
FOG
B
OG
G1AR
O
IP2-10
R
19
SIDE LAMPS
R
CA138-7
IP4-4
IP17-4
TURN
IP2-9
F97 7.5A
R
IP17-8
CAS9
O
IP1-3
IP17-5
GB
CA78-16
CA138-6
REVERSE
JB51-6
OY
F64 7.5A
RH TAIL LAMP
UNIT
CA78-4
JB51-7
O
F63 7.5A
O
O
CA76-7
CAS81
RB6-1
GR
NOTE: CAS91 – Side Marker only.
NR
GW
PA3-3
PA3-1
OG
GW
JB2-1 (2.5, 3.0 L)
JB196-1 (2.0 L)
13 Fig. 01.1
14
64 Fig. 01.2
B
OG
CA304-2
B
CA304-1
GW
G2AL
CA170-15
HIGH-MOUNT
STOP LAMP
CA75-7
BRAKE ON / OFF
SWITCH
1
G38AS
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
1
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
B
CA129-7
CA76-4
II
RBS10
CA76-3
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH
57
RB6-2
RH REAR SIDE
MARKER LAMP
CA76-2
O
B
O
CA129-10
12
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 08.4
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Pin
O
CA86-2
LH REAR TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
PG
CA86-5
POWER GROUND: GROUND
O
CA87-4
RH REAR TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
S
IP5-18
SCP –
S
IP5-19
SCP +
O
IP5-22
TURN SIGNAL AUDIBLE WARNING: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
SG
IP6-1
LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I
IP6-17
LH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
I
IP6-19
RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
I
IP6-23
HAZARD SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
JB172-5
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+
B+
COMPONENTS
Description and Characteristic
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH
PA3
3-WAY / BLACK
TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
CA75
CA76
CA77
CA78
IP1
IP2
IP3
IP4
JB50
JB51
JB52
8-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREEN
2-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREEN
16-WAY / GREY
2-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREY
4-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / BLUE
2-WAY / BLACK
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE
CA86
CA87
IP5
IP6
JB172
23-WAY / GREY
23-WAY / GREEN
23-WAY / BROWN
23-WAY / WHITE
23-WAY / BLUE
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
HAZARD SWITCH
IP51
6-WAY / BLACK
CENTER CONSOLE
HIGH MOUNT STOP LAMP
CA304
2-WAY / BLACK
REAR WINDOW
LICENSE PLATE LAMP – LH
TM4
2-WAY / BLACK
TRUNK LID
LICENSE PLATE LAMP – RH
TM5
2-WAY / BLACK
TRUNK LID
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH
IP17
16-WAY / BLACK
INSTRUMENT PANEL
TAIL LAMP UNIT – LH
TT4
7-WAY / BLACK
TRUNK LH REAR
TAIL LAMP UNIT – RH
TT5
7-WAY / BLACK
TRUNK RH REAR
TRAILER CONNECTOR
T5011
T312N
T6US1
—
—
—
TRUNK RH REAR
TRAILER TOWING CONTROL MODULE
TT1
TT2
TT3
—
—
—
SPARE WHEEL WELL
TRAILER TOWING REAR ACCESSORY CONNECTOR
T3001
T4001
T5001
—
—
—
TRUNK RH REAR
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
IP53
10-WAY / GREY
STEERING COLUMN
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA45
6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS
TRUNK LH REAR
CA129
12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO REAR BUMPER HARNESS
SPARE WHEEL WELL
CA146
3-WAY / BLACK / ACCESSORY SOCKET
ADJACENT TO LH REAR TAIL LAMP
CA170
16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR
LH LOWER A POST
CA175
TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR
TRUNK
CA176
TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR
TRUNK
CA302
2-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRAILER HARNESS
ADJACENT TO LH REAR TAIL LAMP
JB2
16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB196
1O-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
ADJACENT TO FOOT PEDALS
TL10
6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LID HARNESS
BELOW PARCEL SHELF LH SIDE
TT6
TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR
TRUNK
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G1
TRUNK / LH REAR
G2
TRUNK / LH REAR
G4
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G36
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
G38
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / TOP OF LH E POST
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
B+
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
D2
CAN Network
SCP Network
D2B Network
D
Serial and Encoded Data
V
Voltage (DC)
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Exterior Lighting: Rear – European Trailer Towing
2
NG
Y
I
B
R
T5S2
CA146-3
T5020-1
B
CAS9
Y
B
R
CA146-1
30
N
R
T5001-3
T5001-1
TRAILER TOWING
REAR ACCESSORY
CONNECTOR
PARKING AID:
TRAILER CONNECTED
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
W
18.1
W
S
CA129-11
S
CA302-1
R
TT6-1
NW
R
T5S3
T5S4
TT2
-8
TT3
-8
TT3
-10
TT3
-3
TT3
-4
TT3
-5
TT3
-9
TT3
-2
TT3
-7
TT3
-6
TT3
-1
NW
23
B
LIGHTING
JB172-5
Y
20.2
SCP
REVERSE LAMPS
ACTIVATION
S
08.3
O
GB
U
20.2
LH TURN
IP53-1
RH TURN
B
REVERSE LAMPS
T5011-3
T5011-11
T5011-13
TRAILER
CONNECTOR
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
I
O
O
TT2
-1
TT1
-1
TT1
-4
TT1
-5
TT1
-2
TT2
-5
TT2
-4
TT2
-3
TT2
-6
TT2
-7
TT1
-3
TT1
-6
TT4-7
FOG
W
W RW OW
P
O
B
BG
PY
N BW
PY
TT4-1
G
TT4-5
O
CA175-6
TT4-6
TAIL
CA176-7
OY
O
P
CA86-2
TT4-3
CA175-1
STOP
G
IP6-1
B
BO
IP51-5
IP51-4
GW
CA86-5
I
REVERSE
CA175-7
CAS80
IP6-23
LH TAIL LAMP
UNIT
GW
G5AS
(G5AR)
G4AL
HAZARD SWITCH
TT4-2
CA175-2
B
P
CA176-1
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE
07.1
I
B
NOTE: IPS65 – LHD only.
WU
LH TAIL LAMP
T5011-8
OW
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
REAR FOG STATUS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
STOP LAMPS
T5011-7
G2BR
CA176-6
LH TURN
OG
I
O
TURN SIGNAL
AUDIBLE WARNING
07.1
RH TAIL LAMP
T5011-6
TURN
IP5-22
B
SIDE LAMPS STATUS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
TT2
-2
PO
CA87-4
IPS65
RH TURN
T5011-5
IP6-19
RH TURN O
G36AL
(G5AR)
FOG LAMPS
T5011-4
I
OY
B
LH TURN
T5011-2
BW
GB GB
LIGHTING
CONTROL
IP6-17
IP53-4
G37BL
(G36BL)
T5011-1
PY
TRAILER TOWING
CONTROL MODULE
I
BG
IP53-3
IPS67 (LHD)
IPS69 (RHD)
I
S
BG
IP53-5
B+ (BATTERY)
B
CAS26
IP5-18
IP53-2
T5011-10
IP5-19
LIGHTING MESSAGES
B
B
B+ (ACCESSORY)
R
NW
G2BL
O
T5011-09
U
RY
UR
O
P
OW
PO
NW
NW
NW
IN-LINE FUSE
T5001-2
Y
T5020-2
F100 20A
T5S1
CA146-2
G1AR
Fig. 08.4
Exterior Lighting: Rear – European Trailer Towing
PY
OY
TT5-1
CA175-5
FOG
BG
GR
TT5-7
CA175-3
TURN
WU
44
REAR FOG LAMPS
GB
II
O
IP17-10
O
CA176-3
GW
IP17-16
GW
IP17-9
N
TT5-3
CA1-21
TT5-2
CA176-2
TAIL
O
OG
G
TT5-5
CA176-5
STOP
IP2-10
R
19
SIDE LAMPS
R
B
IP4-4
IP17-4
IP2-9
F97 7.5A
R
IP17-8
IP1-3
IP17-5
TT5-6
O
O
CA78-16
REVERSE
O
CA45-1
TL10-1
RH TAIL LAMP
UNIT
JB51-6
OY
F64 7.5A
TM4-1
O
B
TM5-1
GR
O
II
GW
PA3-3
PA3-1
GW
JB2-1 (2.5, 3.0 L)
JB196-1 (2.0 L)
GW
13 Fig. 01.1
14
64 Fig. 01.2
CA170-15
CA304-2
CA75-7
B
CA304-1
HIGH-MOUNT
STOP LAMP
G38AS
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
1
I
B
CA45-2
CAS9
B
OG
CA76-4
BRAKE ON / OFF
SWITCH
1
B
TL10-2
CA76-3
OG
NR
B
TMS2
TM5-2
RH LICENSE PLATE
LAMP
CA76-2
57
B B
O
CA76-7
MASTER LIGHTING
SWITCH
TM4-2
LH LICENSE PLATE
LAMP
JB51-7
F63 7.5A
B
O
TMS1
CA78-4
11 Fig. 01.3
I
12
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
VARIANT: EUR Trailer Towing Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
G1AR
Fig. 08.5
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Pin
O
CA86-2
LH REAR TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
PG
CA86-5
POWER GROUND: GROUND
O
CA87-4
RH REAR TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
S
IP5-18
SCP –
S
IP5-19
SCP +
O
IP5-22
TURN SIGNAL AUDIBLE WARNING: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
SG
IP6-1
LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I
IP6-17
LH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
I
IP6-19
RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
I
IP6-23
HAZARD SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
JB172-5
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+
B+
COMPONENTS
Description and Characteristic
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH
PA3
3-WAY / BLACK
TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
CARAVAN CONNECTOR
T412S
—
TRUNK RH REAR
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
CA75
CA76
CA77
CA78
IP1
IP2
IP3
IP4
JB50
JB51
JB52
8-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREEN
2-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREEN
16-WAY / GREY
2-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREY
4-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / BLUE
2-WAY / BLACK
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE
CA86
CA87
IP5
IP6
JB172
23-WAY / GREY
23-WAY / GREEN
23-WAY / BROWN
23-WAY / WHITE
23-WAY / BLUE
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
HAZARD SWITCH
IP51
6-WAY / BLACK
CENTER CONSOLE
HIGH MOUNT STOP LAMP
CA304
2-WAY / BLACK
REAR WINDOW
LICENSE PLATE LAMP – LH
TM4
2-WAY / BLACK
TRUNK LID
LICENSE PLATE LAMP – RH
TM5
2-WAY / BLACK
TRUNK LID
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH
IP17
16-WAY / BLACK
INSTRUMENT PANEL
TAIL LAMP UNIT – LH
TT4
7-WAY / BLACK
TRUNK LH REAR
TAIL LAMP UNIT – RH
TT5
7-WAY / BLACK
TRUNK RH REAR
TRAILER CONNECTOR
T5011
T312N
T6US1
—
—
—
TRUNK RH REAR
TRAILER TOWING CONTROL MODULE
TT1
TT2
TT3
—
—
—
SPARE WHEEL WELL
TRAILER TOWING REAR ACCESSORY CONNECTOR
T3001
T4001
T5001
—
—
—
TRUNK RH REAR
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
IP53
10-WAY / GREY
STEERING COLUMN
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA1
22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
CA45
6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS
TRUNK LH REAR
CA129
12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO REAR BUMPER HARNESS
SPARE WHEEL WELL
CA146
3-WAY / BLACK / ACCESSORY SOCKET
ADJACENT TO LH REAR TAIL LAMP
CA170
16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR
LH LOWER A POST
CA175
TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR
TRUNK
CA176
TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR
TRUNK
CA302
2-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRAILER HARNESS
ADJACENT TO LH REAR TAIL LAMP
JB2
16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB196
1O-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
ADJACENT TO FOOT PEDALS
T3001
TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR
TRUNK
TL10
6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LID HARNESS
BELOW PARCEL SHELF LH SIDE
TT6
TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR
TRUNK
TT7
TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR
TRUNK
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G1
TRUNK / LH REAR
G2
TRUNK / LH REAR
G4
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G36
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
G38
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / TOP OF LH E POST
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
B+
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
D2
CAN Network
SCP Network
D2B Network
D
Serial and Encoded Data
V
Voltage (DC)
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Exterior Lighting: Rear – U.K. Trailer Towing
REVERSE LAMPS
T412S-1
B+ (ACCESSORY)
T412S-6
B+ (BATTERY
T412S-4
PO
PO
Y
R
NW
NW
T412S-3
T412S-7
TT7-1
R
T4020-2
F100 20A
NG
2
I
B
W
W
CA129-11
S
B
LIGHTING
JB172-5
Y
20.2
REVERSE LAMPS
ACTIVATION
S
U
20.2
R
08.3
O
GB
R
TRAILER TOWING
REAR ACCESSORY
CONNECTOR
TT3
-10
B
IP53-1
IP6-17
IP53-3
B
I
LH TAIL LAMP
TT3
-3
TT3
-4
TT3
-5
TT3
-9
TT3
-2
TT3
-7
TRAILER
CONNECTOR
NW
TT3
-1
G2BL
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
I
O
O
TT2
-1
TT1
-1
TT1
-4
TT1
-5
TT1
-2
TT2
-5
TT2
-4
TT2
-3
TT2
-6
TT2
-7
TT1
-3
TT1
-6
TT4-7
FOG
BW
PO
W
W RW OW
P
O
B
BG
PY
N BW
PY
TT4-1
TURN
OW
LH TURN
G
TT4-5
CA176-6
O
O
TAIL
CA176-7
OY
O
CA175-6
TT4-6
CA87-4
P
CA86-2
TT4-3
CA175-1
STOP
G
B
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
IP6-1
NOTE: IPS65 – LHD only.
B
BO
IP51-5
IP51-4
TT4-2
CA175-2
B
P
REVERSE
CA86-5
I
LH TAIL LAMP
UNIT
GW
IP6-23
G5AS
(G5AR)
G4AL
HAZARD SWITCH
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE
07.1
TT3
-6
O
TURN SIGNAL
AUDIBLE WARNING
REAR FOG STATUS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
TT2
-2
GB GB
LIGHTING
CONTROL
IP5-22
B
07.1
STOP LAMPS
T312N-7
PY
RH TURN
SIDE LAMPS STATUS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
RH TAIL LAMP
T312N-6
T312N-3
I
OY
IPS65
RH TURN
T312N-5
IP6-19
IP53-4
G36AL
(G5AR)
FOG LAMPS
T312N-4
B
TRAILER TOWING
CONTROL MODULE
I
BG
RH TURN
B
LH TURN
T312N-2
T3S2
S
BG
LH TURN
G37BL
(G36BL)
TT3
-8
NW
T4001-1
CAS26
IP5-18
IPS67 (LHD)
IPS69 (RHD)
R
T4S2
T312N-1
IP5-19
LIGHTING MESSAGES
IP53-5
R
T3001-1
S
O
23
IP53-2
R
R
T4001-2
TT6-1
CA302-1
B
B
T3S1
TT2
-8
SCP
T4001-3
T3001-2
N
CA146-2
18.1
T4S1
B
CA146-1
30
Y
T3001-3
B
G1AR
Y
Y
CA146-3
CAS9
PARKING AID:
TRAILER CONNECTED
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
U
RY
UR
O
P
OW
NW
T4020-1
IN-LINE FUSE
G2BR
CARAVAN
CONNECTOR
Fig. 08.5
Exterior Lighting: Rear – U.K. Trailer Towing
CA175-7
CAS80
GW
PY
CA176-1
OG
OY
TT5-1
FOG
CA175-5
WU
BG
GR
TT5-7
CA175-3
TURN
WU
44
REAR FOG LAMPS
GB
II
O
IP17-10
GW
IP17-16
GW
IP17-9
O
N
TT5-3
CA176-3
TT5-2
CA1-21
CA176-2
TAIL
O
OG
G
TT5-5
CA176-5
STOP
IP2-10
R
19
SIDE LAMPS
R
B
IP4-4
IP17-4
IP2-9
F97 7.5A
R
IP17-8
IP1-3
IP17-5
TT5-6
O
O
CA78-16
REVERSE
O
CA45-1
TL10-1
RH TAIL LAMP
UNIT
JB51-6
OY
F64 7.5A
TM4-1
O
GR
TM5-1
CA76-2
OG
GW
PA3-1
GW
JB2-1 (2.5, 3.0 L)
JB196-1 (2.0 L)
13 Fig. 01.1
14
64 Fig. 01.2
CA304-2
B
CA304-1
GW
CA170-15
HIGH-MOUNT
STOP LAMP
CA75-7
BRAKE ON / OFF
SWITCH
1
G38AS
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
1
I
B
CA45-2
CAS9
B
OG
CA76-4
PA3-3
B
TL10-2
CA76-3
MASTER LIGHTING
SWITCH
NR
B
TMS2
TM5-2
RH LICENSE PLATE
LAMP
O
II
B B
B
O
CA76-7
57
TM4-2
LH LICENSE PLATE
LAMP
JB51-7
F63 7.5A
B
O
TMS1
CA78-4
11 Fig. 01.3
I
12
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
VARIANT: U.K. Trailer Towing Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
G1AR
Fig. 08.6
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Pin
O
CA86-2
LH REAR TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
PG
CA86-5
POWER GROUND: GROUND
O
CA87-4
RH REAR TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
S
IP5-18
SCP –
S
IP5-19
SCP +
O
IP5-22
TURN SIGNAL AUDIBLE WARNING: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
SG
IP6-1
LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I
IP6-17
LH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
I
IP6-19
RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
I
IP6-23
HAZARD SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
JB172-5
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+
B+
COMPONENTS
Description and Characteristic
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH
PA3
3-WAY / BLACK
TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
CA75
CA76
CA77
CA78
IP1
IP2
IP3
IP4
JB50
JB51
JB52
8-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREEN
2-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREEN
16-WAY / GREY
2-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREY
4-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / BLUE
2-WAY / BLACK
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE
CA86
CA87
IP5
IP6
JB172
23-WAY / GREY
23-WAY / GREEN
23-WAY / BROWN
23-WAY / WHITE
23-WAY / BLUE
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
HAZARD SWITCH
IP51
6-WAY / BLACK
CENTER CONSOLE
HIGH MOUNT STOP LAMP
CA304
2-WAY / BLACK
REAR WINDOW
LICENSE PLATE LAMP – LH
TM4
2-WAY / BLACK
TRUNK LID
LICENSE PLATE LAMP – RH
TM5
2-WAY / BLACK
TRUNK LID
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH
IP17
16-WAY / BLACK
INSTRUMENT PANEL
SIDE MARKER LAMP – LH REAR
RB5
2-WAY / BLACK
REAR BUMPER LH SIDE
SIDE MARKER LAMP – RH REAR
RB6
2-WAY / BLACK
REAR BUMPER RH SIDE
TAIL LAMP UNIT – LH
TT4
7-WAY / BLACK
TRUNK LH REAR
TAIL LAMP UNIT – RH
TT5
7-WAY / BLACK
TRUNK RH REAR
TRAILER CONNECTOR
T5011
T312N
T6US1
—
—
—
TRUNK RH REAR
TRAILER TOWING CONTROL MODULE
TT1
TT2
TT3
—
—
—
SPARE WHEEL WELL
TRAILER TOWING REAR ACCESSORY CONNECTOR
T3001
T4001
T5001
—
—
—
TRUNK RH REAR
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
IP53
10-WAY / GREY
STEERING COLUMN
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA1
22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
CA45
6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS
TRUNK LH REAR
CA129
12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO REAR BUMPER HARNESS
SPARE WHEEL WELL
CA146
3-WAY / BLACK / ACCESSORY SOCKET
ADJACENT TO LH REAR TAIL LAMP
CA170
16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR
LH LOWER A POST
CA175
TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR
TRUNK
CA176
TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR
TRUNK
CA302
2-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRAILER HARNESS
ADJACENT TO LH REAR TAIL LAMP
JB2
16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
TL10
6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LID HARNESS
BELOW PARCEL SHELF LH SIDE
TT6
TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR
TRUNK
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G1
TRUNK / LH REAR
G2
TRUNK / LH REAR
G4
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G36
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
G38
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / TOP OF LH E POST
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
B+
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
D2
CAN Network
SCP Network
D2B Network
D
Serial and Encoded Data
V
Voltage (DC)
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Exterior Lighting: Rear – NAS Trailer Towing
Fig. 08.6
Exterior Lighting: Rear – NAS Trailer Towing
* NOTE: T6S2 and circuit to TT3-9 – early production vehicles only.
2
NG
I
B
Y
Y
T3001-3
B
T3001-2
R
T3001-1
** NOTE: NW – early production vehicles.
CA146-3
B
CAS9
30
N
R
TRAILER TOWING
REAR ACCESSORY
CONNECTOR
W
18.1
W
S
CA129-11
S
CA302-1
T6US1-3
LH TURN AND STOP
G
T6US1-4
RH TURN AND STOP
NW** BW
T6US1-2
TAIL LAMPS
W
T6US1-1
GROUND
T3S1
CA146-2
G1AR
PARKING AID:
TRAILER CONNECTED
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
Y
CA146-1
R
R
TT3
-8
TT3
-10
TT6-1
TT2
-8
T6S2*
W
TT3
-3
TT3
-5
NW
NW**
BW
TT3
-9
TT3
-7
T6S1
TRAILER
CONNECTOR
W
TT3
-1
G2BL
O
23
B
LIGHTING
JB172-5
Y
20.2
SCP
REVERSE LAMPS
ACTIVATION
S
08.3
O
GB
U
20.2
CAS26
I
BG
LH TURN
IP53-1
B
LH TURN
O
O
TT2
-1
TT1
-1
TT1
-4
TT1
-5
TT1
-2
TT2
-5
TT2
-4
TT2
-3
TT2
-6
TT2
-7
TT1
-3
TT1
-6
TT4-7
FOG
W
W RW OW
P
O
B
BG
PY
N BW
PY
TT4-1
G
TT4-5
CA175-6
TT4-6
TAIL
CA176-7
OY
O
P
CA86-2
TT4-3
CA175-1
STOP
G
B
IP6-1
B
BO
IP51-5
IP51-4
REVERSE
GW
CA86-5
I
CA175-7
CAS80
IP6-23
G4AL
HAZARD SWITCH
TT4-2
CA175-2
B
P
LH TAIL LAMP
UNIT
GW
G5AS
CA176-1
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE
WU
I
O
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
07.1
O
OW
TURN SIGNAL
AUDIBLE WARNING
REAR FOG STATUS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
O
CA176-6
B
07.1
O
O
CA87-4
OG
TT2
-2
PO
IP5-22
IPS67
SIDE LAMPS STATUS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
I
TURN
RH TURN O
IPS65
I
IP6-19
IP53-4
G36AL
I
I
OY
B
I
BW
GB GB
LIGHTING
CONTROL
IP6-17
IP53-3
G37BL
I
PY
TRAILER TOWING
CONTROL MODULE
I
BG
RH TURN
IP53-5
I
S
IP5-18
IP53-2
B
IP5-19
LIGHTING MESSAGES
B
B
PY
OY
TT5-1
CA175-5
FOG
BG
GR
TT5-7
CA175-3
TURN
WU
44
REAR FOG LAMPS
GB
II
O
IP17-10
O
CA176-3
GW
IP17-16
GW
IP17-9
N
TT5-3
CA1-21
TT5-2
CA176-2
TAIL
O
G
OG
TT5-5
CA176-5
STOP
IP2-10
R
19
SIDE LAMPS
R
B
IP4-4
IP17-4
F97 7.5A
IP2-9
R
IP17-8
IP1-3
IP17-5
TT5-6
O
O
CA45-1
CA78-16
REVERSE
O
TL10-1
RH TAIL LAMP
UNIT
JB51-6
OY
F64 7.5A
OY
CAS94
CA78-4
B
OY
CA129-6
RB5-1
B
O
F63 7.5A
TMS1
O
CAS95
GR
RB6-1
RB6-2
PA3-3
PA3-1
13 Fig. 01.1
14
64 Fig. 01.2
TM5-1
RH REAR SIDE
MARKER LAMP
B
TMS2
TM5-2
B
TL10-2
GW
JB2-1 (2,5, 3.0 L)
JB196-1 (2.0 L)
RH LICENSE PLATE
LAMP
CAS9
GW
CA170-15
B
OG
CA76-4
CA304-2
B
CA304-1
CA75-7
HIGH-MOUNT
STOP LAMP
G38AS
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
1
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
B
CA45-2
CA76-3
BRAKE ON / OFF
SWITCH
1
B
O
G2AL
OG
II
B B
O
MASTER LIGHTING
SWITCH
GW
LH LICENSE PLATE
LAMP
B
O
CA129-10
CA76-2
NR
TM4-2
B
CA76-7
57
TM4-1
CA129-7
LH REAR SIDE
MARKER LAMP
JB51-7
B
O
RBS10
RB5-2
12
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
VARIANT: NAS Trailer Towing Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
G1AR
Fig. 08.7
COMPONENTS
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
DIP BEAM RELAY
—
—
Location
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R9
FRONT AXLE SENSOR
JB140
6-WAY / BLACK
LH FRONT SUSPENSION
HEADLAMP LEVELING CONTROL MODULE
IP130
26-WAY / YELLOW
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
HEADLAMP UNIT – LH
JB84
10-WAY / BLACK
LH FRONT OF VEHICLE
HEADLAMP UNIT – RH
JB85
10-WAY / BLACK
RH FRONT OF VEHICLE
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH
IP17
16-WAY / BLACK
INSTRUMENT PANEL
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
—
—
ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
REAR AXLE SENSOR
HI1
6-WAY / BLACK
LH REAR SUSPENSION
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA1
22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
CA10
22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
CA241
22-WAY / GREEN / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
CA302
2-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRAILER HARNESS
ADJACENT TO LH REAR TAIL LAMP
JB129
22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
JB130
22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G10
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G11
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G36
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
DIP BEAM STATUS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
Headlamp Leveling
Fig. 08.7
Headlamp Leveling
OY
07.1
HEADLAMP LEVELING
U
U
IP17-2
CA1-1
U
SERVO
AMPLIFIER
U
JBS8
CA10-22
JB84-2
B
OY
JB84-5
JB84-10
OY
3
2
1
DIP
IP17-3
0
G11AL
LH HEADLAMP UNIT
OY
OY
IPS47
IP17-7
OY
JBS37
JB129-17
G
B
B
IPS67 (LHD)
IPS69 (RHD)
R9
IP17-14
GB
DIP BEAM
IP17-6
14
4
3
GO
GU
5
GU
JBS36
IP17-13
G37BL
(G36BL)
1
W
22
OY
DIP
F16 20A
GU
2
GW
GW
II
B
JB85-5
F17 20A
JB85-10
G10AR
MASTER LIGHTING
SWITCH
08.1
G
08.1
GB
AUTOLAMPS
U
IPS56
DIP BEAM
RELAY
GB
GB
JB85-2
SERVO
AMPLIFIER
JB129-15
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
NOTE: IPS56 – Autolamps only.
RH HEADLAMP UNIT
DRIVER-CONTROLLED HEADLAMP LEVELING
31
WR
II
B
RW
O
IP130-23
JB130-8
RU
O
20.1
Y
G
JB130-9
R
O
JB130-10
RG
O
W
JB84-4
RG
IP130-18
20.2
JB84-3
R
IP130-16
C
IP130-3
JB84-2
RU
IP130-19
C
IP130-2
20.1
RW
IP130-17
JB130-11
JB84-6
D
HEADLAMP
LEVELING
STEPPER MOTOR
IP130-5
Y
JB140-6
JB130-17
I
JB140-5
* NOTE: BG – early production vehicles.
IP130-6
W
W
FRONT AXLE
SENSOR
LH HEADLAMP UNIT
Y
O
IP130-25
JB130-1
JB140-1
BW
IP130-15
IP130-11
JB130-22
BW
O
U
U
JB130-12
BG* WU
O
IP130-21
JB130-13
B
O
HI1-6
UY
CA303-3
WG
REAR AXLE
SENSOR
HI1-5
UY
WG
CA303-2
HI1-1
CA303-1
13 Fig. 01.1
14
64 Fig. 01.2
1
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
12
II
JB130-15
B
P
IP130-12
B
63 Fig. 01.4
II
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
JB85-6
HEADLAMP
LEVELING
STEPPER MOTOR
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
RH HEADLAMP UNIT
IPS68
IP130-24
HEADLAMP LEVELING
CONTROL MODULE
AUTOMATIC HEADLAMP LEVELING
1
IP130-20
O
R
CA241-1
JB85-4
BG
IP130-10
CA241-2
R
JB130-14
BG
O
IP130-7
CA241-3
WG
R
I
JB85-3
B
IP130-22
UY
JB85-2
BG* WU
G37BL
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
VARIANT: Headlamp Leveling Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 09.1
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
COMPONENTS
Pin
Description and Characteristic
O
CA86-1
LH AND RH DOOR COURTESY LAMPS : TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
O
CA86-3
INTERIOR LAMPS : TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
DOOR COURTESY LAMP – LH
FL7
2-WAY / WHITE
LH FRONT DOOR
PG
CA86-5
POWER GROUND: GROUND
DOOR COURTESY LAMP – RH
FR6
2-WAY / WHITE
RH FRONT DOOR
I
CA86-14
RESET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH FRONT
CA86-16
SET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
8-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
LH FRONT DOOR
I
FL3
FL9
I
CA86-18
RH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH REAR
BL3
BL6
8-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
LH REAR DOOR
I
CA87-15
LH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – RH FRONT
FR3
FR9
8-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
RH FRONT DOOR
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – RH REAR
BR3
BR6
8-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
RH REAR DOOR
FOOTWELL LAMP – LH
IP27
2-WAY / WHITE
INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
FOOTWELL LAMP – RH
IP26
2-WAY / WHITE
INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE
CA86
CA87
IP5
IP6
JB172
23-WAY / GREY
23-WAY / GREEN
23-WAY / BROWN
23-WAY / WHITE
23-WAY / BLUE
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
GLOVE BOX LAMP
IP25
2-WAY / BROWN
GLOVE BOX
REAR INTERIOR LAMP
RC11
RC20
2-WAY / BLACK
1-WAY / RED
REAR HEAD LINER
ROOF CONSOLE
RC22
RC30
RC31
RC33
RC34
22-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
6-WAY / BLACK
ROOF, CENTER FRONT
I
IP5-3
EXTERNAL ANTENNA
S
IP5-18
SCP –
S
IP5-19
SCP +
SG
IP6-1
LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I
IP6-21
PASSENGER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
I
IP6-22
DRIVER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
JB172-1
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+
B+
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
TRUNK LAMP
CA132
2-WAY / BLACK
TRUNK RH SIDE
TRUNK LOCK MOTOR
TM6
5-WAY / NATURAL
TRUNK LID
VANITY MIRROR LAMP – LH
RC9
2-WAY / BLACK
LH SUN VISOR
VANITY MIRROR LAMP – RH
RC8
2-WAY / BLACK
RH SUN VISOR
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA1
22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
CA15
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA16
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA20
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA21
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA25
14-WAY / NATURAL / REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
LH B/C POST
CA30
14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD
RH B/C POST
CA36
16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
CA45
6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS
TRUNK LH REAR
TL10
6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LID HARNESS
BELOW PARCEL SHELF LH SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G1
TRUNK / LH REAR
G4
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G15
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G37
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
B+
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
D2
CAN Network
SCP Network
D2B Network
D
Serial and Encoded Data
V
Voltage (DC)
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Interior Lighting
OY
BK
O
23
B
IP27-1
LIGHTING
LH FOOTWELL
LAMP
Y
S
IP5-19
BK
O
U
20.2
65
B
IP27-2
JB172-5
20.2
Fig. 09.1
Interior Lighting
CA86-3
S
OY
BK
BK
IPS13
CA1-2
IP26-1
66
B
IP26-2
IP5-18
RH FOOTWELL
LAMP
B
B
CAS10
B
B
B
FLS1
CA15-2
FL9-2
FL9-1
DOOR AJAR
SWITCH
G15AL
G15AR**
R
CA15-20
R
CA1-7
I
IP6-22 (LHD)
IP6-21 (RHD)
INTERIOR
LIGHTING
CONTROL
LH FRONT DOOR
LATCH ASSEMBLY
MAP LAMP 1
BK
B
B
B
B
FRS1
CA20-2
FR9-2
FR9-1
DOOR AJAR
SWITCH
G4AL
R
CA20-20
R
CA1-5
I
B
IP6-21 (LHD)
IP6-22 (RHD)
BK
B
CAS10
B
B
B
BLS3
CA25-3
BL6-2
G15AL
G15AR**
NOTE: BLS3 – Powered
Rear Windows only.
Y
BL6-1
DOOR AJAR
SWITCH
CA25-14
FRONT
INTERIOR LAMP
* NOTE: Roof Console without
Printed Circuit Board.
BK
CA1-6
71
B
RC22-9
RC30-1*
RC22-1
RC30-2*
RH FRONT DOOR
LATCH ASSEMBLY
B
OY
RC22-3
RC30-3*
CA36-1
I
MAP LAMP 2
CA87-15
ROOF CONSOLE
LH REAR DOOR
LATCH ASSEMBLY
BK
B
B
CAS8
B
B
B
BRS4
CA30-3
BR6-2
BR6-1
DOOR AJAR
SWITCH
G4AR
NOTE: BRS4 – Powered
Rear Windows only.
Y
CA30-14
B
REMOTE
LOCK / UNLOCK
CA86-18
W
I
W
CA416-1
RH REAR DOOR
LATCH ASSEMBLY
BRD
REMOTE
LOCK / UNLOCK
B
** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
OY
RC11-1
I
I
RC11-2
CA417-1
REAR INTERIOR LAMP
BRD
CA416-2
CA417-2
EXTERNAL ANTENNA
(JAPAN, S. KOREA)
IP5-3
OY
B
RC9-2
B
SET (LHD)
B
B
B
CAS10
B
FLS1
CA15-2
G
FL3-5
CA16-6
I
CA86-14
** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
LH FRONT DOOR
LATCH ASSEMBLY
B
B
B
CAS10
B
SET (RHD)
B
B
FRS1
CA20-2
G
FR3-5
I
U
CA21-6
FR3-7
RH VANITY MIRROR
LAMP
CA86-14
OG
O
RH FRONT DOOR
LATCH ASSEMBLY
CA86-1
CA16-3
FL7-2
P
CA21-3
FR6-2
G4AL
B
B
TL10-2
OY
B
TMS2
TM6-3
TM6-4
TRUNK
SWITCH
OY
TL10-3
OY
OY
CA132-1
CA45-3
G1AR
B
G5AS
(G37BL)
13 Fig. 01.1
14
64 Fig. 01.2
1
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
12
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
74
B
CA132-2
TRUNK LAMP
TRUNK
LOCK MOTOR
1
72
B
FR6-1
RH DOOR COURTESY LAMP
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE
CA45-2
OY
OG
OG
CA86-5
B
73
B
FL7-1
LH DOOR COURTESY LAMP
IP6-1
CAS9
OY
OG
OG
CAS85
B
B
B
RC8-1
I
G4AL
G5AS
(G5AR)
RC8-2
KEY BARREL
(RHD ONLY)
CA86-16
B
RESET (RHD)
FR3-6
CA21-5
OY
B
RCS1
CA36-13
G15AL
G15AR**
B
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
68
B
RC9-1
LH VANITY MIRROR
LAMP
KEY BARREL
(LHD ONLY)
U
FL3-7
G15AL
G15AR**
I
CA86-16
B
RESET (LHD)
FL3-6
CA16-5
70
B
RC20-1
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
B
OY
IPS66 (LHD) IP25-2
IPS68 (RHD)
08.1
FRONT EXTERIOR LIGHTING
IP25-1
GLOVE BOX LAMP
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
69
B
Fig. 09.2
COMPONENTS
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (AUTOMATIC, PANEL)
AC1
IP101
26-WAY / YELLOW
26-WAY / YELLOW
BEHIND CLIMATE CONTROL PANEL
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (MANUAL, PANEL)
AC1
IP39
IP101
IP135
26-WAY / YELLOW
6-WAY / GREY
26-WAY / YELLOW
2-WAY / GREY
BEHIND CLIMATE CONTROL PANEL
AUDIO UNIT
ID1
IP65
IP106
2-WAY / BLACK
20-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / COAXIAL
INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
CIGAR LIGHTER
IP42
2-WAY / ORANGE
ASH TRAY
DOOR SWITCH PACK – DRIVER
FL1
FR1
20-WAY / BLACK
20-WAY / BLACK
DRIVER DOOR ARM REST
LH REAR DOOR
DOOR SWITCH PACK – LH REAR
BL1
8-WAY / BLACK
DOOR SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER
FL10
8-WAY / BLACK
PASSENGER DOOR
DOOR SWITCH PACK – RH REAR
BR1
8-WAY / BLACK
RH REAR DOOR
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL SWITCH
IP29
6-WAY / BLACK
INSTRUMENT PANEL
HAZARD, SEAT HEATER SWITCHES
IP51
6-WAY / BLACK
CENTER CONSOLE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
IP10
IP11
26-WAY / YELLOW
26-WAY / YELLOW
INSTRUMENT PANEL
J GATE ASSEMBLY
IP14
16-WAY / GREEN
CENTER CONSOLE
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH
IP17
16-WAY / BLACK
INSTRUMENT PANEL
ROOF CONSOLE
RC22
RC30
RC31
RC33
RC34
22-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
6-WAY / BLACK
ROOF, CENTER FRONT
STEERING WHEEL
SW4
6-WAY / BLACK
STEERING COLUMN
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
IP70
IP136
IP137
IP138
IP139
22-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY
2-WAY
2-WAY
2-WAY
CENTER CONSOLE
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA1
22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
CA15
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA20
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA25
14-WAY / NATURAL / REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
LH B/C POST
CA30
14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD
RH B/C POST
CA36
16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
JB1
42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS
ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB129
22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G4
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G14
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G15
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G36
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Dimmer-Controlled Lighting
Fig. 09.2
Dimmer-Controlled Lighting
IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT
SWITCH ILLUMINATION
O
B
SW3-4
O
SW3-3
O
IP34-5
SW4-4
B
CASSETTE
SW4-3
SW5-1
IP34-6
YG
JB129-14
YG
03.2
ECM: GROUND
JB1-24
CASSETTE
B
O
(2.5, 3.0 L)
YG
SWS1
SWS2
(2.0 L)
SW5-2
B
B
JBS55
CRUISE CONTROL
SWITCH ILLUMINATION
G14AL
STEERING WHEEL
O
O
B
IP101-20
IP101-15
O
G37BR
O
IP17-1
O
IPS4
O
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE (PANEL)
B
IP11-21
IP11-8
G37AL
(G36BL)
O
B
O
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
IP70-9
IP70-12
G37BR
PWM
O
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
B
O
IP51-6
IP51-5
G5AR
O
R
19
SIDE LAMPS
O
HAZARD, SEAT HEATER
SWITCHES
IP17-8
B
O
IPS21
IP65-17
IP65-1
G37AR
NOTE: IPS65 – LHD only.
B
O
IP110-1
AUDIO UNIT
B
IPS65
IP42-1
G36AL
G5AL)
B
O
CIGAR LIGHTER
IP14-3
CA1-9
IP14-2
B
IPS68
G37BL
B
B
J GATE
IPS67 (LHD) IP17-6
IPS69 (RHD)
O
O
G37BL
(G36BL)
O
CA36-4
B
RC22-10
RC22-1
B
RCS1
B
CA36-13
B
CAS10
G15AL
G15AR*
MASTER LIGHTING
SWITCH
B
O
IP29-6
ROOF CONSOLE
IP29-5
B
IPS68
G37BL
* NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
CAS11
O
B
O
CA20-16 (LHD)
CA15-16 (RHD)
FR10-4 (LHD)
FL10-4 (RHD)
FR10-8 (LHD)
FL10-8 (RHD)
B
FRS1 (LHD)
FLS1 (RHD)
O
O
CA30-11
BW
BW
BR1-4
BR1-8
BW
CAS59
CA30-7
CA15-7 (LHD)
CA20-7 (RHD)
BW
BL1-4
FL1-5 (LHD)
FR1-5 (RHD)
G4AL
(G15AR)
FL1-14 (LHD)
FR1-14 (RHD)
B
FLS1 (LHD)
FRS1 (RHD)
REAR WINDOW
ISOLATE CIRCUIT
B
CA15-2 (LHD)
CA20-2 (RHD)
B
CAS10
G15AR
(G4AL)
NOTE: CAS10 – LHD only.
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
O
CA25-11
FL1-8 (LHD)
FR1-8 (RHD)
BW
RH REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK
O
B
O
CA15-16 (LHD)
CA20-16 (RHD)
B
CAS10
CA20-2 (LHD)
CA15-2 (RHD)
NOTE: CAS10 – RHD only.
PASSENGER DOOR
SWITCH PACK
O
B
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL
SWITCH
BL1-8
BW
CA25-7
LH REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK
1
13 Fig. 01.1
14
64 Fig. 01.2
1
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
12
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 10.1
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Instrument Cluster
COMPONENTS
Pin
Description and Characteristic
C
IP10-17
CAN +
C
IP10-18
CAN –
I
IP11-8
POWER GROUND: GROUND
I
IP11-23
VARIABLE ASSIST POWER STEERING FEEDBACK: CLOSED LOOP
I
IP11-24
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+
O
IP11-25
VARIABLE ASSIST POWER STEERING DRIVE: 864 mA = MAXIMUM ASSIST; 0 mA = MINIMUM ASSIST
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
ELECTROCHROMIC REAR VIEW MIRROR
RC5
5-WAY / BLACK
REAR VIEW MIRROR
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
IP10
IP11
26-WAY / YELLOW
26-WAY / YELLOW
INSTRUMENT PANEL
VARIABLE ASSIST SERVO
EM91
2-WAY
STEERING RACK PINION HOUSING
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
Connector
Connector Description
CA36
16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS
Location
LH LOWER A POST
JB130
22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB145
8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS
ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G15
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G36
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
B+
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
D2
CAN Network
SCP Network
D2B Network
D
Serial and Encoded Data
V
Voltage (DC)
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Variable Assist Steering; Electrochromic Rear View Mirror
GR
42
II
B
IP11-24
Y
20.1
CAN
Variable Assist Steering; Electrochromic Rear View Mirror
C
R
O
IP10-17
VEHICLE SPEED
G
20.1
R
R
JB130-2
IP11-25
R
JB145-3
EM91-2
C
IP10-18
U
I
U
IP11-23
B
U
JB130-3
U
JB145-2
EM91-1
P
IP11-8
VARIABLE ASSIST
SERVO
G37AL
(G36BL)
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
VARIABLE ASSIST STEERING
WU* BR
54
II
REVERSE LAMPS:
REVERSE LAMPS ON
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
GB
08.3
GB
I
CA36-7
B
B
CAS10
B
RC5-1
RC5-3
B
B
CA36-13
RCS1
P
RC5-2
G15AL
G15AR*
ELECTROCHROMIC
REAR VIEW
MIRROR
* NOTE: G15AR, WU – early production vehicles.
ELECTROCHROMIC REAR VIEW MIRROR
1
13 Fig. 01.1
14
64 Fig. 01.2
1
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
12
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 10.1
Fig. 10.2
COMPONENTS
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
DOOR SWITCH PACK – DRIVER
FL1
FR1
20-WAY / BLACK
20-WAY / BLACK
DRIVER DOOR ARM REST
FOLD FLAT MODULE
CA270
7-WAY / GREY
BEHIND PASSENGER AIR BAG
DOOR MIRROR – LH
FL5
22-WAY / BLACK
LH FRONT DOOR
DOOR MIRROR – RH
FR4
22-WAY / BLACK
RH FRONT DOOR
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA15
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA16
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA20
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA21
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA65
18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS
BELOW RH FRONT SEAT
CA70
18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS
BELOW LH FRONT SEAT
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G4
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G15
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
GW
52
N
N
O
B
II
Door Mirrors: Movement, Fold-Back
FL1-15
FL1-17
N
N
CA16-18
CA16-12
GU
48
N
O
B
II
FL5-4
Fig. 10.2
Door Mirrors: Movement, Fold-Back
FR1-15
N
FR1-17
LH
N
N
CA21-12
CA16-14
FL5-4
LH
RH
FL1-16
FLS2
CA15-19
CA16-19
RH
FR1-16
WR
WR
WR
FL1-4
YR
YR
COMMON
FL5-2
WR
O
YR
YR
YR
COMMON
FRS7
YR
CA21-13
WR
O
FL5-6
FL5-2
CA20-19
WR
WR
WR
FR1-4
YR
YR
CA16-13
CA16-15
FL5-6
LH MIRROR
LH MIRROR
N
O
N
FL1-18
CA21-14
YR
B
CAS10
B
B
FLS1
CA15-2
CA21-18
FR4-4
YR
YR
FR4-2
WR
WR
B
FR4-6
CA21-15
N
N
CA21-14
FR4-2
WR
CA16-15
FL1-3
N
FR1-18
YR
YR
CA21-13
WR
O
P
FL1-14
N
O
FR4-4
YR
CA16-13
B
N
N
CA16-14
B
RH MIRROR
B
FRS1
CA20-2
G15AL
G15AR*
WR
O
P
FR1-14
WR
FR1-3
CA21-15
WR
WR
FR4-6
CA21-19
G4AL
RH MIRROR
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
* NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
DOOR MIRROR MOVEMENT: LHD
DOOR MIRROR MOVEMENT: RHD
U
64
N
U
U
CA16-17
B
U
FL5-16
64
N
CA270-4
B
CAS10
B
CA15-2
B
FLS1
R
FL1-14
FL1-11
R
CA16-16
W
W
W
B
FL5-15
CA16-11
I
CA270-2
DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH PACK
U
O
CA270-3
B
CAS10
B
CA20-2
LH MIRROR
G15AL
G15AR*
* NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
FL5-16
CA270-4
W
B
B
P
CA270-1
W
CAS64
FRS1
R
FR1-14
FR1-11
CA21-16
FL5-15
CA270-2
LH MIRROR
DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH PACK
O
U
CA270-3
W
B
CAS10
FR4-15
B
P
O
CA270-5
U
CAS46
W
CA270-1
W
CAS64
FR4-16
14
64 Fig. 01.2
1
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
G15AL
G15AR*
FOLD FLAT
MODULE
DOOR MIRROR FOLD: RHD
12
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
W
W
CA21-11
NOTE: Refer to Figures 06.1 and 06.2 for Mirror Heaters.
13 Fig. 01.1
U
U
CA21-17
* NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
DOOR MIRROR FOLD: LHD
W
W
CA16-11
I
G4AL
RH MIRROR
FOLD FLAT
MODULE
R
FR4-16
W
CA21-11
B
U
U
CA21-17
W
O
CA270-5
U
CAS46
G15AL
G15AR*
1
U
U
CA16-17
B
FR4-15
RH MIRROR
Fig. 11.1
COMPONENTS
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – LH
LS19
3-WAY / WHITE
LH SEAT
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – RH
RS19
3-WAY / WHITE
RH SEAT
SEAT LUMBAR SWITCH PACK – LH
LS16
7-WAY / BLACK
LH FRONT SEAT
SEAT LUMBAR SWITCH PACK – RH
RS16
7-WAY / BLACK
RH FRONT SEAT
SEAT MOVEMENT MOTORS – LH
LS2
LS4
LS5
LS6
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / RED
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / RED
BELOW LH SEAT
SEAT MOVEMENT MOTORS – RH
RS2
RS4
RS5
RS6
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / RED
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
BELOW RH SEAT
SEAT SWITCH PACK – LH
LS1
12-WAY / GREY
LH SEAT
SEAT SWITCH PACK – RH
RS1
12-WAY / GREY
RH SEAT
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
CA65
18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS
Location
BELOW RH FRONT SEAT
CA70
18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS
BELOW LH FRONT SEAT
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G4
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G15
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Powered Seats: 8-Way Movement
RH SEAT MOVEMENT MOTORS
LH SEAT MOVEMENT MOTORS
NOTE:
NOTE:
40 – Non Heated Seat.
42 – Heated Seat.
45 – Non Heated Seat.
47 – Heated Seat.
40
42
LS5
-1
OG
LS5
-2
LS4
-1
LS4
-2
LS2
-1
LS2
-2
LS6
-1
LS6
-2
B
45
LS1-6
YB
WB
YG WG
YU WR
47
RS5
-1
OY
RS1-6
YR WR
WB
YB
YU
WR
YR
YG
YU
WR
RS1-9
WR
YU
LS1-8
RS1-8
YR
WR
LS1-7
RS1-7
WR
YR
LS1-12
RS1-12
B
B
P
LS1-1
RS1-1
LH SEAT SWITCH PACK
RH SEAT SWITCH PACK
RH SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
LH SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
WG
LS16-7
YG
LS19-3
B
LS16-2
48
OY
B
LS19-2
RS16-2
RS19-2
YG
WG
LS16-1
LS19-1
B
B
RS16-3
LSS1
B
RS16-6
NOTE: LSS1 – Lumbar Vehicles only.
LH SEAT LUMBAR SWITCH PACK
B
B
CAS8
G15AL
(G4AR)
RH SEAT LUMBAR SWITCH PACK
B
CA65-16
G4AR
(G15AL)
NOTE: CAS8 – RHD only.
RH SEAT
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
B
B
CAS8
LH SEAT
63 Fig. 01.4
II
RSS1
B
LS16-6
II
RS19-1
RS16-1
LS16-3
12
RS19-3
RS16-7
OG
11 Fig. 01.3
I
WR
RS1-11
LS1-9
I
YG
RS6
-2
WG
WG
1
WG
RS6
-1
RS1-3
LS1-11
64 Fig. 01.2
YB
RS2
-2
YB
YG
14
RS2
-1
RS1-5
LS1-3
13 Fig. 01.1
RS4
-2
WB
WB
1
RS4
-1
RS1-4
LS1-5
43
RS5
-2
B
LS1-4
P
Fig. 11.1
Powered Seats: 8-Way Movement
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
B
NOTE: RSS1 –
Lumbar Vehicles only.
CA70-16
NOTE: CAS8 – LHD only.
NOTE: Powered Lumbar Circuit and components – Powered Lumbar Seats only.
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
VARIANT: 8-Way Powered Seat Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 11.2
COMPONENTS
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
SEAT MOVEMENT MOTOR – LH
LS10
2-WAY / RED
BELOW LH SEAT
SEAT MOVEMENT MOTOR – RH
RS10
2-WAY / RED
BELOW RH SEAT
SEAT SWITCH PACK – LH
LS1
12-WAY / GREY
LH SEAT
SEAT SWITCH PACK – RH
RS1
12-WAY / GREY
RH SEAT
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
CA65
18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS
Location
BELOW RH FRONT SEAT
CA70
18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS
BELOW LH FRONT SEAT
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G4
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G15
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Powered Seats: 2-Way Movement
LH SEAT MOVEMENT MOTOR
LS10
-2
RH SEAT MOVEMENT MOTOR
LS10
-1
WG
RS10
-2
YG
RS10
-1
YG WG
NOTE:
NOTE:
40 – Non Heated Seat.
42 – Heated Seat.
45 – Non Heated Seat.
47 – Heated Seat.
WG
YG
LS16-7
40
RS16-7
OG
42
45
OY
47
LS16-2
LS16-2
YG
WG
LS16-1
RS16-1
B
B
LS16-3
RS16-3
B
LS16-6
B
B
LSS1
CA65-16
B
B
CAS8
RS16-6
LH SEAT SWITCH PACK
G15AL
(G4AR)
14
64 Fig. 01.2
B
CA70-16
B
CAS8
NOTE: CAS8 – LHD only.
LH SEAT
13 Fig. 01.1
B
RSS1
RH SEAT SWITCH PACK
NOTE: CAS8 – RHD only.
1
Fig. 11.2
Powered Seats: 2-Way Movement
G4AR
(G15AL)
RH SEAT
1
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
12
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
VARIANT: 2-Way Powered Seat Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 11.3
COMPONENTS
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
SEAT BACK HEATER – LH
LS7
4-WAY / GREY
BELOW LH SEAT
SEAT BACK HEATER – RH
RS7
4-WAY / GREY
BELOW RH SEAT
SEAT CUSHION HEATER – LH
LS7
4-WAY / GREY
BELOW LH SEAT
SEAT CUSHION HEATER – RH
RS7
4-WAY / GREY
BELOW RH SEAT
SEAT HEATER MODULE – LH
LS13
12-WAY / GREY
BELOW LH SEAT
SEAT HEATER MODULE – RH
RS13
12-WAY / GREY
BELOW RH SEAT
SEAT HEATER SWITCH – LH
IP51
6-WAY / BLACK
CENTER CONSOLE
SEAT HEATER SWITCH – RH
IP56
6-WAY / BLACK
CENTER CONSOLE
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
CA65
18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS
Location
BELOW RH FRONT SEAT
CA70
18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS
BELOW LH FRONT SEAT
CA240
12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G4
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G15
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G36
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Seat Heaters
Seat Heaters
NOTE:
40 – Heaters only Seat.
41 – Powered Heated Seats.
40
OG
41
B
GB
27
II
W
I
LS13-12
LS13-3
LS7-3
B
LS13-5
N
O
LS13-4
LS7-2
O
LS13-6
W
W
IP51-2
R
IP51-3
B
B
IPS65
IP51-5
U
IP51-1
LH CUSHION HEATER
O
NOTE: CAS8 – RHD only.
LS13-10
U
O
CA65-10
CA240-6
STATE
LS13-8
R
CA65-17
CA240-1
U
LS7-1
I
CA65-10
CA240-7
R
NOTE: IPS65 – LHD only.
W
LS13-9
B
I
LS13-7
G36AL
(G5AR)
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
GB
LH SEAT HEATER
SWITCH
LS7-4
B
P
LSS1
LS13-1
LH SEAT HEATER
MODULE
B
B
B
CAS8
CA65-16
LH SEAT BACK HEATER
G15AL
(G4AR)
NOTE: LSS1 – 8-way; 2-way; Lumbar only.
LH SEAT
NOTE:
45 – Heaters only Seat.
46 – Powered Heated Seats.
45
OY
46
B
GB
26
II
N
I
RS13-12
RS13-3
RS7-3
B
RS13-5
W
O
RS13-4
RS7-2
GW
O
RS13-6
W
IP56-2
CA240-4
R
NOTE: IPS65 – LHD only.
B
IPS65
U
IP56-1
STATE
CA240-3
RS13-8
RH CUSHION HEATER
O
NOTE: CAS8 – LHD only.
RS13-10
U
CA70-18
RS7-1
I
R
CA70-17
CA240-5
U
IP51-5
CA70-10
R
IP56-3
B
W
W
O
RS13-9
B
I
RS13-7
G36AL
(G5AR)
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
RS13-1
RH SEAT HEATER
MODULE
RS7-4
B
P
RH SEAT HEATER
SWITCH
B
RSS1
B
CA70-16
B
CAS8
RH SEAT BACK HEATER
G4AR
(G15AL)
NOTE: RSS1 – 8-way; 2-way; Lumbar only.
RH SEAT
1
13 Fig. 01.1
14
64 Fig. 01.2
1
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
12
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
VARIANT: Heated Seat Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 11.3
Fig. 12.1
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Pin
COMPONENTS
Description and Characteristic
O
CA86-4
CENTRAL LOCKING MOTORS DRIVE – DOUBLE LOCKING: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
PG
CA86-5
POWER GROUND: GROUND
I
CA86-14
RESET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
I
CA86-16
SET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
I
CA86-18
RH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
I
CA86-19
LOCK SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
I
CA86-22
TRUNK LID AJAR: TRUNK OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; TRUNK CLOSED = GROUND
O
CA87-2
TRUNK LOCK MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O
CA87-3
CENTRAL LOCKING MOTORS DRIVE – LOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O
CA87-5
CENTRAL LOCKING REAR MOTORS DRIVE – UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
I
CA87-15
LH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
I
CA87-16
UNLOCK SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
O
IP5-1
PASSENGER DOORS LOCK MOTOR DRIVE – UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
I
IP5-3
EXTERNAL ANTENNA
O
IP5-5
DRIVER DOOR LOCK MOTOR DRIVE – UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
I
IP5-16
TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
S
IP5-18
SCP –
S
IP5-19
SCP +
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH FRONT
FL3
FL9
8-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
LH FRONT DOOR
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH REAR
BL3
BL6
8-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
LH REAR DOOR
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – RH FRONT
FR3
FR9
8-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
RH FRONT DOOR
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – RH REAR
BR3
BR6
8-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
RH REAR DOOR
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE
CA86
CA87
IP5
IP6
JB172
23-WAY / GREY
23-WAY / GREEN
23-WAY / BROWN
23-WAY / WHITE
23-WAY / BLUE
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
IGNITION SWITCH
IP18
7-WAY / BLACK
STEERING COLUMN
INERTIA SWITCH
IP132
3-WAY / BLACK
LOWER RH A POST
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
IP10
IP11
26-WAY / YELLOW
26-WAY / YELLOW
INSTRUMENT PANEL
TRUNK LOCK MOTOR
TM6
5-WAY / NATURAL
TRUNK LID
TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH
TM8
2-WAY / WHITE
TRUNK LID
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
SG
IP6-1
LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I
IP6-8
KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN
Connector
Connector Description
Location
I
IP6-21
PASSENGER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
CA1
22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
I
IP6-22
DRIVER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
CA15
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA16
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA20
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA21
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE A POST
Instrument Cluster
CA25
14-WAY / NATURAL / REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
LH B/C POST
CA30
14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD
RH B/C POST
B+
JB172-1
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+
Pin
Description and Characteristic
I
IP10-13
EMERGENCY UNLOCK: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
S
IP10-22
SCP +
S
IP10-23
SCP –
I
IP11-7
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
I
IP11-8
POWER GROUND: GROUND
CA45
6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS
TRUNK LH REAR
TL10
6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LID HARNESS
BELOW PARCEL SHELF LH SIDE
GROUNDS
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
Ground
Location
G1
TRUNK / LH REAR
G4
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G15
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G36
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
B+
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
D2
CAN Network
SCP Network
D2B Network
D
Serial and Encoded Data
V
Voltage (DC)
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Central Door Locking: Double Locking
NOTE: Drive-Away Door Locking occurs when
all doors are closed, the Ignition is switched to
II or III and the vehicle speed exceeds 7 k/ph (4 mph).
OY
22
SCP
B
LOCKING
JB172-1
IGNITION SWITCHED
POWER SUPPLY
20.2
GU
01.4
Y
U
I
IP5-16
S
U
CA1-11
U
U
CA45-6
B
TM8-1
TL10-6
IP5-19
U
20.2
Fig. 12.1
Central Door Locking: Double Locking
TM8-2
TRUNK RELEASE
SWITCH
S
IP5-18
KEY-IN
B
NOT CONNECTED
B
I
IP18-5
IP6-8
I
I
20.2
IP18-4
GO
IP18-1
20.2
GO
IPS45
S
U
IP132-3
III
CA45-5
O
O
TL10-5
CA45-4
CA87-2
IP132-2
O
TL10-4
O
B
P
REMOTE
LOCK / UNLOCK
IP11-8
B
IP11-7
B
FL9-1
R
CA1-7
WG
B
Y
CA1-4
FL3-1
CAS1
YB
YB
CA25-10
O UNLOCK
WB
B
B
FLS1
CA15-2
W
W
BL3-2
WB
O
CA87-5
CAS79
LH REAR DOOR
LATCH ASSEMBLY
I
G
I
CA86-16
U
CA16-6
FL3-7
WB
B
(KEY BARREL
LHD ONLY)
CA30-8
BR3-2
I
B
YB
CA86-14
CA30-9
LH FRONT DOOR
LATCH ASSEMBLY
LOCKING
CONTROL
* NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
FR3-3
CA21-7
B
B
FR3-8
B
G4AL
DOOR AJAR
SWITCH
FR9-1
W
I
(KEY BARREL
RHD ONLY)
CA86-16
U
CA21-6
CA417-1
BRD
I
BRD
CA416-2
CA417-2
I
EXTERNAL ANTENNA
(JAPAN, S. KOREA)
CA86-14
R
R
CA20-20
CA1-5
B
I
IP6-21 (LHD)
IP6-22 (RHD)
IP6-1
B
P
CA86-5
RH FRONT DOOR
LATCH ASSEMBLY
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE
G5AS
(G5AR)
G4AL
NOTE: Set / Reset Switch in Front Door Latch Assemblies –
LHD: LH Front Latch only, RHD: RH Front Latch only.
1
13 Fig. 01.1
14
64 Fig. 01.2
1
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
12
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
B
CA30-3
NOTE: BRS4 – Powered Rear Windows only.
W
CA416-1
G
B
FR9-2
BRS4
REMOTE
LOCK / UNLOCK
W
B
FR3-7
FRS1
RH REAR DOOR
LATCH ASSEMBLY
BR6-2
O
CA21-5
FR3-5
RESET (RHD)
DOOR AJAR
SWITCH
IP5-1 (LHD)
IP5-5 (RHD)
CA1-8
B
SET (RHD)
B
B
BR6-1
O UNLOCK
CA21-8
FR3-4
FR3-6
WB
CA21-9
B
UNLOCK
B
WB
ACTUATOR
SWITCHES
B
CA30-14
YB
CA21-20
FR3-2
LOCK
BR3-3
CA21-10
B
B
Y
I
CA86-18
FR3-1
CA20-2
B
YB
YB
ACTUATOR
SWITCHES
B
BR3-1
CA30-10
B
* NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
ACTUATOR
SWITCHES
CA87-16
B
RESET (LHD)
UNLOCK
I
CA16-5
FL3-5
G15AL
G15AR*
CAS74
B
SET (LHD)
FL3-6
O
CA16-8
FL3-4
B
CAS73
G15AL
G15AR*
B
CA86-19
B
UNLOCK
CAS10
O
CA16-9
FL3-8
BL3-1
CA25-8
O DOUBLE LOCK
CA86-4
B
LOCK
YB
CA16-7
FL3-3
B
CAS2
B
CAS10
NOTE: BLS3 – Powered Rear Windows only.
CA87-3
YB
B
CA25-3
BL3-3
CA25-9
O LOCK
ACTUATOR
SWITCHES
BLS3
BL6-2
B
YB
IP5-5 (LHD)
IP5-1 (RHD)
DOOR AJAR
SWITCH
B
YB
B
B
BL6-1
I
CA16-10
B
B
CAS9
G1AR
B
CA25-14
IP6-22 (LHD)
1P6-21 (RHD)
WG
CA16-20
B
B
CA45-2
IP5-3
I
R
CA15-20
FL3-2
B
TL10-2
B
I
CA87-15
DOOR AJAR
SWITCH
B
TMS2
G37AL
(G36BL)
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
B
TM6-3
TRUNK LOCK
MOTOR
VEHICLE
IMPACT
IGNITION SWITCH
FL9-2
B
TM6-1
S
IP10-13
61
INERTIA SWITCH
TRUNK AJAR
SWITCH
TM6-5
O
IP10-23
GR
IP132-1
LOCK /
UNLOCK
IP10-22
VEHICLE SPEED;
EMERGENCY UNLOCK
II
Y
TM6-2
N
N
CA86-22
R
4
N
W
TMS3
VARIANT: Double Locking Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
B
CAS8
G4AR
Fig. 12.2
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
COMPONENTS
Pin
PG
CA86-5
POWER GROUND: GROUND
I
CA86-14
RESET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
I
CA86-16
SET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
I
CA86-18
RH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
I
CA86-19
LOCK SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
I
CA86-22
TRUNK LID AJAR: TRUNK OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; TRUNK CLOSED = GROUND
O
CA87-2
TRUNK LOCK MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O
CA87-3
CENTRAL LOCKING MOTORS DRIVE – LOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O
CA87-5
CENTRAL LOCKING REAR MOTORS DRIVE – UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
I
CA87-15
LH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
I
CA87-16
UNLOCK SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
O
IP5-1
PASSENGER DOORS LOCK MOTOR DRIVE – UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
I
IP5-3
EXTERNAL ANTENNA
O
IP5-5
DRIVER DOOR LOCK MOTOR DRIVE – UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
Description and Characteristic
I
IP5-16
TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
S
IP5-18
SCP –
S
IP5-19
SCP +
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH FRONT
FL3
FL9
8-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
LH FRONT DOOR
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH REAR
BL3
BL6
8-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
LH REAR DOOR
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – RH FRONT
FR3
FR9
8-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
RH FRONT DOOR
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – RH REAR
BR3
BR6
8-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
RH REAR DOOR
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE
CA86
CA87
IP5
IP6
JB172
23-WAY / GREY
23-WAY / GREEN
23-WAY / BROWN
23-WAY / WHITE
23-WAY / BLUE
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
IGNITION SWITCH
IP18
7-WAY / BLACK
STEERING COLUMN
INERTIA SWITCH
IP132
3-WAY / BLACK
LOWER RH A POST
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
IP10
IP11
26-WAY / YELLOW
26-WAY / YELLOW
INSTRUMENT PANEL
TRUNK LOCK MOTOR
TM6
5-WAY / NATURAL
TRUNK LID
TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH
TM8
2-WAY / WHITE
TRUNK LID
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
SG
IP6-1
LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I
IP6-8
KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN
I
IP6-21
PASSENGER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
Connector
Connector Description
Location
I
IP6-22
DRIVER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
CA1
22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
CA15
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA16
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA20
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE A POST
Instrument Cluster
CA21
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA25
14-WAY / NATURAL / REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
LH B/C POST
CA30
14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD
RH B/C POST
B+
JB172-1
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+
Pin
Description and Characteristic
I
IP10-13
EMERGENCY UNLOCK: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
S
IP10-22
SCP +
S
IP10-23
SCP –
I
IP11-7
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
GROUNDS
I
IP11-8
POWER GROUND: GROUND
Ground
Location
G1
TRUNK / LH REAR
G4
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G15
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G36
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
CA45
6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS
TRUNK LH REAR
TL10
6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LID HARNESS
BELOW PARCEL SHELF LH SIDE
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
B+
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
D2
CAN Network
SCP Network
D2B Network
D
Serial and Encoded Data
V
Voltage (DC)
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Central Door Locking: Non Double Locking
Fig. 12.2
Central Door Locking: Non Double Locking
NOTE: Drive-Away Door Locking occurs when
all doors are closed, the Ignition is switched to
II or III and the vehicle speed exceeds 7 k/ph (4 mph).
OY
22
B
JB172-1
SCP
LOCKING
IGNITION SWITCHED
POWER SUPPLY
GU
01.4
IP5-16
S
U
U
I
Y
20.2
CA1-11
U
U
CA45-6
B
TM8-1
TL10-6
IP5-19
U
20.2
TM8-2
TRUNK RELEASE
SWITCH
S
IP5-18
KEY-IN
B
NOT CONNECTED
B
I
IP18-5
IP6-8
I
20.2
IP18-4
VEHICLE SPEED;
EMERGENCY UNLOCK
II
GO
IP18-1
20.2
GO
IPS45
Y
S
IP10-22
U
61
CA87-2
CA45-4
O
B
P
REMOTE
LOCK / UNLOCK
IP11-8
B
IP11-7
TL10-4
B
FL9-1
R
CA1-7
B
WG
Y
CA1-4
FL3-1
UNLOCK
CAS10
B
B
FLS1
CA15-2
YB
CA87-3
O
CAS73
CAS74
W
W
CA87-5
BL3-2
CAS79
(KEY BARREL
LHD ONLY)
WB
I
B
CA30-8
BR3-2
B
YB
CA30-9
* NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
Y
I
BR3-1
B
CA86-18
CA30-14
RH REAR DOOR
LATCH ASSEMBLY
WB
WB
IP5-1 (LHD)
IP5-5 (RHD)
CA1-8
B
O
W
W
W
CA416-1
CA417-1
BRD
CA21-8
BRD
CA416-2
B
FR3-6
B
B
B
CA20-2
B
FRS1
U
B
FR9-2
G4AL
DOOR AJAR
SWITCH
FR9-1
I
R
R
CA20-20
CA1-5
B
I
IP6-21 (LHD)
IP6-22 (RHD)
IP6-1
13 Fig. 01.1
14
64 Fig. 01.2
1
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
12
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
B
P
CA86-5
RH FRONT DOOR
LATCH ASSEMBLY
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE
NOTE: Set / Reset Switch in Front Door Latch Assemblies –
LHD: LH Front Latch only, RHD: RH Front Latch only.
1
EXTERNAL ANTENNA
(JAPAN, S. KOREA)
(KEY BARREL
RHD ONLY)
CA86-14
CA21-6
FR3-7
CA417-2
I
CA86-16
CA21-5
FR3-5
RESET (LHD)
G
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
G5AS
(G5AR)
G4AL
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
B
CA30-3
NOTE: BRS4 – Powered Rear Windows only.
REMOTE
LOCK / UNLOCK
I
B
SET (LHD)
BRS4
O UNLOCK
CA21-9
FR3-4
B
BR6-2
YB
CA21-20
FR3-8
UNLOCK
DOOR AJAR
SWITCH
CA21-10
B
LOCK
B
B
BR6-1
LOCKING
CONTROL
FR3-2
G15AL
G15AR*
NOTE: BLS3 – Powered Rear Windows only.
WB
O
CA86-14
B
B
CAS10
LH REAR DOOR
LATCH ASSEMBLY
UNLOCK
I
B
CA25-3
* NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
LH FRONT DOOR
LATCH ASSEMBLY
FR3-1
B
BLS3
BL6-2
O LOCK
CA86-16
U
DOOR AJAR
SWITCH
BL3-1
CA25-8
I
G
CA16-6
FL3-7
B
CAS9
B
WB
O UNLOCK
CA87-16
B
G15AL
G15AR*
CA25-9
I
CA16-5
FL3-5
RESET (LHD)
O
CA16-8
B
FL3-6
B
CA45-2
G1AR
B
YB
CA86-19
B
SET (LHD)
IP5-5 (LHD)
IP5-1 (RHD)
CA16-9
FL3-4
B
CAS1
B
B
TL10-2
B
BL6-1
I
CA16-10
FL3-8
B
YB
B
TMS2
B
CA25-14
IP6-22 (LHD)
1P6-21 (RHD)
WG
CA16-20
B
LOCK
R
CA15-20
FL3-2
TM6-3
IP5-3
CA87-15
DOOR AJAR
SWITCH
B
TM6-1
B
I
I
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
FL9-2
TM6-5
O
G37AL
(G36BL)
IGNITION SWITCH
B
TRUNK AJAR
SWITCH
TRUNK LOCK
MOTOR
VEHICLE
IMPACT
IP10-13
IP132-2
INERTIA SWITCH
TL10-5
O
S
GR
III
CA45-5
O
O
IP10-23
IP132-3
IP132-1
LOCK /
UNLOCK
TM6-2
N
N
CA86-22
R
4
N
I
W
TMS3
VARIANT: Non Double Locking Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
B
CAS8
G4AR
Fig. 12.3
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
COMPONENTS
Pin
PG
CA86-5
POWER GROUND: GROUND
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
I
CA86-17
INCLINATION SENSOR SENSE: ALARM TRIGGERED = GROUND; ALARM NOT TRIGGERED = B+
ACTIVE SECURITY SOUNDER
JB70
6-WAY / BLACK
BEHIND FRONT LH WHEEL ARCH LINER
I
CA86-18
RH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
AUDIO UNIT
2-WAY / BLACK
20-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / COAXIAL
INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
LOCK SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
ID1
IP65
IP106
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
Description and Characteristic
I
CA86-19
O
CA86-20
INCLINATION AND INTRUSION SENSORS POWER SUPPLY: B+
I
CA86-22
TRUNK LID AJAR: TRUNK OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; TRUNK CLOSED = GROUND
I
CA86-23
INTRUSION SENSOR SENSE: ALARM TRIGGERED = GROUND; ALARM NOT TRIGGERED = B+
O
CA87-1
O
CA87-2
PASSIVE SECURITY SOUNDER DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
TRUNK LOCK MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
I
CA87-15
LH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
I
IP5-3
EXTERNAL ANTENNA
O
IP5-14
HORN RELAY DRIVE : TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
I
IP5-16
TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
S
IP5-18
SCP –
S
IP5-19
SCP +
SG
IP6-1
LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I
IP6-8
KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN
I
IP6-9
HEADLAMP FLASH SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
I
IP6-10
AUDIO UNIT PRESENCE SENSE: GROUND WHEN RADIO INSTALLED
I
IP6-21
PASSENGER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
I
IP6-22
DRIVER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
B+
JB172-1
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+
O
JB172-3
RH FRONT TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O
JB172-4
LH FRONT TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
B+
JB172-5
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+
D
JB172-18
ACTIVE SECURITY SOUNDER DRIVE: ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
I
JB172-21
HOOD AJAR: HOOD OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; HOOD CLOSED = GROUND
Location
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.0L)
EN65
104-WAY / BLACK
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.5L & 3.0L)
EN16
134-WAY / BLACK
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH FRONT
FL3
FL9
8-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
LH FRONT DOOR
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH REAR
BL3
BL6
8-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
LH REAR DOOR
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – RH FRONT
FR3
FR9
8-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
RH FRONT DOOR
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – RH REAR
BR3
BR6
8-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
RH REAR DOOR
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE
CA86
CA87
IP5
IP6
JB172
23-WAY / GREY
23-WAY / GREEN
23-WAY / BROWN
23-WAY / WHITE
23-WAY / BLUE
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
HOOD SECURITY SWITCH
JB81
2-WAY / BLACK
ADJACENT TO RH FRONT SUSPENSION TURRET
HORN RELAY
—
—
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R3
HORNS
JB87
2-WAY / BLACK
ADJACENT TO BATTERY
IGNITION SWITCH
IP18
7-WAY / BLACK
STEERING COLUMN
INCLINATION SENSOR
CA190
6-WAY / BLACK
TRUNK LH REAR
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
IP10
IP11
26-WAY / YELLOW
26-WAY / YELLOW
INSTRUMENT PANEL
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER
IP15
4-WAY / GREEN
STEERING COLUMN, IGNITION SWITCH
PASSIVE SECURITY SOUNDER
SL1
SL2
1-WAY
1-WAY
LH FRONT OF VEHICLE
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
—
—
ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
ROOF CONSOLE
RC22
RC30
RC31
RC33
RC34
22-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
6-WAY / BLACK
ROOF, CENTER FRONT
Instrument Cluster
Pin
Description and Characteristic
SECURITY INDICATOR
IP29
6-WAY / BLACK
CENTER CONSOLE
O
IP10-2
SECURITY INDICATOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, IC SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
TRUNK LOCK MOTOR
TM6
5-WAY / NATURAL
TRUNK LID
D
IP10-3
PATS 1: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
D
IP10-4
PATS 2: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
I
IP10-5
PATS GROUND: GROUND
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
O
IP10-6
PATS TRANSCEIVER POWER: B+
Connector
Connector Description
Location
C
IP10-17
CAN +
CA1
22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
C
IP10-18
CAN –
S
IP10-22
SCP +
CA15
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE A POST
S
IP10-23
SCP –
CA20
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA25
14-WAY / NATURAL / REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
LH B/C POST
CA30
14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD
RH B/C POST
CA36
16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
CA45
6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS
TRUNK LH REAR
CA170
16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR
LH LOWER A POST
JB79
6-WAY / BLACK / SECURITY SOUNDER LINK LEAD
BEHIND FRONT LH WHEELARCH LINER
JB129
22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
TL10
6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LID HARNESS
BELOW PARCEL SHELF LH SIDE
I
IP11-7
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
I
IP11-8
POWER GROUND: GROUND
I
IP11-11
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G1
TRUNK / LH REAR
G4
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G11
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G14
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G15
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G36
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
B+
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
D2
CAN Network
SCP Network
D2B Network
D
Serial and Encoded Data
V
Voltage (DC)
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Security System
NOTE: ECM power supplies and
grounds shown on Fig. 03.1or 03.3.
O
61
B
OY
22
IP11-7
II
Y
C
G
C
B
20.1
Y
C
S
C
S
Y
20.1
20.2
20.2
20.2
POWER
U
CA190-6
Y
OY
IP10-2
B
IP29-1
IPS68
IP29-5
W
I
W
CA36-10
B
O
RC22-7
RC33-4*
D
IP15-3
IP15-2
IP10-5
W
P
IP11-8
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT
SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER
RADIO
REMOVED
R
I
IP6-10
REMOTE
SECURITY
BRD
CA417-2
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
I
CA416-1
BRD
B
IP65-8
OY
IP65-1
G37AR
JB87-2
CA416-2
AUDIO UNIT
B
KEY-IN
B
B
B
JBS56
I
IP18-5
IP6-8
O
I
OY
08.1
08.2
O
08.1
08.2
JB172-4
R
G15AL
G15AR**
* NOTE: Roof Console without
Printed Circuit Board.
** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
EXTERNAL ANTENNA
(JAPAN, S. KOREA)
4
B
CAS10
I
W
CA417-1
G37AL
(G36BL)
B
CA36-13
IP5-3
PATS
GROUND
B
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
ROOF CONSOLE
REMOTE
SECURITY
B
IP10-3
B
B
RCS1
RC22-1
RC33-2*
INTRUSION
SENSOR
G37BL
IP10-4
WG
20.2
RC22-8
RC33-3*
D
IP15-4
G
W
D
RC22-6
RC33-1*
B
SECURITY INDICATOR
IP15-1
Y
CA36-11
CA86-23
O
G1AR
INCLINATION SENSOR
SECURITY
CONTROL
O
PATS
POWER
IP10-6
CAS83
CA86-20
B
CAS9
CA190-5
IP5-18
PASSIVE
ANTI-THEFT
SYSTEM
G
Y
S
IP10-23
ENGINE
CONTROL MODULE
Y
O
B
CA190-4
IP5-19
U
IP10-18
O
CA86-17
S
IP10-22
G
EN16-123
EN65-88 (2.0L)
20.2
Y
G
I
B
JB172-5
IP10-17
20.1
O
23
IP11-11
20.1
EN16-124
EN65-89 (2.0L)
B
JB172-1
GR
15
Fig. 12.3
Security System
O
** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
IP18-4
JB87-1
G11AR
TURN SIGNAL FLASH
HORNS
JB172-3
II
B
B
CAS10
B
B
FLS1
CA15-2
B
FL9-2
III
FL9-1
DOOR AJAR
SWITCH
G15AL
G15AR**
R
CA15-20
R
CA1-7
I
4
IP6-22 (LHD)
IP6-21 (RHD)
B
O
IGNITION SWITCH
B
FRS1
CA20-2
B
FR9-2
FR9-1
DOOR AJAR
SWITCH
G4AL
R
CA20-20
R
CA1-5
2
B
IP5-14
B
B
CAS10
B
G15AL
G15AR**
NOTE: BLS3 – Powered
Rear Windows only.
B
B
CAS8
Y
BL6-1
CA87-15
B
O
JB79-1
NOTE: BRS4 – Powered
Rear Windows only.
JB79-5
SL1-1
G11AR
Y
BR6-1
SL2-1
B
B
JBS56
B
G4AR
B
B
CA170-12
B
DOOR AJAR
SWITCH
BR6-2
PASSIVE
SECURITY SOUNDER
I
CA30-14
CA86-18
RH REAR DOOR
LATCH ASSEMBLY
W
20
II
TMS3
JB79-6
TRUNK AJAR
SWITCH
TM6-2
N
B
CAS9
B
B
CA45-2
B
TMS2
TL10-2
N
TL10-5
TM6-1
N
CA45-5
O
O
TM6-3
G1AR
U
D
TM6-5
B
JB79-3
U
63
W
NOT CONNECTED
OY
I
CA25-14
CA87-1
B
BRS4
1
HORN RELAY
LH REAR DOOR
LATCH ASSEMBLY
B
CA30-3
OY
JB129-6
IP6-21 (LHD)
IP6-22 (RHD)
B
DOOR AJAR
SWITCH
BL6-2
OY
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
B
BLS3
CA25-3
3
I
RH FRONT DOOR
LATCH ASSEMBLY
B
R3
JBS32
LH FRONT DOOR
LATCH ASSEMBLY
B
5
OY
TL10-4
U
JB172-18
I
JB79-4
B
CA86-22
JBS56
O
CA45-4
B
CA87-2
JB79-5
G11AR
TRUNK LOCK
MOTOR
ACTIVE
SECURITY SOUNDER
B
IP6-1
B
B
JBS55
B
JB81-2
G14AL
JB81-1
I
B
P
NOTE: Check market specification and/or vehicle option specification
for fitment of the following Security Components:
CA86-5
JB172-21
HOOD SECURITY
SWITCH
G4AL
G5AS
(G5AR)
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE
1
13 Fig. 01.1
14
64 Fig. 01.2
1
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
12
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
INCLINATION SENSOR
INTRUSION SENSOR
PASSIVE SECURITY SOUNDER
ACTIVE SECURITY SOUNDER
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
24
Fig. 13.1
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Pin
Description and Characteristic
PG
CA86-5
POWER GROUND: GROUND
COMPONENTS
I
IP5-4
INTERMITTENT WIPE INTERVAL: 1 = 0.5 – 4 kΩ; 2 = 4 – 14 kΩ; 3 = 14 – 24 kΩ; 4 = 24 – 34 kΩ; 5 = 34 – 43 kΩ; 6 = 43 – 57 kΩ
S
IP5-18
SCP –
S
IP5-19
SCP +
O
IP5-21
WINDSHIELD WIPER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, CIRCUIT SWITCHED TO GROUND
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE
CA86
CA87
IP5
IP6
JB172
23-WAY / GREY
23-WAY / GREEN
23-WAY / BROWN
23-WAY / WHITE
23-WAY / BLUE
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
—
—
ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
POWER WASH PUMP
JB65
2-WAY / GREY
BEHIND RH FRONT WHEEL ARCH LINER
SG
IP6-1
LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
POWER WASH PUMP RELAY
—
—
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R5
I
IP6-4
INTERMITTENT WIPE: B+ WHEN SELECTED
WINDSHIELD WASHER PUMP
JB109
2-WAY / WHITE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT RH FRONT
I
IP6-5
WASHER SWITCH: WASHER ON = GROUND; WASHER OFF = B+
WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR RELAY
—
—
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R1
WIPER MOTOR ASSEMBLY
JB63
5-WAY / BLACK
BASE OF WINDSHIELD LH SIDE
WIPER SWITCH ASSEMBLY
IP16
10-WAY / GREY
STEERING COLUMN
B+
JB172-1
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+
I
JB172-2
WIPER MOTOR PARK SWITCH: PARKED = GROUND; NOT PARKED = B+
B+
JB172-5
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+
O
JB172-23
POWER WASH PUMP RELAY DRIVE:
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
Connector
Connector Description
Location
JB3
14-WAY / BLUE / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
JB129
22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
JB130
22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G4
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G10
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G14
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G36
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
B+
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
D2
CAN Network
SCP Network
D2B Network
D
Serial and Encoded Data
V
Voltage (DC)
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Wash / Wipe System
OY
22
Fig. 13.1
Wash / Wipe System
B
JB172-1
O
23
B
JB172-5
Y
20.2
SCP
S
POWER WASH PUMP
RELAY
IP5-19
SIDE LAMPS STATUS
U
20.2
S
4
R5
IP5-18
WASH / WIPE
CONTROL
NOTE: Headlamp Power Wash enabled when Side Lamps On.
27
U
3
5
OY
OY
GU
GU
O
2
1
GU
WG
IP16-4
WG
WG
JBS19
JB129-8
WG
GR
WASHER
GW
E
GR
WB
FAST WIPE
IP16-6
INTERMITTENT
WIPE
IP16-8
WB
JB172-2
I
WB
JB3-3
GU
GU
I
B
IP5-4
W
W
IP6-1
I
IP16-10
IP6-4
B
P
GR
61
CA86-5
II
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE
WB
WIPER PARK
IP16-7
B
IPS67 (LHD)
IPS69 (RHD)
RUN
WB
JBS26
IP16-9
PARK
JB63-3
WB
WB
JB3-13
WG
SLOW WIPE
IP16-3
JB63-4
G5AS
(G5AR)
G4AL
B
G10AL
IP6-5
IP16-1
INTERMITTENT SELECT
POWER WASH
PUMP
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
IP5-21
IPS22
IP16-2
II
B
JBS54
O
JB130-19
I
62
JB65-2
96
JB172-23
FLICK WIPE
B
JB65-1
HIGH SPEED
B
JB63-1
WG
WG
JB3-7
LOW SPEED
JB63-5
JB63-2
G37BL
(G36BL)
G14AR
WIPER SWITCH ASSEMBLY
WIPER MOTOR ASSEMBLY
WB
WINDSHIELD
WIPER MOTOR
RELAY
4
59
R1
GR
5
3
WB
WG
2
1
GR
II
61
II
(1)
GW
GW
JB35-33
F19 15A
63
II
JB35-34
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
GR
GR
JB129-7*
JB3-11
* NOTE: JB129-7 – early production vehicles.
1
13 Fig. 01.1
14
64 Fig. 01.2
1
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
12
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
O
(2)
JB109-1
NOTATION:
(1) Later production vehicles.
(2) Early Production vehicles.
WINDSHIELD WASHER
PUMP
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
43
II
JB109-2
VARIANT: Non Rain Sensing Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 13.2
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Pin
Description and Characteristic
PG
CA86-5
POWER GROUND: GROUND
COMPONENTS
I
IP5-4
INTERMITTENT WIPE INTERVAL: 1 = 0.5 – 4 kΩ; 2 = 4 – 14 kΩ; 3 = 14 – 24 kΩ; 4 = 24 – 34 kΩ; 5 = 34 – 43 kΩ; 6 = 43 – 57 kΩ
S
IP5-18
SCP –
S
IP5-19
SCP +
O
IP5-21
WINDSHIELD WIPER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, CIRCUIT SWITCHED TO GROUND
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE
CA86
CA87
IP5
IP6
JB172
23-WAY / GREY
23-WAY / GREEN
23-WAY / BROWN
23-WAY / WHITE
23-WAY / BLUE
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
—
—
ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
POWER WASH PUMP
JB65
2-WAY / GREY
BEHIND RH FRONT WHEEL ARCH LINER
SG
IP6-1
LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
POWER WASH PUMP RELAY
—
—
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R5
I
IP6-4
INTERMITTENT WIPE: B+ WHEN SELECTED
RAIN SENSING CONTROL MODULE
CA6
12-WAY / BLACK
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
I
IP6-5
WASHER SWITCH: WASHER ON = GROUND; WASHER OFF = B+
B+
JB172-1
I
JB172-2
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+
WIPER MOTOR PARK SWITCH: PARKED = GROUND; NOT PARKED = B+
B+
JB172-5
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+
O
JB172-23
POWER WASH PUMP RELAY DRIVE:
TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
RAIN SENSOR
RC15
3-WAY / BLACK
BEHIND REAR VIEW MIRROR
WINDSHIELD WASHER PUMP
JB109
2-WAY / WHITE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT RH FRONT
WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR RELAY
—
—
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R1
WIPER MOTOR ASSEMBLY
JB63
5-WAY / BLACK
BASE OF WINDSHIELD LH SIDE
WIPER SWITCH ASSEMBLY
IP16
10-WAY / GREY
STEERING COLUMN
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
CA10
22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
Location
BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
CA35
10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS
RH LOWER A POST
CA241
22-WAY / GREEN / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB3
14-WAY / BLUE / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
JB129
22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
JB130
22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G4
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G10
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G14
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G15
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G36
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
B+
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
D2
CAN Network
SCP Network
D2B Network
D
Serial and Encoded Data
V
Voltage (DC)
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Wash / Wipe System with Rain Sensing
OY
22
Fig. 13.2
Wash / Wipe System with Rain Sensing
B
JB172-1
O
23
B
JB172-5
Y
20.2
SCP
S
POWER WASH PUMP
RELAY
IP5-19
SIDE LAMPS STATUS
U
20.2
S
R5
IP5-18
27
WASH / WIPE
CONTROL
NOTE: Headlamp Power Wash enabled when Side Lamps On.
U
3
4
5
OY
OY
GU
GU
O
2
1
GU
WG
WG
IP16-4
WG
JBS19
JB129-8
WG
E
GR
WASHER
GW
GR
WB
FAST WIPE
IP16-6
WB
JB172-2
I
IP6-5
JBS40
JB3-3
GU
GU
I
IPS23
IP16-1
B
IP5-4
W
INTERMITTENT SELECT
W
IP6-1
I
IP16-10
IP6-4
B
P
61
CA86-5
GR
II
G4AL
G5AS
(G5AR)
WB
WIPER PARK
RUN
IPS67 (LHD)
IPS69 (RHD)
WB
JB3-13
HIGH SPEED
WG
IP16-9
B
JB63-1
WG
SLOW WIPE
IP16-3
PARK
JB63-3
WB
IP16-7
B
JB63-4
WB
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE
B
G10AL
WB
IP16-8
INTERMITTENT
WIPE
POWER WASH
PUMP
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
IP5-21
IPS22
IP16-2
II
B
JBS54
O
JB130-19
I
62
JB65-2
96
JB172-23
FLICK WIPE
B
JB65-1
LOW SPEED
JB63-5
JB63-2
CA230-15
G37BL
(G36BL)
G14AR
WIPER SWITCH ASSEMBLY
WIPER MOTOR ASSEMBLY
WG
I
CA6-7
U
U
RC15-3
CA35-3
I
CA6-10
G
G
RC15-2
CA6-1
W
W
O
WG
O
CA6-8
CA35-1
RC15-1
POWER
CA241-5
CA6-11
59
GR
GR
CA6-5
5
3
WB
WG
2
1
GR
WG** WR
CA6-3
60
II
CA241-6
O
WG
CA10-1
(1)
B
CA6-6
R1
GR
II
CA10-9
I
O
4
WB
CA6-2
GROUND
WINDSHIELD
WIPER MOTOR
RELAY
JBS26
CA10-21
WB
O
WB
WB
WB
I
RAIN SENSOR
GU
CA6-4
CA6-9
CA35-2
CA10-10
GU
I
GW
B
P
GW
JB35-33
F19 15A
63
II
JB35-34
CA6-12
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G15AR
G15AL**
RAIN SENSING
CONTROL MODULE
GR
GR
JB129-7*
JB3-11
** NOTE: WG, G15AL – early production vehicles.
* NOTE: JB129-7 – early production vehicles.
O
JB109-1
(2)
O
NOTATION:
(1) Later production vehicles.
(2) Early Production vehicles.
WINDSHIELD WASHER
PUMP
O
CA10-3
1
13 Fig. 01.1
14
64 Fig. 01.2
1
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
12
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
43
II
JBS48
JB109-2
VARIANT: Rain Sensing Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 14.1
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Pin
Description and Characteristic
I
CA86-16
SET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
O
CA87-17
GLOBAL CLOSE REQUEST: 20 ms PULSED SIGNAL
EXTERNAL ANTENNA
I
IP5-3
SG
IP6-1
LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
B+
JB172-1
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+
COMPONENTS
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH FRONT
FL3
FL9
8-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
LH FRONT DOOR
DRIVER DOOR ARM REST
DOOR SWITCH PACK – DRIVER (LHD)
FL1
20-WAY / BLACK
DOOR SWITCH PACK – LH REAR
BL1
8-WAY / BLACK
LH REAR DOOR
DOOR SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER (LHD)
FR10
8-WAY / BLACK
PASSENGER DOOR
DOOR SWITCH PACK – RH REAR
BR1
8-WAY / BLACK
RH REAR DOOR
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE
CA86
CA87
IP5
IP6
JB172
23-WAY / GREY
23-WAY / GREEN
23-WAY / BROWN
23-WAY / WHITE
23-WAY / BLUE
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY – LH FRONT
FL2
8-WAY / GREY
LH FRONT DOOR
WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY – LH REAR
BL2
8-WAY / GREY
LH REAR DOOR
WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY – RH FRONT
FR2
8-WAY / GREY
RH FRONT DOOR
WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY – RH REAR
BR2
8-WAY / GREY
RH REAR DOOR
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA15
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA16
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA20
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA25
14-WAY / NATURAL / REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
LH B/C POST
CA30
14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD
RH B/C POST
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G4
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G15
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
B+
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
D2
CAN Network
SCP Network
D2B Network
D
Serial and Encoded Data
V
Voltage (DC)
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Powered Windows: LHD
* NOTE: Remote Global Close –ROW vehicles only.
OY
22
EXTERNAL ANTENNA
(JAPAN, S. KOREA)
WG
B
JB172-1
W
I
IP5-3
BRD
BRD
CA417-2
REMOTE
GLOBAL CLOSE*
GLOBAL O
CLOSE
SET
B
B
B
CAS10
B
B
FLS1
CA15-2
G
FL3-5
CA16-5
I
CA86-16
WG
37
CA87-17
51
GLOBAL
CLOSE
GW
II
CAS22
WG
FL2-2
WG
CA15-10
FL3-7
KEY BARREL
SWITCH
RELAY
OY
FL2-7
FL3-6
G15AL
G15AR**
FL2-6
POSITION
SENSORS
MOTOR
CONTROL
U
B
B
LH FRONT DOOR
LATCH ASSEMBLY
GW
II
B
CAS10
G15AL
G15AR**
FL2-3
G5AS
(G5AR)
LH FRONT WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY
** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
REAR
WINDOWS
ISOLATE
CONTROL
FL1-15
B
CA15-2
G
IP6-1
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE
B
FLS1
FL2-8
FL2-4
52
SLIDING ROOF
CA417-1
CA416-2
I
14.3
W
CA416-1
REMOTE
GLOBAL CLOSE*
B
Fig. 14.1
Powered Windows: LHD
REAR WINDOW
ISOLATE
BW
O
BW
FL1-5
CA15-7
39
OY
RELAY
FR2-7
U
** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
U
FL1-12
LH FRONT
WINDOW
G
W
O
RW
B
B
CAS10
B
CA15-2
B
FLS1
R
Y
Y
FL1-2
RH FRONT WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY
CA30-1
CA15-11
Y
FL1-14
G4AL
CA25-2
R
FL1-1
RH REAR
WINDOW
B
CA20-2
FR2-3
Y
CA15-14
R
B
FRS1
FR2-8
O
FRS2
CA25-1
YB
FL1-10
B
FR2-4
R
CA15-13
YB
POSITION
SENSORS
MOTOR
CONTROL
W
O
RW
FL1-9
LH REAR
WINDOW
FR2-6
FRS3
CA20-6
CA15-6
FR2-2
WG
CA20-10
CA20-5
O
FL1-20
WG
W
W
CA15-5
GU
II
CA15-15
CA15-4
FL1-19
46
G
G
FL1-13
RH FRONT
WINDOW
U
CA15-1
CA15-3
CA15-12
CA30-2
36
OY
RELAY
BL2-7
G15AL
G15AR**
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
49
GW
II
B
B
B
FRS1
CA20-2
W
FR10-8
CA25-6
BL2-6
POSITION
SENSORS
MOTOR
CONTROL
R
FR10-3
B
BLS2
O
BL2-4
B
BLS3
BL2-8
B
B
CAS10
CA25-3
Y
FR10-7
G4AL
BL2-2
WG
WG
BLS1
G15AL
G15AR**
BL2-3
PASSENGER DOOR
SWITCH PACK
LH REAR WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY
** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
R
BL1-3
Y
BL1-7
BW
BW
38
CAS59
CA25-7
BL1-8
OY
RELAY
BR2-7
45
LH REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK
GU
II
WG
BR2-2
WG
CA30-6
R
BR2-6
MOTOR
CONTROL
R
B
BRS2
BR1-3
BR2-4
Y
BR2-8
BW
BR2-3
CA30-7
BR1-8
14
64 Fig. 01.2
1
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
12
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
B
CA30-3
B
CAS8
G4AR
BW
RH REAR WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY
RH REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK
13 Fig. 01.1
B
BRS4
Y
BRS1
BR1-7
1
POSITION
SENSORS
NOTE: Vehicles with Manual Rear Windows –
Rear Window Switches, Motors and associated wiring deleted.
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
VARIANT: LHD Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 14.2
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Pin
Description and Characteristic
I
CA86-16
SET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
O
CA87-17
GLOBAL CLOSE REQUEST: 20 ms PULSED SIGNAL
EXTERNAL ANTENNA
I
IP5-3
SG
IP6-1
LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
B+
JB172-1
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+
COMPONENTS
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH FRONT
FL3
FL9
8-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
LH FRONT DOOR
DRIVER DOOR ARM REST
DOOR SWITCH PACK – DRIVER (LHD)
FL1
20-WAY / BLACK
DOOR SWITCH PACK – LH REAR
BL1
8-WAY / BLACK
LH REAR DOOR
DOOR SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER (LHD)
FR10
8-WAY / BLACK
PASSENGER DOOR
DOOR SWITCH PACK – RH REAR
BR1
8-WAY / BLACK
RH REAR DOOR
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE
CA86
CA87
IP5
IP6
JB172
23-WAY / GREY
23-WAY / GREEN
23-WAY / BROWN
23-WAY / WHITE
23-WAY / BLUE
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY – LH FRONT
FL2
8-WAY / GREY
LH FRONT DOOR
WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY – LH REAR
BL2
8-WAY / GREY
LH REAR DOOR
WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY – RH FRONT
FR2
8-WAY / GREY
RH FRONT DOOR
WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY – RH REAR
BR2
8-WAY / GREY
RH REAR DOOR
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA15
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA20
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA21
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA25
14-WAY / NATURAL / REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
LH B/C POST
CA30
14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD
RH B/C POST
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G4
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G15
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
B+
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
D2
CAN Network
SCP Network
D2B Network
D
Serial and Encoded Data
V
Voltage (DC)
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Powered Windows: RHD
Fig. 14.2
Powered Windows: RHD
EXTERNAL ANTENNA
(JAPAN, S. KOREA)
OY
22
WG
B
JB172-1
W
I
CA416-1
REMOTE
GLOBAL CLOSE
I
IP5-3
BRD
BRD
CA417-2
REMOTE
GLOBAL CLOSE
GLOBAL O
CLOSE
SET
B
B
B
B
FRS1
CA20-2
G
FR3-5
CA21-5
I
CA86-16
WG
39
CA87-17
48
GLOBAL
CLOSE
GU
II
CAS22
G4AL
RELAY
OY
FR2-7
FR3-6
WG
FR2-2
WG
CA20-10
FR3-7
KEY BARREL
SWITCH
POSITION
SENSORS
MOTOR
CONTROL
FR2-6
U
B
FR2-4
B
RH FRONT DOOR
LATCH ASSEMBLY
GU
II
B
CA20-2
FR2-3
G5AS
(G5AR)
G4AL
RH FRONT WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY
** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
REAR
WINDOWS
ISOLATE
CONTROL
FR1-15
B
FRS1
FR2-8
G
IP6-1
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE
47
SLIDING ROOF
CA417-1
CA416-2
B
14.3
W
REAR WINDOW
ISOLATE
BW
O
BW
FR1-5
CA20-7
37
RELAY
OY
FL2-7
W
W
FR1-19
RH FRONT
WINDOW
O
U
G
RW
B
B
B
FRS1
CA20-2
LH FRONT WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY
R
Y
Y
FR1-2
G15AL
G15AR*
CA30-1
CA20-11
Y
FR1-14
B
CAS10
CA25-2
R
FR1-1
RH REAR
WINDOW
B
CA15-2
FL2-3
Y
CA20-14
R
B
FLS1
FL2-8
O
FLS11
CA25-1
YB
FR1-10
B
FL2-4
R
CA20-13
YB
POSITION
SENSORS
MOTOR
CONTROL
W
O
RW
FR1-9
LH REAR
WINDOW
FL2-6
FLS10
CA15-6
CA20-4
FL2-2
WG
CA15-10
CA15-5
G
FR1-13
WG
W
U
CA20-3
GW
II
CA20-15
CA20-6
FR1-12
50
G
O
FR1-20
LH FRONT
WINDOW
U
CA20-1
CA20-5
CA20-12
CA30-2
36
OY
RELAY
BL2-7
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
G4AL
49
GW
II
B
B
CAS10
B
B
FLS1
CA15-2
W
FL10-8
CA25-6
BL2-6
POSITION
SENSORS
MOTOR
CONTROL
R
FL10-3
B
BLS2
O
G15AL
G15AR*
BL2-2
WG
WG
BL2-4
B
BLS3
BL2-8
B
B
CAS10
CA25-3
Y
FL10-7
BLS1
G15AL
G15AR*
BL2-3
PASSENGER DOOR
SWITCH PACK
LH REAR WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY
** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
R
BL1-3
Y
BL1-7
BW
BW
38
CAS59
CA25-7
BL1-8
OY
RELAY
BR2-7
45
LH REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK
GU
II
WG
BR2-2
WG
CA30-6
R
BR2-6
MOTOR
CONTROL
R
B
BRS2
BR1-3
BR2-4
Y
BR2-8
BW
BR2-3
CA30-7
BR1-8
14
64 Fig. 01.2
1
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
12
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
B
CA30-3
B
CAS8
G4AR
BW
RH REAR WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY
NOTE: Vehicles with Manual Rear Windows –
Rear Window Switches, Motors and associated wiring deleted.
RH REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK
13 Fig. 01.1
B
BRS4
Y
BRS1
BR1-7
1
POSITION
SENSORS
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
VARIANT: RHD Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 14.3
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Control Module
I
Pin
Description and Characteristic
CA86-16
SET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
O
CA87-17
GLOBAL CLOSE REQUEST: 20 ms PULSED SIGNAL
O
CA87-20
VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 8000 PULSES PER MPH
COMPONENTS
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE
CA86
CA87
IP5
IP6
JB172
23-WAY / GREY
23-WAY / GREEN
23-WAY / BROWN
23-WAY / WHITE
23-WAY / BLUE
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH FRONT
FL3
FL9
8-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
LH FRONT DOOR
I
IP5-3
EXTERNAL ANTENNA
S
IP5-18
SCP –
S
IP5-19
SCP +
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – RH FRONT
FR3
FR9
8-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
RH FRONT DOOR
SG
IP6-1
LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
ROOF CONSOLE
JB172-1
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+
22-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
6-WAY / BLACK
ROOF, CENTER FRONT
B+
RC22
RC30
RC31
RC33
RC34
SLIDING ROOF CONTROL MODULE
RC14
10-WAY / GREY
ROOF CONSOLE
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA15
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA16
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA20
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA21
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA36
16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G4
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G15
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
B+
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
D2
CAN Network
SCP Network
D2B Network
D
Serial and Encoded Data
V
Voltage (DC)
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Sliding Roof
WINDOW CLOSE
14.2
14.1
Fig. 14.3
Sliding Roof
WG
WG
WG
WG
* NOTE: Roof Console without Printed Circuit Board.
59
O
B
RC14-1
53
22
OY
II
B
GLOBAL
CLOSE
JB172-1
CAS22
CA87-17
S
B
OPEN / DOWN
WG
CA36-6
WU
O
RC14-7
RC14-9
I
TILT / CLOSE
RC22-5
RC34-2*
Y
O
RC14-2
RC14-8
RC22-4
RC34-5*
IP5-19
VEHICLE
SPEED
SCP
Y
WG
WG
O
20.2
WU
20.2
U
B
S
IP5-18
VEHICLE O
SPEED
U
RC22-1
RC34-6*
U
CA87-20
CA36-2
I
RC14-6
P
** NOTE: Remote Global Close –
ROW vehicles only.
REMOTE
GLOBAL CLOSE **
B
I
IP5-3
B
SET / LOCK (LHD)
B
B
CAS10
B
B
FLS1
CA15-2
CA16-5
SLIDING ROOF
CONTROL MODULE
I
CA86-16
B
ROOF CONSOLE
CAS10
G15AL
G15AR***
GLOBAL
CLOSE (LHD)
REMOTE
GLOBAL CLOSE **
FL3-7
KEY BARREL
SWITCH
W
I
W
CA416-1
BRD
LH FRONT DOOR
LATCH ASSEMBLY
CA417-1
BRD
CA416-2
*** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
CA417-2
EXTERNAL ANTENNA
(JAPAN, S. KOREA)
B
SET / LOCK (RHD)
B
B
FRS1
CA20-2
B
CA36-13
FL3-6
G15AL
G15AR***
B
B
RCS1
*** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
G
FL3-5
B
RC14-10
G
FR3-5
CA21-5
I
CA86-16
GLOBAL
CLOSE (RHD)
FR3-6
FR3-7
KEY BARREL
SWITCH
G4AL
RH FRONT DOOR
LATCH ASSEMBLY
B
IP6-1
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE
1
13 Fig. 01.1
14
64 Fig. 01.2
1
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
12
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
G5AS
(G5AR)
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
SLIDING ROOF
MOTOR ASSEMBLY
VARIANT: Sliding Roof Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 15.1
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Audio Unit
Pin
Description and Characteristic
D2
ID1-1
D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT
D2
ID1-2
D2B NETWORK RECEIVE
PG
IP65-1
POWER GROUND: GROUND
B+
IP65-2
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+
O
IP65-3
LH REAR AUDIO +
O
IP65-4
LH REAR AUDIO -
O
IP65-5
RH REAR AUDIO +
O
IP65-6
RH REAR AUDIO -
COMPONENTS
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
ANTENNA MODULE
CA117
—
BEHIND LH E POST TRIM
AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES
SW4
6-WAY / BLACK
STEERING WHEEL
AUDIO UNIT
ID1
IP65
IP106
2-WAY / BLACK
20-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / COAXIAL
INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
CD AUTOCHANGER
CA301
CD2
3-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
TRUNK LH REAR
HEATED REAR WINDOW
ZA1
ZA10
—
—
REAR WINDOW
SPEAKER – LH FRONT
FL6
2-WAY / WHITE
LH FRONT DOOR CASING
SPEAKER – LH REAR
BL4
2-WAY / WHITE
LH REAR DOOR CASING
SPEAKER – RH FRONT
FR5
2-WAY / WHITE
RH FRONT DOOR CASING
SPEAKER – RH REAR
BR4
2-WAY / WHITE
RH REAR DOOR CASING
I
IP65-7
TELEPHONE MUTE SIGNAL
O
IP65-8
SECURITY SYSTEM GROUND SENSING: GROUND WHEN AUDIO UNIT INSTALLED
S
IP65-9
SCP +
S
IP65-10
SCP –
B+
IP65-11
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
O
IP65-13
LH FRONT AUDIO -
O
IP65-14
LH FRONT AUDIO +
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
O
IP65-15
RH FRONT AUDIO -
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA16
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE A POST
DRIVER SIDE A POST
O
IP65-16
RH FRONT AUDIO +
I
IP65-17
DIMMER CONTROLLED ILLUMINATION: PWM, 80Hz, GROUND = 0% DUTY CYCLE, B+ = 100% DUTY CYCLE
I
IP65-18
STEERING WHEEL SWITCHES: STEPPED RESISTANCE
CA21
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
O
IP65-19
D2B NETWORK WAKE-UP
CA25
14-WAY / NATURAL / REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
LH B/C POST
CA30
14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD
RH B/C POST
CA189
2-WAY / COAXIAL / AUDIO SYSTEM ANTENNA
LH LOWER A POST
CA230
16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
JB1
42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS
ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB129
22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G1
TRUNK / LH REAR
G14
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G37
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
B+
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
D2
CAN Network
SCP Network
D2B Network
D
Serial and Encoded Data
V
Voltage (DC)
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
In-Car Entertainment: Standard
NW
58
B
COAXIAL CABLE
IP65-11
YG
5
I
I
B
YG
B
IP106-J1
CA189-1
CA117-1
IP106-J2
CA189-2
CA117-2
CA115-2
Y
IP65-9
O
09.2
CA183-2
16.4
16.3
16.2
O
IP65-8
Y
16.1
I
LH FRONT
SPEAKER
IP65-7
D2B NETWORK:
“WAKE-UP”
O
20.3
O
UY
IP34-7
SW4-2
LH REAR
SPEAKER
IP65-19
UY
SW3-2
HEATED REAR WINDOW
ANTENNA
MODULE
I
R
FM
P
IP65-17
12.3
AM
CA183-1
S
IP65-10
TELEPHONE:
MUTE
I
COAXIAL CABLES
S
U
20.2
SECURITY SYSTEM:
RADIO REMOVED SENSING
6
IP65-2
20.2
RADIO ILLUMINATION
Fig. 15.1
In-Car Entertainment: Standard
I
IP65-18
FL6
-2
FL6
-1
BL4
-2
BL4
-1
FR5
-1
FR5
-2
BR4
-1
BR4
-2
CASSETTE
B
–
PHONE;
VOICE
+
B
VOLUME
SEEK
YG
SWS1
SW3-3
MODE
W
O
IP34-6
SW4-3
W
IP65-14
CASSETTE
Y
Y
O
AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES
W
CA16-1
CA230-5
IP65-13
CA230-6
Y
CA16-2
STEERING WHEEL
WU
O
ECM: GROUND
YG
03.2
YG
(2.5, 3.0 L)
JB1-24
WU
IP65-3
JB129-14
YU
YU
O
IP65-4
B
B
(2.0 L)
CA230-8
WG
IP65-5
YR
YR
IP65-6
CA230-10
WR
IP65-16
YR
YR
IP65-15
57
NOTE:
55
OY
BOF
D
2
20.3
20.3
BOF
20.3
20.3
BOF
D
ID1-1
BOF
D
2
CD2-2
20.3
YR
CA21-2
2
CD2-1
55 – Navigation vehicles.
57 – Non Navigation vehicles.
D2B NETWORK
“WAKE-UP”
CA230-12
B
CA301-2
O
WR
CA21-1
CA230-11
O
YR
CA30-13
WR
O
D2B
WG
CA30-12
CA230-9
O
G14AL
YU
CA25-13
WG
O
JBS55
WU
CA25-12
CA230-7
D
2
ID1-2
I
CA301-3
RH FRONT
SPEAKER
P
B
P
IP65-1
G37AR
G1AL
CD AUTOCHANGER
1
13 Fig. 01.1
14
64 Fig. 01.2
1
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
12
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
B
P
CA301-1
AUDIO UNIT
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
VARIANT: Standard ICE Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
RH REAR
SPEAKER
Fig. 15.2
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Audio Unit
Pin
Description and Characteristic
D2
ID1-1
D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT
D2
ID1-2
D2B NETWORK RECEIVE
PG
IP65-1
POWER GROUND: GROUND
B+
IP65-2
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+
O
IP65-3
LH REAR AUDIO +
O
IP65-4
LH REAR AUDIO -
O
IP65-5
RH REAR AUDIO +
O
IP65-6
RH REAR AUDIO -
COMPONENTS
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
ANTENNA MODULE
CA117
—
BEHIND LH E POST TRIM
AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES
SW4
6-WAY / BLACK
STEERING WHEEL
AUDIO UNIT
ID1
IP65
IP106
2-WAY / BLACK
20-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / COAXIAL
INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
CD AUTOCHANGER
CA301
CD2
3-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
TRUNK LH REAR
HEATED REAR WINDOW
ZA1
ZA10
—
—
REAR WINDOW
MID BASS SPEAKER – LH FRONT
FL6
2-WAY / WHITE
LH FRONT DOOR CASING
MID BASS SPEAKER – LH REAR
BL4
2-WAY / WHITE
LH REAR DOOR CASING
MID BASS SPEAKER – RH FRONT
FR5
2-WAY / WHITE
RH FRONT DOOR CASING
MID BASS SPEAKER – RH REAR
BR4
2-WAY / WHITE
RH REAR DOOR CASING
SUB WOOFER
CA124
14-WAY / GREY
PARCEL SHELF
TWEETER – LH FRONT
FL8
2-WAY / WHITE
LH FRONT DOOR CASING
TWEETER – LH REAR
BL5
2-WAY / WHITE
LH REAR DOOR CASING
I
IP65-7
TELEPHONE MUTE SIGNAL
O
IP65-8
SECURITY SYSTEM GROUND SENSING: GROUND WHEN AUDIO UNIT INSTALLED
S
IP65-9
SCP +
S
IP65-10
SCP –
B+
IP65-11
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
O
IP65-12
AMPLIFIER ENABLE
O
IP65-13
LH FRONT AUDIO -
O
IP65-14
LH FRONT AUDIO +
O
IP65-15
RH FRONT AUDIO -
TWEETER – RH FRONT
FR8
2-WAY / WHITE
RH FRONT DOOR CASING
TWEETER – RH REAR
BR8
2-WAY / WHITE
RH REAR DOOR CASING
O
IP65-16
RH FRONT AUDIO +
I
IP65-17
DIMMER CONTROLLED ILLUMINATION: PWM, 80Hz, GROUND = 0% DUTY CYCLE, B+ = 100% DUTY CYCLE
I
IP65-18
STEERING WHEEL SWITCHES: STEPPED RESISTANCE
O
IP65-19
D2B NETWORK WAKE-UP
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA16
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA21
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA25
14-WAY / NATURAL / REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
LH B/C POST
CA30
14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD
RH B/C POST
CA189
2-WAY / COAXIAL / AUDIO SYSTEM ANTENNA
LH LOWER A POST
CA230
16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
JB1
42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS
ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB129
22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G1
TRUNK / LH REAR
G2
TRUNK / LH REAR
G14
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G37
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
B+
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
D2
CAN Network
SCP Network
D2B Network
D
Serial and Encoded Data
V
Voltage (DC)
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
In-Car Entertainment: Premium
NW
58
B
COAXIAL CABLE
IP65-11
YG
5
I
B
I
YG
B
IP106-J1
CA189-1
CA117-1
IP106-J2
CA189-2
CA117-2
6
I
CA115-2
IP65-2
Y
20.2
U
20.2
CA183-1
S
O
CA183-2
I
TELEPHONE:
MUTE
16.4
16.3
16.2
R
12.3
LH FRONT
MID BASS
SPEAKER
LH FRONT
TWEETER
LH REAR
MID BASS
SPEAKER
LH REAR
TWEETER
O
IP65-8
Y
16.1
I
IP65-7
D2B NETWORK:
NETWORK “WAKE-UP”
O
20.3
IP65-19
W
IP65-14
UY
UY
I
IP34-7
SW4-2
FL6
-2
FL6
-1
W
Y
FL8
-2
FL8
-1
BL4
-2
BL4
-1
WU
YU
BL5
-2
BL5
-1
BR8
-1
BR8
-2
O
O
SW3-2
HEATED REAR WINDOW
ANTENNA
MODULE
IP65-17
SECURITY SYSTEM:
RADIO REMOVED SENSING
FM
P
IP65-10
09.2
AM
COAXIAL CABLES
S
IP65-9
RADIO ILLUMINATION
Fig. 15.2
In-Car Entertainment: Premium
IP65-13
W
W
CAS75
Y
Y
CAS76
CA230-6
W
FLS8
CA16-1
Y
Y
O
IP65-18
W
CA230-5
Y
FLS9
CA16-2
CASSETTE
WU
O
B
–
PHONE;
VOICE
+
SEEK
YG
SWS1
SW3-3
VOLUME
B
IP34-6
SW4-3
MODE
IP65-3
IP65-4
IP65-5
ECM: GROUND
YG
03.2
YG
(2.5, 3.0 L)
JB129-14
IP65-6
B
(2.0 L)
JBS55
IP65-15
YR
YR
BRS6
CA30-13
WR
WR
CAS77
WR
FRS5
CA21-1
YR
YR
YR
CAS78
CA230-12
WG
BRS5
YR
CAS56
WR
YR
O
G14AL
WG
CA30-12
YR
CA230-11
YU
BLS6
WG
CAS55
CA230-10
IP65-16
YU
CA25-13
WG
WR
O
B
YU
CA230-9
YR
O
JB1-24
WU
BLS5
CA25-12
CAS52
CA230-8
WG
O
STEERING WHEEL
WU
CAS51
YU
YU
O
CASSETTE
AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES
WU
WU
CA230-7
YR
FRS6
CA21-2
YR WG
YR WR
FR5
-1
FR5
-2
FR8
-1
FR8
-2
BR4
-1
BR4
-2
D2B
NOTE:
57
OY
55
B
CA301-2
BOF
D
2
20.3
20.3
BOF
RH FRONT
MID BASS
SPEAKER
ID1-1
BOF
D
D
2
CD2-1
55 – Navigation vehicles.
57 – Non Navigation vehicles.
2
20.3
20.3
BOF
D
2
CD2-2
ID1-2
YR
D2B NETWORK
“WAKE-UP”
O
20.3
RH FRONT
TWEETER
- ve
CA124-9
I
WR
CA301-3
NR
B
60
CA124-7
+ ve
CA124-10
YR
B
P
- ve
CA124-5
WG
CA301-1
+ ve
CA124-8
G1AL
YU
- ve
CA124-14
CD AUTOCHANGER
WU
+ ve
CA124-11
Y
- ve
CA124-12
W
+ ve
CA124-13
B
W
O
P
IP65-1
IP65-12
W
I
CA124-1
G37AR
G2AS
SUB WOOFER
AUDIO UNIT
1
13 Fig. 01.1
14
64 Fig. 01.2
1
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
12
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
B
P
CA124-2
CA230-2
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
VARIANT: Premium ICE Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
RH REAR
MID BASS
SPEAKER
RH REAR
TWEETER
Fig. 16.1
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Cellular Phone Control Module
Pin
Description and Characteristic
O
PH1-1
PHONE BATTERY CHARGING SUPPLY
O
PH1-3
PHONE ON / OFF (RESPONSE TO INCOMING AUDIO)
O
PH1-4
MUTE COMMAND
—
PH1-7
COMPUTER
—
PH1-8
COMPUTER
PG
PH1-9
POWER GROUND: GROUND
COMPONENTS
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
AUDIO UNIT
ID1
IP65
IP106
2-WAY / BLACK
20-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / COAXIAL
INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE
CD3
PH1
PH3
PH5
2-WAY / BLACK
32-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / COAXIAL
2-WAY / COAXIAL
TRUNK LH REAR
CENTER CONSOLE
SG
PH1-11
MICROPHONE SHIELD: GROUND
B+
PH1-12
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
HANDSET RECEIVER (ROW)
PP1
—
B+
PH1-13
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
JaguarNet GPS ANTENNA
PH5
2-WAY / COAXIAL
BEHIND LH REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL
B+
PH1-14
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
CD5
NA1
NA2
NA6
NA7
2-WAY / BLACK
26-WAY NATURAL
12-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / COAXIAL
20-WAY / BLACK
TRUNK LH REAR
ROOF CONSOLE
RC22
RC30
RC31
RC33
RC34
22-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
6-WAY / BLACK
ROOF, CENTER FRONT
I
PH1-15
JaguarNet ASSISTANCE REQUEST
O
PH1-16
JaguarNet ASSISTANCE CALL INDICATOR
I
PH1-17
MICROPHONE +
I
PH1-18
MICROPHONE -
D
PH1-20
TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA
D
PH1-22
TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA
I
PH1-23
D2B NETWORK WAKE-UP
—
PH1-24
COMPUTER
I
PH1-25
POWER GROUND: GROUND
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
IP70
22-WAY / BLACK
CENTER CONSOLE
I
PH1-26
TELEPHONE LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
TELEPHONE ANTENNA, BUMPER (ROW)
—
—
REAR BUMPER
I
PH1-29
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+
TELEPHONE ANTENNA, JaguarNet (ROW)
PH13
2-WAY / COAXIAL
PARCEL SHELF
I
PH1-30
AIRBAG DEPLOYED SIGNAL
I
PH1-31
JaguarNet INFORMATION REQUEST
O
PH1-32
JaguarNet INFORMATION CALL INDICATOR
Connector
Connector Description
Location
D2
CD3-1
D2B NETWORK RECEIVE
CA1
22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
D2
CD3-2
D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT
CA35
10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS
RH LOWER A POST
CA36
16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
CA241
22-WAY / GREEN / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
CA406
3-WAY / GREY / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
CA407
16-WAY / GREEN / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
CA414
16-WAY / BLUE / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
PH11
10-WAY / GREY / CELLULAR TELEPHONE LINK LEAD
LH LOWER A POST
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G15
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G39
TRUNK / LH REAR
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
B+
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
D2
CAN Network
SCP Network
D2B Network
D
Serial and Encoded Data
V
Voltage (DC)
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Telephone System: ROW
NR
51
Fig. 16.1
Telephone System: ROW
B
PH1-12
NR
52
B
PH1-13
YG
11
I
Y
28
B
II
20.4
B
PH1-14
PH1-29
BOF
20.3
D
2
CD3-1
20.4
BOF
20.3
D
2
CD3-2
D2B NETWORK:
“WAKE-UP”
O
20.3
TELEPHONE
ANTENNA
(BUMPER)
O
PH1-23
I
Y
I
NA7-13
Y
PH3-1
CA414-8
PH3-2
TELEPHONE
COAXIAL CABLE
I
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
Y
I
IP65-7
CAS49
CA241-8
Y
Y
Y
PH3-1
PH13-1
PH3-2
PH13-2
O MUTE
CA407-7
RU
O
NOTE: CAS49 – Navigation only.
AUDIO UNIT
RU
PH1-1
PH11-4
PP1-4
BG
BG
PH1-26
Y
I
IP70-10
Y
PH11-7
YU
PH1-3
PH11-8
YB
PH1-20
PH11-5
YU
PH1-22
G
RCS6*
RC22-12
RC31-2*
BRD
G
CA35-5
W
CA406-2
W
BRD
W
CA35-6
Y
MICROPHONE
RCS7*
ROOF CONSOLE
BRD
PP1-6
YG
W
PH1-11
Y
CA35-4
PH11-6
I
PH1-18
W
CA406-3
Y
RC22-11
RC31-1*
G
PP1-5
YU
D
TELEPHONE
PP1-8
YB
D
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
PP1-7
YU
O
CA1-19
G
TELEPHONE
ANTENNA
(WITH JaguarNet)
PH1-4
Y
CA406-1
YG
PH1-8
PH11-2
PP1-2
YR
I
YP
PH1-24
PH1-17
PH11-3
YB
* NOTE: Roof Console without Printed Circuit Board.
COMPUTER
PP1-3
YS
PH1-7
PH11-9
PP1-9
HANDSET
RECEIVER
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM:
AIRBAG DEPLOYED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
17.1
NR
NR
CA241-13
NR
CA407-1
COAXIAL CABLE
I
PH1-30
JaguarNet **
PH5-1
PH6-1
PH5-2
PH6-2
JaguarNet
GPS ANTENNA
YB
YB
I
PH1-31
CA407-2
O
O
INFORMATION O
PH1-32
CA407-3
PH1-16
CA407-4
PH1-15
CA407-5
INFORMATION
O
RC22-18
OG
RC22-16
CA35-9
YU
YU
I
RC22-17
CA35-7
OG
OG
ASSIST O
YB
CA35-10
YU
B
RC22-15
CA35-8
ASSIST
RC22-1
B
RCS1
B
CA36-13
B
CAS10
G15AL
G15AR***
ROOF CONSOLE
B
P
PH1-9
PH1-25
CELLULAR PHONE
CONTROL MODULE
1
13 Fig. 01.1
14
64 Fig. 01.2
1
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
12
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
** NOTE: JaguarNet components, wiring and circuitry – JaguarNet vehicles only.
B
P
*** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
PHS3
B
G39AS
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
VARIANT: ROW Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 16.2
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Cellular Phone Control Module
Pin
COMPONENTS
Description and Characteristic
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
AUDIO UNIT
ID1
IP65
IP106
2-WAY / BLACK
20-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / COAXIAL
INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE
CD3
PH1
PH3
PH5
2-WAY / BLACK
32-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / COAXIAL
2-WAY / COAXIAL
TRUNK LH REAR
HANDSET RECEIVER (NAS)
PH9
PH10
—
10-WAY / GREY
LH A POST
LH A POST
O
PH1-1
PHONE BATTERY CHARGING SUPPLY
O
PH1-2
HANDS FREE AUDIO TO PHONE
O
PH1-3
PHONE ON / OFF (RESPONSE TO INCOMING AUDIO)
O
PH1-4
MUTE COMMAND
I
PH1-5
MANUAL TEST DATA
I
PH1-6
PHONE BATTERY VOLTAGE
PG
PH1-9
POWER GROUND: GROUND
SG
PH1-10
ANALOG GROUND: GROUND
SG
PH1-11
MICROPHONE SHIELD: GROUND
B+
PH1-12
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
JaguarNet GPS ANTENNA
PH5
2-WAY / COAXIAL
BEHIND LH REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL
B+
PH1-13
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
PH1-14
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+
I
PH1-15
JaguarNet ASSISTANCE REQUEST
O
PH1-16
JaguarNet ASSISTANCE CALL INDICATOR
2-WAY / BLACK
26-WAY NATURAL
12-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / COAXIAL
20-WAY / BLACK
TRUNK LH REAR
B+
CD5
NA1
NA2
NA6
NA7
I
PH1-17
MICROPHONE +
ROOF CONSOLE
PH1-18
MICROPHONE -
D
PH1-20
TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA
D
PH1-21
TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA
D
PH1-22
TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA
RC22
RC30
RC31
RC33
RC34
22-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
6-WAY / BLACK
ROOF, CENTER FRONT
I
I
PH1-23
D2B NETWORK WAKE-UP
I
PH1-25
POWER GROUND: GROUND
I
PH1-26
TELEPHONE LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I
PH1-29
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+
I
PH1-30
AIRBAG DEPLOYED SIGNAL
I
PH1-31
JaguarNet INFORMATION REQUEST
O
PH1-32
JaguarNet INFORMATION CALL INDICATOR
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
IP70
22-WAY / BLACK
CENTER CONSOLE
TELEPHONE ANTENNA, BUMPER (NAS)
PH4
2-WAY
REAR BUMPER
TELEPHONE ANTENNA, JaguarNet (NAS)
PH12
2-WAY / COAXIAL
PARCEL SHELF
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA1
22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
RH LOWER A POST
D2
CD3-1
D2B NETWORK RECEIVE
CA35
10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS
D2
CD3-2
D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT
CA36
16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
CA241
22-WAY / GREEN / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
CA406
3-WAY / GREY / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
CA407
16-WAY / GREEN / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
CA414
16-WAY / BLUE / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G15
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G39
TRUNK / LH REAR
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
B+
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
D2
CAN Network
SCP Network
D2B Network
D
Serial and Encoded Data
V
Voltage (DC)
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Telephone System: NAS
NR
51
Fig. 16.2
Telephone System: NAS
B
PH1-12
NR
52
B
PH1-13
YG
11
I
Y
28
B
II
20.4
B
PH1-14
PH1-29
BOF
20.3
D
2
CD3-1
20.4
BOF
20.3
D
2
CD3-2
D2B NETWORK:
“WAKE-UP”
Y
I
NA7-13
O
20.3
O
PH1-23
Y
TELEPHONE
CA414-8
RU
O
PH1-1
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
PH10-3
BG
PH1-26
Y
I
IP65-7
CAS49
CA241-8
Y
Y
Y
O
PH1-4
CA407-7
MUTE
PH1-2
PH10-8
YU
O
PH1-3
NOTE: CAS49 – Navigation only.
AUDIO UNIT
IP70-10
Y
PH9-2
PH4-2
TELEPHONE
ANTENNA
(BUMPER)
PH10-1
Y
I
PH1-5
CA1-19
PH4-1
PH10-9
PH1-6
Y
PH9-1
Y
I
I
COAXIAL CABLE
PH10-2
WG
O
PH10-10
BO
PH1-10
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
PH1-21
G
G
RCS6*
RC22-12
RC31-2*
BRD
G
CA35-5
W
CA406-2
W
BRD
W
CA35-6
Y
MICROPHONE
RCS7*
BRD
YB
PH1-20
PH1-11
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM:
AIRBAG DEPLOYED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
17.1
NR
PH12-2
PH1-22
PH10-6
I
NR
CA407-1
PH9-2
TELEPHONE
ANTENNA
(WITH JaguarNet)
PH1-17
NR
CA241-13
PH12-1
PH10-5
HANDSET
RECEIVER
* NOTE: Roof Console without Printed Circuit Board.
ROOF CONSOLE
PH9-1
YU
D
Y
CA406-1
PH10-4
D
W
Y
CA35-4
I
PH1-18
W
CA406-3
Y
RC22-11
RC31-1*
G
COAXIAL CABLE
PH10-7
YG
D
I
COAXIAL CABLE
I
PH1-30
PH5-1
PH6-1
PH5-2
PH6-2
JaguarNet **
JaguarNet
GPS ANTENNA
YB
YB
I
PH1-31
INFORMATION
CA407-2
O
O
O
PH1-32
CA407-3
PH1-16
CA407-4
PH1-15
CA407-5
INFORMATION
O
RC22-18
OG
RC22-16
CA35-9
YU
YU
I
RC22-17
CA35-7
OG
OG
O
ASSIST
YB
CA35-10
YU
B
RC22-15
CA35-8
ASSIST
RC22-1
B
RCS1
B
CA36-13
B
CAS10
G15AL
G15AR***
ROOF CONSOLE
B
P
PH1-9
B
P
PH1-25
CELLULAR PHONE
CONTROL MODULE
1
13 Fig. 01.1
14
64 Fig. 01.2
1
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
12
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
** NOTE: JaguarNet components, wiring and circuitry – JaguarNet vehicles only.
*** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
PHS3
B
G39AS
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
VARIANT: NAS Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 16.3
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Cellular Phone Control Module
COMPONENTS
Pin
Description and Characteristic
O
PH1-1
PHONE BATTERY CHARGING SUPPLY
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
O
PH1-3
PHONE ON / OFF (RESPONSE TO INCOMING AUDIO)
AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES
SW4
6-WAY / BLACK
STEERING WHEEL
O
PH1-4
MUTE COMMAND
AUDIO UNIT
PH1-7
COMPUTER
ID1
IP65
IP106
2-WAY / BLACK
20-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / COAXIAL
INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
—
CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE
CD3
PH1
PH3
PH5
2-WAY / BLACK
32-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / COAXIAL
2-WAY / COAXIAL
TRUNK LH REAR
CENTER CONSOLE
—
PH1-8
COMPUTER
PG
PH1-9
POWER GROUND: GROUND
SG
PH1-11
MICROPHONE SHIELD: GROUND
B+
PH1-12
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
B+
PH1-13
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
HANDSET RECEIVER (ROW)
PP1
—
B+
PH1-14
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+
JaguarNet GPS ANTENNA
PH5
2-WAY / COAXIAL
BEHIND LH REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL
I
PH1-15
JaguarNet ASSISTANCE REQUEST
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
PH1-16
JaguarNet ASSISTANCE CALL INDICATOR
I
PH1-17
MICROPHONE +
I
PH1-18
MICROPHONE -
2-WAY / BLACK
26-WAY NATURAL
12-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / COAXIAL
20-WAY / BLACK
TRUNK LH REAR
O
CD5
NA1
NA2
NA6
NA7
D
PH1-20
TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA
D
PH1-22
TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA
ROOF CONSOLE
22-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
6-WAY / BLACK
ROOF, CENTER FRONT
D2B NETWORK WAKE-UP
RC22
RC30
RC31
RC33
RC34
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
IP70
IP136
IP137
IP138
IP139
22-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY
2-WAY
2-WAY
2-WAY
CENTER CONSOLE
TELEPHONE ANTENNA, BUMPER (ROW)
—
—
REAR BUMPER
TELEPHONE ANTENNA, JaguarNet (ROW)
PH13
2-WAY / COAXIAL
PARCEL SHELF
VOICE ACTIVATION CONTROL MODULE
PH2
22-WAY / GREY
TRUNK LH REAR
I
PH1-23
—
PH1-24
COMPUTER
I
PH1-25
POWER GROUND: GROUND
I
PH1-26
TELEPHONE LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I
PH1-29
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+
I
PH1-30
AIRBAG DEPLOYED SIGNAL
I
PH1-31
JaguarNet INFORMATION REQUEST
O
PH1-32
JaguarNet INFORMATION CALL INDICATOR
D2
CD3-1
D2B NETWORK RECEIVE
D2
CD3-2
D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT
Voice Activation Control Module
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Pin
Description and Characteristic
Connector
Connector Description
Location
I
PH2-1
MICROPHONE +
CA1
22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
SG
PH2-2
MICROPHONE SHIELD
CA35
10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS
RH LOWER A POST
B+
PH2-6
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II) (START / RUN STATUS)
CA36
16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
B+
PH2-8
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I)
CA241
22-WAY / GREEN / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
PG
PH2-11
POWER GROUND
CA406
3-WAY / GREY / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
I
PH2-12
MICROPHONE -
CA407
16-WAY / GREEN / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
O
PH2-14
D2B NETWORK WAKE UP
CA414
16-WAY / BLUE / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
B+
PH2-22
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
JB1
42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS
ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
D2
CD4-1
D2B NETWORK RECEIVE
D2
CD2-2
D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT
JB129
22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
PH11
10-WAY / GREY / CELLULAR TELEPHONE LINK LEAD
LH LOWER A POST
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G14
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G15
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G39
TRUNK / LH REAR
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
B+
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
D2
CAN Network
SCP Network
D2B Network
D
Serial and Encoded Data
V
Voltage (DC)
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
YG
03.2
ECM: GROUND
Telephone System with Voice: ROW
YG
(2.5, 3.0 L)
(2.0 L)
B
B
51
JBS55
JB1-24
NR
Y
B
Y
PH1-12
G14AL
52
NR
CA414-8
B
B
YG
SWS1
IP34-6
SW4-3
11
B
YG
I
JB129-14
CASSETTE
28
UY
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
NOTE: CAS49 – Navigation only.
B
PH1-14
Y
Y
B
II
PH1-29
CA407-7
Y
Y
CAS49
CA241-8
I
IP65-7
UY
SW3-2
PHONE;
VOICE
I
NA7-13
PH1-13
SW3-3
Fig. 16.3
Telephone System with Voice: ROW
IP34-7
SW4-2
D2B NETWORK:
“WAKE-UP”
CASSETTE
O
20.3
O
AUDIO UNIT
PH1-23
AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES
STEERING WHEEL
20.4
20.3
BOF
Y
Y
D
20.4
20.3
I
2
CA1-19
CD3-1
BOF
IP70-10
D
2
CD3-2
I
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
IP65-18
BOF
D
20.3
2
20.4
MUTE
ID1-1
BOF
D
20.3
2
Y
O
PH1-4
TELEPHONE ANTENNA
(BUMPER)
20.4
ID1-2
I
PH3-1
PH3-2
COAXIAL CABLE
I
AUDIO UNIT
50
NR
B
PH2-22
10
YG
I
PH13-2
RU
O
RU
PH1-1
B
PH11-4
20.3
BOF
D
BG
20.4
20.3
BOF
PH11-7
D
D
2
O
20.3
PP1-8
YB
PH1-20
PH11-5
PP1-5
YU
YU
PH1-22
O
PH11-6
PP1-6
PH2-14
YG
YG
PH1-8
G
RC22-12
RC31-2*
G
RCS6*
BRD
G
CA35-5
W
Y
MICROPHONE
RC22-11
RC31-1*
W
BRD
W
W
BRD
PH2-13
W
BRD
Y
CA406-1
PH2-3
PP1-2
YR
I
PH1-18
PH1-24
PH1-11
PH1-7
YP
COMPUTER
PH11-3
PP1-3
YB
Y
PH2-1
PH11-2
W
PH2-2
Y
CA35-4
G
PH2-12
CA406-3
Y
RCS7*
G
CA406-2
CA35-6
TELEPHONE
PH11-8
YB
D
D2B NETWORK:
“WAKE-UP”
YU
PH1-3
CD4-2
PP1-7
YU
O
2
CD4-1
D2B
PP1-4
BG
PH2-6
PH1-26
20.4
TELEPHONE ANTENNA
(WITH JaguarNet)
B
WR
II
PH13-1
PH3-2
TELEPHONE
PH2-8
25
PH3-1
YS
PH11-9
PP1-9
I
PH1-17
HANDSET
RECEIVER
* NOTE: Roof Console without Printed Circuit Board.
B
ROOF CONSOLE
P
PH2-11
COAXIAL CABLE
I
PH5-1
PH6-1
PH5-2
PH6-2
JaguarNet **
VOICE ACTIVATION
CONTROL MODULE
JaguarNet
GPS ANTENNA
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM:
AIRBAG DEPLOYED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
17.1
NR
NR
CA241-13
NR
CA407-1
I
YB
I
PH1-30
PH1-31
O
INFORMATION O
PH1-32
PH1-16
B
G39AS
13 Fig. 01.1
14
64 Fig. 01.2
1
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
12
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
CA35-9
*** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
RC22-16
YU
YU
CA35-8
B
RC22-15
ASSIST
RC22-1
B
RCS1
B
CA36-13
B
CAS10
P
PH1-9
PHS3
1
RC22-18
OG
OG
CA407-5
INFORMATION
ROOF CONSOLE
B
B
CA35-7
CA407-4
PH1-15
RC22-17
O
O
YU
I
CA35-10
CA407-3
OG
ASSIST O
YB
YB
CA407-2
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
B
P
** NOTE: JaguarNet components, wiring and circuitry – JaguarNet vehicles only.
PH1-25
CELLULAR PHONE
CONTROL MODULE
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
NOTE: Japan Vehicles with Voice Activation Control, refer to Fig. 16.7.
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
VARIANT: ROW Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
G15AL
G15AR***
Fig. 16.4
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Cellular Phone Control Module
Pin
COMPONENTS
Description and Characteristic
O
PH1-1
PHONE BATTERY CHARGING SUPPLY
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
O
PH1-2
HANDS FREE AUDIO TO PHONE
AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES
SW4
6-WAY / BLACK
STEERING WHEEL
O
PH1-3
PHONE ON / OFF (RESPONSE TO INCOMING AUDIO)
AUDIO UNIT
PH1-4
MUTE COMMAND
ID1
IP65
IP106
2-WAY / BLACK
20-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / COAXIAL
INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
O
I
PH1-5
MANUAL TEST DATA
I
PH1-6
PHONE BATTERY VOLTAGE
CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE
PH1-9
POWER GROUND: GROUND
CD3
PH1
PH3
PH5
2-WAY / BLACK
32-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / COAXIAL
2-WAY / COAXIAL
TRUNK LH REAR
PG
HANDSET RECEIVER (NAS)
PH9
PH10
—
10-WAY / GREY
LH A POST
LH A POST
SG
PH1-10
ANALOG GROUND: GROUND
SG
PH1-11
MICROPHONE SHIELD: GROUND
B+
PH1-12
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
B+
PH1-13
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
JaguarNet GPS ANTENNA
PH5
2-WAY / COAXIAL
BEHIND LH REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL
B+
PH1-14
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
CD5
NA1
NA2
NA6
NA7
2-WAY / BLACK
26-WAY NATURAL
12-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / COAXIAL
20-WAY / BLACK
TRUNK LH REAR
ROOF CONSOLE
RC22
RC30
RC31
RC33
RC34
22-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
6-WAY / BLACK
ROOF, CENTER FRONT
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
IP70
IP136
IP137
IP138
IP139
22-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY
2-WAY
2-WAY
2-WAY
CENTER CONSOLE
REAR BUMPER
I
PH1-15
JaguarNet ASSISTANCE REQUEST
O
PH1-16
JaguarNet ASSISTANCE CALL INDICATOR
I
PH1-17
MICROPHONE +
I
PH1-18
MICROPHONE -
D
PH1-20
TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA
D
PH1-21
TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA
D
PH1-22
TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA
I
PH1-23
D2B NETWORK WAKE-UP
I
PH1-25
POWER GROUND: GROUND
I
PH1-26
TELEPHONE LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I
PH1-29
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+
I
PH1-30
AIRBAG DEPLOYED SIGNAL
I
PH1-31
JaguarNet INFORMATION REQUEST
TELEPHONE ANTENNA, BUMPER (NAS)
PH4
2-WAY
O
PH1-32
JaguarNet INFORMATION CALL INDICATOR
TELEPHONE ANTENNA, JaguarNet (NAS)
PH12
2-WAY / COAXIAL
PARCEL SHELF
VOICE ACTIVATION CONTROL MODULE
PH2
22-WAY / GREY
TRUNK LH REAR
D2
CD3-1
D2B NETWORK RECEIVE
D2
CD3-2
D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Voice Activation Control Module
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA1
22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
CA35
10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS
RH LOWER A POST
CA36
16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
CA241
22-WAY / GREEN / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
Pin
Description and Characteristic
I
PH2-1
MICROPHONE +
SG
PH2-2
MICROPHONE SHIELD
B+
PH2-6
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II) (START / RUN STATUS)
B+
PH2-8
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I)
CA406
3-WAY / GREY / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
PG
PH2-11
POWER GROUND
CA407
16-WAY / GREEN / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
CA414
16-WAY / BLUE / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
I
PH2-12
MICROPHONE -
O
PH2-14
D2B NETWORK WAKE UP
B+
PH2-22
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
D2
CD4-1
D2B NETWORK RECEIVE
Ground
D2
CD2-2
D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT
G15
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G39
TRUNK / LH REAR
GROUNDS
Location
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
B+
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
D2
CAN Network
SCP Network
D2B Network
D
Serial and Encoded Data
V
Voltage (DC)
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
ECM: GROUND
Telephone System with Voice: NAS
YG
03.2
YG
JB1-24
B
JB129-14
B
YG
SWS1
SW3-3
NR
51
IP34-6
SW4-3
Y
B
PH1-12
CASSETTE
NR
52
Y
CA414-8
UY
UY
SW3-2
11
YG
28
Y
I
IP34-7
SW4-2
CASSETTE
AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES
I
NA7-13
B
PH1-13
PHONE;
VOICE
Fig. 16.4
Telephone System with Voice: NAS
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
NOTE: CAS49 – Navigation only.
B
PH1-14
II
Y
B
PH1-29
Y
Y
CAS49
CA407-7
CA241-8
I
IP65-7
STEERING WHEEL
D2B NETWORK:
“WAKE-UP”
O
20.3
O
AUDIO UNIT
PH1-23
I
IP65-18
20.4
20.3
BOF
BOF
D
20.3
2
20.4
20.4
20.3
CA1-19
BOF
IP70-10
D
2
CD3-2
BOF
20.3
2
I
2
ID1-1
D
Y
Y
D
CD3-1
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
20.4
ID1-2
MUTE
Y
O
PH1-4
TELEPHONE
AUDIO UNIT
NR
50
PH2-22
10
YG
25
WR
RU
O
B
PH1-1
PH10-3
BG
B
I
PH2-8
PH1-26
II
PH2-6
PH1-2
PH10-8
YU
O
20.4
BOF
20.3
PH1-3
D
20.4
BOF
20.3
PH1-6
D
O
20.3
PH10-10
BO
O
PH2-14
PH1-10
PH10-4
YB
D
RC22-12
RC31-2*
RCS6*
BRD
G
CA35-5
W
CA406-2
W
BRD
W
CA35-6
Y
MICROPHONE
RCS7*
W
BRD
W
BRD
I
PH12-1
PH9-2
PH12-2
TELEPHONE
ANTENNA
(WITH JaguarNet)
PH10-5
YU
D
W
PH9-1
PH1-22
PH10-6
PH1-11
Y
CA406-1
PH1-20
PH1-18
PH2-13
PH2-2
Y
CA35-4
G
PH2-12
CA406-3
Y
RC22-11
RC31-1*
G
COAXIAL CABLE
PH10-7
YG
PH1-21
G
TELEPHONE
ANTENNA
(BUMPER)
Y
I
D
G
PH4-2
PH10-1
2
PH1-5
D2B NETWORK:
“WAKE-UP”
PH4-1
PH9-2
Y
I
CD4-2
PH9-1
PH10-9
2
CD4-1
D2B
COAXIAL CABLE
PH10-2
WG
O
B
Y
I
HANDSET
RECEIVER
PH1-17
PH2-3
PH2-1
* NOTE: Roof Console without Printed Circuit Board.
ROOF CONSOLE
B
P
PH2-11
COAXIAL CABLE
I
PH5-1
PH6-1
PH5-2
PH6-2
JaguarNet **
VOICE ACTIVATION
CONTROL MODULE
JaguarNet
GPS ANTENNA
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM:
AIRBAG DEPLOYED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
17.1
NR
NR
CA241-13
NR
CA407-1
I
YB
I
PH1-30
PH1-31
INFORMATION
ASSIST
YB
CA407-2
O
O
O
PH1-32
PH1-16
YU
YU
I
PH1-15
RC22-18
OG
CA35-9
CA407-4
CA407-5
INFORMATION
O
OG
OG
RC22-17
CA35-7
CA407-3
O
YB
CA35-10
*** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
RC22-16
YU
CA35-8
B
RC22-15
ASSIST
RC22-1
B
RCS1
B
CA36-13
B
CAS10
G15AL
G15AR***
ROOF CONSOLE
B
B
PHS3
B
G39AS
1
13 Fig. 01.1
14
64 Fig. 01.2
1
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
12
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
P
PH1-9
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
B
** NOTE: JaguarNet components, wiring and circuitry – JaguarNet vehicles only.
P
PH1-25
CELLULAR PHONE
CONTROL MODULE
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
VARIANT: NAS Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 16.5
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Voice Activation Control Module
Pin
Description and Characteristic
COMPONENTS
I
PH2-1
MICROPHONE +
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
SG
PH2-2
MICROPHONE SHIELD
AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES
SW4
6-WAY / BLACK
STEERING WHEEL
B+
PH2-6
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II) (START / RUN STATUS)
AUDIO UNIT
PH2-8
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I)
ID1
IP65
IP106
2-WAY / BLACK
20-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / COAXIAL
INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
B+
PG
PH2-11
POWER GROUND
I
PH2-12
MICROPHONE -
ROOF CONSOLE
PH2-14
D2B NETWORK WAKE UP
B+
PH2-22
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
RC22
RC30
RC31
RC33
RC34
22-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
6-WAY / BLACK
ROOF, CENTER FRONT
O
D2
CD4-1
D2B NETWORK RECEIVE
VOICE ACTIVATION CONTROL MODULE
PH2
22-WAY / GREY
TRUNK LH REAR
D2
CD2-2
D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA35
10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS
RH LOWER A POST
CA406
3-WAY / GREY / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
JB1
42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS
ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB129
22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G1
TRUNK / LH REAR
G14
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
B+
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
D2
CAN Network
SCP Network
D2B Network
D
Serial and Encoded Data
V
Voltage (DC)
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Voice Control System
YG
03.2
ECM: GROUND
YG
Voice Control System
(2.5, 3.0 L)
JB1-24
B
B
SWS1
SW3-3
(2.0 L)
YG
SW4-3
IP34-6
B
B
JBS55
JB129-14
CASSETTE
G14AL
UY
UY
SW3-2
PHONE;
VOICE
SW4-2
IP34-7
CASSETTE
AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES
STEERING WHEEL
I
IP65-18
D
BOF
20.3
20.4
BOF
20.3
20.4
2
ID1-1
D
2
ID1-2
50
NR
B
PH2-22
AUDIO UNIT
10
YG
B
I
25
PH2-8
WR
B
II
20.4
20.3
PH2-6
BOF
D
2
CD4-1
D2B
20.4
20.3
BOF
D
2
CD4-2
D2B NETWORK:
“WAKE-UP”
G
RC22-12
RC31-2*
G
RCS6*
BRD
W
MICROPHONE
ROOF CONSOLE
RC22-11
RC31-1*
G
CA406-2
W
BRD
W
W
BRD
W
PH2-2
Y
CA35-4
I
PH2-12
CA406-3
Y
RCS7*
O
PH2-14
G
CA35-5
CA35-6
Y
O
20.3
Y
I
PH2-1
CA406-1
* NOTE: Roof Console without Printed Circuit Board.
B
P
PH2-11
G1BR
VOICE ACTIVATION
CONTROL MODULE
NOTE: Japan Vehicles with Voice Activation Control, refer to Fig. 16.7.
1
13 Fig. 01.1
14
64 Fig. 01.2
1
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
12
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
VARIANT: Voice Only Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 16.5
Fig. 16.6
COMPONENTS
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
CD5
NA1
NA2
NA6
NA7
2-WAY / BLACK
26-WAY NATURAL
12-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / COAXIAL
20-WAY / BLACK
TRUNK LH REAR
NAVIGATION GPS ANTENNA
NA12
2-WAY / COAXIAL
BELOW PARCEL SHELF, LH SIDE
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
IP70
IP136
IP137
IP138
IP139
22-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY
2-WAY
2-WAY
2-WAY
CENTER CONSOLE
TRAFFIC MASTER CONTROL MODULE
NA15
5-WAY / GREEN
TRUNK LH REAR
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
NA24
16-WAY / GREEN / NAVIGATION HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G37
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
G40
TRUNK / LH REAR
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Navigation System (except Japan)
Navigation System (except Japan)
NOTE:
54 – Vehicles with Navigation and CD Autochanger.
56 – Vehicles with Navigation only.
54
OY
56
B
NA7-1
YG
8
I
20.4
20.3
20.4
20.3
COAXIAL CABLE
B
NA7-11
BOF
NA6-1
NA12-1
NA6-2
NA12-2
D
2
NAVIGATION
GPS ANTENNA
CD5-1
BOF
D
2
CD5-2
D2B NETWORK:
“WAKE-UP”
O
20.3
O
NA7-3
Y
20.2
S
NA7-4
U
20.2
S
Y
NA1-7
TELEPHONE: MUTE
16.4
16.3
16.2
Y
16.1
GB
B
Y
NA7-14
NA24-1
IP70-4
U
I
NA7-13
YG
B
U
NA1-20
18
IP70-1
NA24-2
4
I
IP70-2
IP70-15
O
I
09.2
IP70-9
G
G
NA1-2
NA24-3
IP70-7
U
U
NA1-15
NA24-4
IP70-17
R
R
NA1-14
NA24-5
IP70-6
Y
Y
NA1-3
NA24-6
IP70-5
B
B
NA1-1
NA24-7
W
BRD
NA1-16
DIMMER-CONTROLLED
LIGHTING
W
IP70-18
W
BRD
NA24-8
W
IP70-8
B
P
IP70-12
B
P
NAVIGATION SCREEN
AND
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
NA7-2
G40BS
1
13 Fig. 01.1
14
64 Fig. 01.2
1
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
12
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
G37BR
NAVIGATION
CONTROL MODULE
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
VARIANT: NAV Vehicles except Japan
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 16.6
Fig. 16.7
COMPONENTS
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
CD5
NA1
NA2
NA6
NA7
2-WAY / BLACK
26-WAY NATURAL
12-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / COAXIAL
20-WAY / BLACK
TRUNK LH REAR
NAVIGATION GPS ANTENNA
NA12
2-WAY / COAXIAL
BELOW PARCEL SHELF, LH SIDE
ROOF CONSOLE
RC22
RC30
RC31
RC33
RC34
22-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
6-WAY / BLACK
ROOF, CENTER FRONT
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
IP70
IP136
IP137
IP138
IP139
22-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY
2-WAY
2-WAY
2-WAY
CENTER CONSOLE
TELEVISION ANTENNA AND AMPLIFIER 1
NA20
2-WAY
TELEVISION ANTENNA
TELEVISION ANTENNA AND AMPLIFIER 2
NA21
2-WAY
TELEVISION ANTENNA
TELEVISION ANTENNA AND AMPLIFIER 3
NA22
2-WAY
TELEVISION ANTENNA
TELEVISION ANTENNA AND AMPLIFIER 4
NA23
2-WAY
TELEVISION ANTENNA
VEHICLE INFORMATION ANTENNA AND AMPLIFIER
NA11
2-WAY
BEHIND RH E POST
VEHICLE INFORMATION CONTROL MODULE
NA9
10-WAY / NATURAL
TRUNK LH REAR
VEHICLE INFORMATION SENSOR
CA222
2-WAY
TOP OF INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA35
10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS
RH LOWER A POST
CA406
3-WAY / GREY / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
NA24
16-WAY / GREEN / NAVIGATION HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
NA25
8-WAY / COAXIAL / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO NAVIGATION HARNESS
BELOW CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G37
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
G40
TRUNK / LH REAR
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Navigation System: Japan
Fig. 16.7
Navigation System: Japan
NOTE:
54 – Vehicles with Navigation and CD Autochanger.
56 – Vehicles with Navigation only.
54
OY
56
B
NA7-1
YG
8
B
I
20.4
BOF
20.3
COAXIAL CABLE
I
NA7-11
NA6-1
NA12-1
NA6-2
NA12-2
D
2
NAVIGATION
GPS ANTENNA
CD5-1
20.4
BOF
20.3
D
2
CD5-2
D2B NETWORK:
“WAKE-UP”
O
20.3
O
NA7-3
GB
B
Y
20.2
NA7-4
U
20.2
Y
16.3
16.2
Y
16.1
Y
NA24-1
IP70-4
U
I
NA7-13
4
I
IP70-2
NA1-7
16.4
YG
B
S
NA7-14
TELEPHONE: MUTE
18
IP70-1
S
I
U
NA1-20
O
09.2
DIMMER-CONTROLLED
LIGHTING
Y
16.1
16.2
IP70-9
NA24-2
IP70-15
I
16.3
16.4
TELEPHONE: MUTE
IP70-10
G
G
RC22-12
CA35-5
BRD
W
CA406-2
W
BRD
W
CA35-6
CA35-4
NA24-3
IP70-7
U
W
NA2-12
Y
RC22-11
MICROPHONE
BRD
G
NA1-2
NA2-11
W
CA406-3
Y
G
G
U
NA1-15
NA24-4
IP70-17
R
Y
CA406-1
NA2-6
R
NA1-14
IP70-6
Y
ROOF CONSOLE
R
IP70-5
BRD
IP136-2
NA24-7
W
NA1-16
TV
ANTENNA
AMPLIFIER
1
IP70-18
W
BRD
W
NA24-8
IP70-8
NA21-1
NA25-3
BRD
BRD
IP137-2
NA21-2
NA25-4
B
TV
ANTENNA
AMPLIFIER
2
NA9-3
YG
7
I
G
B
NA9-4
G
NA2-1
NA24-12
IP70-19
U
R
R
NA11-2
VEHICLE
INFORMATION
ANTENNA
R
W
BRD
NA10-2
K
BRD
IP138-2
NA24-15
TV
ANTENNA
AMPLIFIER
3
IP70-22
NA2-10
W
W
BRD
W
NA9-7
NA2-3
BRD
W
W
BRD
NA24-16
W
IP70-11
IP139-1
CA222-2
NA23-1
NA25-7
BRD
NA25-8
IP139-2
I
NA23-2
NA8-1
COAXIAL CABLE
TV
ANTENNA
AMPLIFIER
4
NA8-2
NOTE: NAS4 – VICS vehicles only.
VEHICLE
INFORMATION
SENSOR
B
B
P
NAS4
NA9-5
VEHICLE INFORMATION
CONTROL MODULE
13 Fig. 01.1
14
64 Fig. 01.2
1
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
12
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
B
P
IP70-12
NAVIGATION SCREEN,
TELEVISION SCREEN,
AND
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
NAVIGATION
CONTROL MODULE
B
NOTE: Vehicle Information components and wiring – VICS vehicles only.
1
P
NA7-2
G37BR
G40BS
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
TELEVISION
ANTENNA
3
R
R
I
NA2-9
BRD
CA222-1
NA22-2
NA25-6
Y
NA2-8
NA9-2
VICS
ANTENNA
AMPLIFIER
IP70-21
NA22-1
NA25-5
BRD
NA24-14
Y
NA2-4
IP138-1
R
NA2-2
NA9-1
IP70-20
TELEVISION
ANTENNA
2
R
R
I
NA24-13
NA2-5
NA10-1
NA11-1
NA2-7
NA9-6
I
U
TELEVISION
ANTENNA
1
R
R
I
IP137-1
NR
NA20-2
NA25-2
B
NA1-1
49
NA20-1
NA25-1
BRD
NA24-6
B
BRD
IP136-1
Y
NA1-3
W
R
I
NA24-5
VARIANT: Japan NAV Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
TELEVISION
ANTENNA
4
Fig. 17.1
COMPONENTS
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
AIRBAG DEACTIVATED INDICATOR LAMP – PASSENGER
IP140
3-WAY / BLACK
Location
PASSENGER AIRBAG COVER
CURTAIN AIRBAG IGNITER – DRIVER
CA144
2-WAY / BLACK
DRIVER SIDE E POST
CURTAIN AIRBAG IGNITER – PASSENGER
CA145
2-WAY / BLACK
PASSENGER SIDE E POST
DUAL AIRBAG IGNITER – DRIVER
SW1
SW2
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
STEERING WHEEL
DUAL AIRBAG IGNITER – PASSENGER
IP36
IP37
2-WAY / BROWN
2-WAY / BLACK
INSTRUMENT PANEL PASSENGER SIDE
FRONT IMPACT SENSOR
JB93
2-WAY / BLACK
ADJACENT TO HOOD CATCH
SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER IGNITER – DRIVER
CA65
18-WAY / BLACK
DRIVER SIDE B/C POST
SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER IGNITER – PASSENGER
CA70
18-WAY / BLACK
PASSENGER SIDE B/C POST
SEAT BELT SWITCH – DRIVER
CA65
18-WAY / BLACK
DRIVER SEAT BELT
SEAT BELT SWITCH – PASSENGER
CA70
18-WAY / BLACK
PASSENGER SEAT BELT
SEAT POSITION SWITCH – DRIVER
CA65
18-WAY / BLACK
DRIVER SEAT TRACK
SEAT WEIGHT PRESSURE SENSOR – PASSENGER
WS18
3-WAY
UNDER PASSENGER SEAT
SEAT WEIGHT SENSING CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER
WS17
12-WAY
UNDER PASSENGER SEAT
SIDE AIRBAG IGNITER – DRIVER
AL1
2-WAY / BLACK
DRIVER SEAT BACK
SIDE AIRBAG IGNITER – PASSENGER
AD1
2-WAY / BLACK
INSTRUMENT PANEL PASSENGER SIDE
SIDE IMPACT SENSOR – DRIVER
CA215
2-WAY / BLACK
DRIVER SIDE LOWER B/C POST
SIDE IMPACT SENSOR – DRIVER REAR
CA140
2-WAY / BLACK
ADJACENT TO DRIVER SIDE REAR LOWER SAFETY BELT ANCHOR
SIDE IMPACT SENSOR – PASSENGER
CA216
2-WAY / BLACK
DRIVER SIDE LOWER B/C POST
SIDE IMPACT SENSOR – PASSENGER REAR
CA131
2-WAY / BLACK
ADJACENT TO PASSENGER SIDE REAR LOWER SAFETY BELT ANCHOR
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
CA10
22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
Location
BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
CA70
18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS
BELOW LH FRONT SEAT
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G4
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G15
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G37
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Advanced Restraint System
18
G
20.2
W
16.1
NR
II
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
TELEPHONE / VEMS: AIRBAG DEPLOYED
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
16.4
16.3
16.2
Advanced Restraint System
IP34-1
D
IP74-11
07.1
U
GECM: SEAT BELT AUDIBLE WARNING
07.2
O
IP74-6
IP74-1
CA10-5
G
IP34-9
DRIVER
DUAL AIRBAG
IGNITERS
SW2-1
STAGE
ONE
CASSETTE
B
N
JB93-1
CASSETTE
O
CA165-19
N
SW1-2
IP34-2
O
W
CA10-4
CASSETTE
B
O
IP74-19
W
JB93-2
SW1-1
STAGE
TWO
IP74-17
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER: AIRBAG WARNING
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
CASSETTE
G
IP74-12
IP74-22
FRONT IMPACT
SENSOR
IP74-5
B
IP74-2
SW2-2
IP34-10
CA165-20
CA165-3
RW
CA144-1
DRIVER
CURTAIN AIRBAG
IGNITER
W
DRIVER
SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR
BW
CA165-27
CA215-2
N
CA215-1
CA144-2
CA165-4
CA165-28
CA165-1
RW
RW
CA65-5
AL1-1
** NOTE: W – early production vehicles.
W**
PASSENGER
SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR
DRIVER
SIDE AIRBAG
IGNITER
U
CA216-2
BW
CA165-29
N
CA216-1
BW
CA65-6
CA165-2
AL1-2
CA165-30
CA165-31
WR
CA65-7
DRIVER
SEAT BELT
PRETENSIONER
IGNITER
W
DRIVER
REAR SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR
CA140-2
NW
CA165-13
N
CA140-1
CA165-14
IP74-13
W
PASSENGER
REAR SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR
CA65-8
CA165-32
CA131-2
RW
IP37-1
CA165-15
N
CA131-1
STAGE
TWO
CA165-16
BW
IP37-2
IP74-14
IP74-3
W
DRIVER SEAT
POSITION SWITCH
RW
IP36-1
CA165-23
CA65-2
H
U
STAGE
ONE
CA165-24
CA65-1
PASSENGER
DUAL AIRBAG
IGNITERS
BW
IP74-4
B
CA65-13
G15AL
G15AR*
(G4AR)
IP36-2
O
H
CA65-14
CA165-5
CA165-25
RW
CA145-1
DRIVER
SEAT BELT SWITCH
* NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
B
B
CAS96 (LHD)
CAS97 (RHD)
G4AR
(G15AL)
(G15AR*)
CA70-14
PASSENGER
SEAT BELT SWITCH
17
GR
II
B
BW
R
H
CA70-13
+
C
–
C
CA165-26
RW
NOTE: The CAN Network connecting the SRS Control Modules
is a local CAN Network. It is not part of Powertrain CAN.
WS17-E
RW
CA70-5
O
C +
BW
CA165-17
CA70-1
U
WS17-F
U
CA70-2
CA165-33
CA70-7
16
II
U
WS18-B
B
WS17-K
WS17-D CA70-4
PASSENGER SEAT
WEIGHT
PRESSURE SENSOR
1
13 Fig. 01.1
14
64 Fig. 01.2
1
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
B
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
75
E
O
IP140-1
IP74-15
O
BR
IP140-3
B
CA165-34
CAS96 (LHD)
CAS97 (RHD)
PASSENGER AIRBAG
DEACTIVATED
INDICATOR LAMP
B
PASSENGER
SEAT BELT
PRETENSIONER
IGNITER
CA70-8
P
IP74-16
G4AR
PASSENGER SEAT
WEIGHT SENSING
CONTROL MODULE
12
GR
AD1-2
GO
W
WS17-J
PASSENGER
SIDE AIRBAG
IGNITER
CA165-18
WS17-H
WS18-C
AD1-1
BW
CA70-6
CA165-22
C –
R
WS18-A
CA145-2
CA165-6
CA165-21
O
WS17-G
PASSENGER
CURTAIN AIRBAG
IGNITER
G37AR
RESTRAINTS
CONTROL MODULE
96 Fig. 01.6
E
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 17.1
Fig. 18.1
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Control Module
Pin
COMPONENTS
Description and Characteristic
B+
RB7-1
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
PG
RB7-3
POWER GROUND: GROUND
PARKING AID CONTROL MODULE
RB7
26-WAY / YELLOW
Location
SPARE WHEEL WELL
D
RB7-5
SERIAL DATA LINK
PARKING AID SENSOR – LH
RB1
3-WAY / BLACK
REAR BUMPER
I
RB7-8
TRAILER CONNECTED STATUS: GROUND = TRAILER CONNECTED
PARKING AID SENSOR – LH CENTER
RB2
3-WAY / BLACK
REAR BUMPER
I
RB7-9
REVERSE LAMPS STATUS: B+ = REVERSE LAMPS ON
PARKING AID SENSOR – RH
RB4
3-WAY / BLACK
REAR BUMPER
D
RB7-10
LH CENTER SENSOR SIGNAL DATA
PARKING AID SENSOR – RH CENTER
RB3
3-WAY / BLACK
REAR BUMPER
PARKING AID SOUNDER
CA136
2-WAY / WHITE
PARCEL SHELF
D
RB7-11
LH SENSOR SIGNAL DATA
O
RB7-14
PARKING AID SOUNDER +
O
RB7-15
SENSOR POWER SUPPLY: B+
O
RB7-16
SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
O
RB7-17
PARKING AID SOUNDER
Connector
Connector Description
Location
D
RB7-23
RH CENTER SENSOR SIGNAL DATA
CA129
12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO REAR BUMPER HARNESS
SPARE WHEEL WELL
D
RB7-24
RH SENSOR SIGNAL DATA
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G2
TRUNK / LH REAR
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
B+
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
D2
CAN Network
SCP Network
D2B Network
D
Serial and Encoded Data
V
Voltage (DC)
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Parking Aid System
YG
9
B
I
RB7-1
RU
+ O
RU
RB7-14
REVERSE LAMPS: ACTIVATED
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
08.3
REAR EXTERIOR LIGHTING:
TRAILER CONNECTED
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
08.6
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
20.2
GB
I
W
08.4
CA129-4
CA136-1
Y
– O
RB7-9
08.5
Parking Aid System
Y
CA129-5
RB7-17
CA136-2
PARKING AID
SOUNDER
I
RB7-8
W
D
RW
RB7-5
RW
RBS1
RB7-15
RB4-1
W
D
W
RB7-24
RB4-2
BG
BG
RBS2
RB7-16
RH
SENSOR
RB4-3
RW
RB3-1
WR
D
WR
RB7-23
RB3-2
RH CENTER
SENSOR
BG
RB3-3
RW
RB2-1
WU
WU
D
RB7-10
RB2-2
LH CENTER
SENSOR
BG
RB2-3
RW
RB1-1
B
B
CA129-8
P
WG
WG
D
RB7-11
RB7-3
RB1-2
LH
SENSOR
BG
RB1-3
G2AR
PARKING AID
CONTROL MODULE
1
13 Fig. 01.1
14
64 Fig. 01.2
1
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
12
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
VARIANT: Parking Aid Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 18.1
Fig. 19.1
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
COMPONENTS
Pin
Description and Characteristic
PG
CA86-5
POWER GROUND: GROUND
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
O
IP5-14
HORN RELAY DRIVE : TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
CABIN ACCESSORY CONNECTOR
IP24
3-WAY / BLACK
BEHIND GLOVE BOX
I
IP6-20
STEERING WHEEL HORN SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
CIGAR LIGHTER
IP42
2-WAY / ORANGE
ASH TRAY
JB172-1
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE
CA86
CA87
IP5
IP6
JB172
23-WAY / GREY
23-WAY / GREEN
23-WAY / BROWN
23-WAY / WHITE
23-WAY / BLUE
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R3
B+
Location
HORN RELAY
—
—
HORN SWITCH
SW6
2-WAY / BLACK
STEERING WHEEL
HORNS
JB87
2-WAY / BLACK
ADJACENT TO BATTERY
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
—
—
ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
ROOF CONSOLE
RC22
RC30
RC31
RC33
RC34
22-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
6-WAY / BLACK
ROOF, CENTER FRONT
TRUNK ACCESSORY CONNECTOR
CA146
3-WAY / BLACK
TRUNK LH REAR
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
CA36
16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS
Location
LH LOWER A POST
JB129
22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G1
TRUNK / LH REAR
G4
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G11
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G15
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G36
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
B+
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
D2
CAN Network
SCP Network
D2B Network
D
Serial and Encoded Data
V
Voltage (DC)
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Ancillaries
BG
SW6-1
Fig. 19.1
Ancillaries
BG
SW4-6
IP34-3
CASSETTE
HORN
SWITCH
OY
JB87-2
B
SW6-2
B
SW4-5
IP34-4
CASSETTE
B
IPS67 (LHD)
IPS69 (RHD)
G37BL
(G36BL)
STEERING WHEEL
B
B
JBS56
JB87-1
G11AR
OY
22
44
OY
OY
HORNS
B
JB172-1
B
IP42-2
BG
I
55
4
IP6-20
OY
5
3
OY
OY
O
B
IP5-14
2
CIGAR LIGHTER
24
JBS32
B
OY
II
R3
1
IP42-1
NOTE: IPS65 – LHD only.
OY
JB129-6
HORN RELAY
B
P
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
CA86-5
G4AL
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE
HORN
CIGAR LIGHTER
N
29
N
30
IP24-2
CA146-2
NG
1
NG
2
I
I
IP24-3
B
B
IPS66
IP24-1
B
CAS10
B
CAS9
CABIN
ACCESSORY
CONNECTOR
G5AS
(G5AL)
B
CA146-3
B
B
CA36-13
B
RCS1
G15AL
G15AR*
CA146-1
RC22-9
71
B
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
TRUNK
ACCESSORY
CONNECTOR
G1AR
OY
GARAGE DOOR
OPENER
RC22-1
ROOF CONSOLE
* NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
NOTE: IPS66 – LHD only.
ACCESSORY CONNECTORS
1
13 Fig. 01.1
14
64 Fig. 01.2
1
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
GARAGE DOOR OPENER
12
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
B
IPS65
G36AL
(G5AL)
Fig. 20.1
COMPONENTS
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM CONTROL MODULE
JB45
42-WAY / BROWN
Location
ENGINE COMPARTMENT RH SIDE
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE
JB197
42-WAY / BROWN
ENGINE COMPARTMENT RH SIDE
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (MANUAL, PANEL)
AC1
IP39
IP101
IP135
26-WAY / YELLOW
6-WAY / GREY
26-WAY / YELLOW
2-WAY / GREY
BEHIND CLIMATE CONTROL PANEL
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (AUTOMATIC, PANEL)
AC1
IP101
26-WAY / YELLOW
26-WAY / YELLOW
BEHIND CLIMATE CONTROL PANEL
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (REMOTE)
AC1
IP101
26-WAY / YELLOW
26-WAY / YELLOW
RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
IP22
16-WAY / BLACK
BELOW STEERING COLUMN
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.0L)
EN65
104-WAY / BLACK
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.5L & 3.0L)
EN16
134-WAY / BLACK
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
HEADLAMP LEVELING CONTROL MODULE
IP130
26-WAY / YELLOW
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
IP10
IP11
26-WAY / YELLOW
26-WAY / YELLOW
INSTRUMENT PANEL
J GATE ASSEMBLY
IP14
16-WAY / GREEN
CENTER CONSOLE
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
IP19
4-WAY / BLACK
STEERING COLUMN
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
JB131
37-WAY / BLUE
LOWER LH A POST
YAW RATE SENSOR
IP20
4-WAY / BLACK
BEHIND CENTER CONSOLE
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
JB1
42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS
Location
ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB130
22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G36
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
+
C
–
C
Y
(DSC)
(ABS/TC)
Y
(DSC)
(ABS/TC)
G
JB184-24
C +
+
C
C –
–
C
G
+
Y
C
JB45-24
–
(ABS)
–
Y
EN16-124
–
Y
EN16-123
Y
C +
JBS31
JB1-22
G
C
G
C
–
C
Y
C
JB131-33
G
JBS30
JB1-21
+
JB131-34
C –
–
Y
Y
IPS9
JB130-18
G
C
JB131-13
ENGINE
CONTROL MODULE
(2.5L & 3.0L)
+
–
G
C
IP19-4
YAW RATE SENSOR**
C
JB131-12
G
C +
Y
C
IP101-22
G
C –
–
Y
Y
IPS11
IPS52
G
C
IP101-10
C +
+
Y
C
IP14-9
G
IPS10
IP101-23
IP14-11
G
IPS51
C –
–
Y
IPS39
G
IPS38
IP14-12
C
+
C
–
IP10-17
G
C
IP14-10
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE
(AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
VEHICLES ONLY)
Y
STEERING ANGLE
SENSOR**
IP101-9
IPS8
JB130-16
+
IP10-18
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
J GATE
(AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
VEHICLES ONLY)
Y
Y
G
G
G
+
C
–
C
+
C
–
IP22-14
JB1-21
EN65-88
C
IP22-6
JB1-22
EN65-89
B
IP22-9
Y
C
IP20-2
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING
CONTROL MODULE
WR
II
IP19-3
G
C
JB45-40
+
+
IP20-3
G
C
B
** Yaw Rate Sensor and Steering Angle Sensor and associated wiring –
Dynamic Stability Control vehicles only.
HEADLAMP LEVELING
CONTROL MODULE*
(ABS)
Y
35
* Headlamp Leveling Control Module and associated wiring –
Automatic Headlamp Leveling vehicles only.
IP130-3
OY
IP22-16
NOTES:
IP130-2
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING /
TRACTION CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE
C
53
Y
JB197-40
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE
Fig. 20.1
Controller Area Network
JB197-24
G
JB185-40
+
Controller Area Network
CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK: LHD
ENGINE
CONTROL MODULE
(2.0L)
+
(ABS/TC)
(DSC)
Y
C
JB184-24
–
(ABS/TC)
(DSC)
JB185-40
+
C –
–
+
(ABS)
–
Y
EN16-124
Y
Y
JBS31
JB1-22
G
C
EN16-123
G
Y
C
C –
–
Y
JB130-18
G
C
JB131-13
JB131-12
Y
C
–
EN65-88
G
C
IP19-4
+
C
STEERING ANGLE
SENSOR**
Y
IP101-22
C –
–
C
IP101-10
Y
Y
IPS11
IPS52
G
IP101-23
G
IPS10
C +
+
G
IPS51
Y
C
IP14-9
C –
–
G
C
IP14-10
IP14-12
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
Y
IPS9
IP14-11
J GATE
(AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
VEHICLES ONLY)
Y
IPS39
G
IPS8
C
+
C
–
IP10-17
G
IPS38
IP10-18
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Y
IP22-6
Y
G
JB1-22
G
C
C +
IP101-9
G
JB130-16
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE
(AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
VEHICLES ONLY)
EN65-89
–
+
JB131-33
G
JBS30
JB1-21
C +
JB131-34
ENGINE
CONTROL MODULE
(2.5L & 3.0L)
+
IP19-3
YAW RATE SENSOR**
C
Y
C
IP20-2
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING
CONTROL MODULE
–
+
G
C
JB45-40
+
Y
C
IP20-3
G
C
** Yaw Rate Sensor and Steering Angle Sensor and associated wiring –
Dynamic Stability Control vehicles only.
HEADLAMP LEVELING
CONTROL MODULE*
JB45-24
–
* Headlamp Leveling Control Module and associated wiring –
Automatic Headlamp Leveling vehicles only.
IP130-3
(ABS)
Y
NOTES:
G
C
JB197-40
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING /
TRACTION CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE
C
Y
C
IP130-2
G
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE
+
C +
JB197-24
G
C
Y
IP22-14
G
JB1-21
B
CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK: RHD
ENGINE
CONTROL MODULE
(2.0L)
IPS67 (LHD)
IPS69 (RHD)
13 Fig. 01.1
14
P
IP22-4
B
IP22-5
G37BL
(G36BL)
1
B
64 Fig. 01.2
1
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
12
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
G37AL
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR
Fig. 20.2
COMPONENTS
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
AUDIO UNIT
ID1
IP65
IP106
2-WAY / BLACK
20-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / COAXIAL
INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
IP22
16-WAY / BLACK
BELOW STEERING COLUMN
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.0L)
EN65
104-WAY / BLACK
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.5L & 3.0L)
EN16
134-WAY / BLACK
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE
CA86
CA87
IP5
IP6
JB172
23-WAY / GREY
23-WAY / GREEN
23-WAY / BROWN
23-WAY / WHITE
23-WAY / BLUE
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
HEADLAMP LEVELING CONTROL MODULE
IP130
26-WAY / YELLOW
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
IP10
IP11
26-WAY / YELLOW
26-WAY / YELLOW
INSTRUMENT PANEL
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
CD5
NA1
NA2
NA6
NA7
2-WAY / BLACK
26-WAY NATURAL
12-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / COAXIAL
20-WAY / BLACK
TRUNK LH REAR
PARKING AID CONTROL MODULE
RB7
26-WAY / YELLOW
SPARE WHEEL WELL
RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE
CA165
IP74
40-WAY / BLACK
24-WAY / BLACK
UNDER CENTER CONSOLE
ROOF CONSOLE
RC22
RC30
RC31
RC33
RC34
22-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
6-WAY / BLACK
ROOF, CENTER FRONT
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
CA36
16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS
Location
LH LOWER A POST
CA129
12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO REAR BUMPER HARNESS
SPARE WHEEL WELL
CA230
16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
CA241
22-WAY / GREEN / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
CA414
16-WAY / BLUE / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
JB1
42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS
ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB130
22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G36
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Standard Corporate Protocol Network; Serial Data Link
Y
S
+
Standard Corporate Protocol Network; Serial Data Link
OY
53
B
IP10-22
IP22-16
U
S
–
Fig. 20.2
WR
35
B
II
IP10-23
IP22-9
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Y
S
+
Y
NA7-4
CA414-7
U
S
–
Y
CA241-9
U
NA7-14
CA414-6
U
CA241-10
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
Y
IPS31
Y
S
+
S
–
IP22-2
BOF
D
+
S
D
–
S
2
ID1-1
BOF
U
IPS32
Y
U
IP22-10
IP65-9
2
U
ID1-2
IP65-10
AUDIO UNIT
+
Y
S
IP5-19
–
U
S
IP5-18
STANDARD CORPORATE PROTOCOL NETWORK (SCP)
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE
W
W
D
W
D
IP74-11
IP22-7
RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE
W
D
W
W
RB7-5
CA129-9
W
IPS25
CA230-3
D
IP130-5
PARKING AID CONTROL MODULE
HEADLAMP LEVELING CONTROL MODULE
W
W
D
EN16-105 (2.5, 3.0 L)
EN65-39 (2.0 L)
W
W
JB130-4
JB1-20
W
CA230-4
W
CA36-9
D
RC22-8
RC33-3*
* NOTE: Roof Console without Printed Circuit Board.
B
INTRUSION SENSOR
IPS67 (LHD)
IPS69 (RHD)
ROOF CONSOLE
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
13 Fig. 01.1
14
64 Fig. 01.2
1
I
P
IP22-4
B
IP22-5
G37BL
(G36BL)
G37AL
SERIAL DATA LINK
1
B
11 Fig. 01.3
I
12
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR
Fig. 20.3
COMPONENTS
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
AUDIO UNIT
ID1
IP65
IP106
2-WAY / BLACK
20-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / COAXIAL
INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
CD AUTOCHANGER
CA301
CD2
3-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
TRUNK LH REAR
CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE
CD3
PH1
PH3
PH5
2-WAY / BLACK
32-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / COAXIAL
2-WAY / COAXIAL
TRUNK LH REAR
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
CD5
NA1
NA2
NA6
NA7
2-WAY / BLACK
26-WAY NATURAL
12-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / COAXIAL
20-WAY / BLACK
TRUNK LH REAR
VOICE ACTIVATION CONTROL MODULE
PH2
22-WAY / GREY
TRUNK LH REAR
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA241
22-WAY / GREEN / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
CA407
16-WAY / GREEN / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
CA414
16-WAY / BLUE / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
CD1
2-WAY / BLACK / FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR
LH LOWER A POST
CD6
2-WAY / BLACK / FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR
TRUNK LH REAR
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
D2B Network: Part 1
BOF
D
BOF
BOF
D
2
2
ID1-1
CD1-1
BOF
D
CD6-1
BOF
CD2-1
BOF
D
2
2
ID1-2
O
O
Fig. 20.3
D2B Network: Part 1
CD1-2
CD6-2
CD2-2
AUDIO UNIT
CD AUTOCHANGER
PH2-14
VOICE ACTIVATION
CONTROL MODULE
BOF
D
BOF
BOF
D
2
2
ID1-1
O
O
O
PHS5
CA407-12
O
O
IP65-19
O
CAS45
BOF
CD3-1
BOF
D
2
ID1-2
CELLULAR PHONE
CONTROL MODULE
O
CA241-11
CD6-1
2
PH1-23
NOTE: PHS5 – Voice only.
BOF
D
O
CD1-1
CD1-2
CD6-2
CD3-2
AUDIO UNIT
CELLULAR PHONE
CONTROL MODULE
O
CA301-3
BOF
D
BOF
BOF
D
2
2
ID1-1
CD AUTOCHANGER
CD1-1
BOF
D
CD6-1
BOF
CD4-1
BOF
D
2
2
ID1-2
AUDIO UNIT
O
O
CA414-5
O
CD1-2
CD6-2
CD4-2
AUDIO UNIT
VOICE
CONTROL MODULE
NA7-3
NAVIGATION
CONTROL MODULE
BOF
D
BOF
BOF
D
2
2
ID1-1
CD1-1
BOF
D
CD6-1
BOF
CD5-1
BOF
D
2
2
ID1-2
CD1-2
CD6-2
CD5-2
AUDIO UNIT
TWO-MODULE NETWORKS
D2B NETWORK “WAKE-UP”
BOF
D
BOF
BOF
D
2
2
ID1-1
CD1-1
CD6-1
BOF
D
D
2
2
CD2-1
CD2-2
BOF
D
BOF
D
2
BOF
BOF
2
ID1-1
CD1-1
CD6-1
BOF
D
D
2
CD2-1
2
CD2-2
BOF
D
BOF
D
2
CD5-1
CD5-2
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
CD AUTOCHANGER
CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE
BOF
2
BOF
2
ID1-2
CD1-2
CD6-2
ID1-2
CD1-2
CD6-2
AUDIO UNIT
AUDIO UNIT
BOF
D
BOF
BOF
D
2
2
ID1-1
CD1-1
BOF
D
CD6-1
BOF
BOF
D
D
2
2
CD2-1
CD2-2
CD AUTOCHANGER
BOF
D
BOF
D
2
BOF
BOF
D
2
CD4-2
CD4-1
2
ID1-1
VOICE CONTROL MODULE
CD1-1
BOF
D
2
CD6-1
BOF
BOF
BOF
D
D
2
CD3-1
2
CD3-2
D
2
CD5-1
CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE
CD5-2
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
2
ID1-2
CD1-2
CD6-2
ID1-2
CD1-2
CD6-2
AUDIO UNIT
AUDIO UNIT
BOF
D
BOF
BOF
D
2
2
ID1-1
CD1-1
BOF
D
CD6-1
BOF
BOF
D
BOF
D
2
2
CD3-1
CD3-2
D
CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE
BOF
D
2
BOF
BOF
2
ID1-1
VOICE CONTROL MODULE
CD1-1
BOF
D
CD6-1
BOF
BOF
BOF
D
D
2
CD4-1
2
CD4-2
D
2
CD5-1
VOICE CONTROL MODULE
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
2
ID1-2
CD1-2
CD6-2
ID1-2
CD1-2
CD6-2
AUDIO UNIT
AUDIO UNIT
THREE-MODULE NETWORKS
13 Fig. 01.1
D
2
CD4-2
CD4-1
2
1
D
2
CD3-2
CD3-1
CD AUTOCHANGER
BOF
D
NAVIGATION
CONTROL MODULE
14
64 Fig. 01.2
1
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
NOTE: Figs. 20.3 and 20.4 show all possible combinations of D2B Networks.
12
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
CD5-2
Fig. 20.4
COMPONENTS
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
AUDIO UNIT
ID1
IP65
IP106
2-WAY / BLACK
20-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / COAXIAL
INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
CD AUTOCHANGER
CA301
CD2
3-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
TRUNK LH REAR
CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE
CD3
PH1
PH3
PH5
2-WAY / BLACK
32-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / COAXIAL
2-WAY / COAXIAL
TRUNK LH REAR
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
CD5
NA1
NA2
NA6
NA7
2-WAY / BLACK
26-WAY NATURAL
12-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / COAXIAL
20-WAY / BLACK
TRUNK LH REAR
VOICE ACTIVATION CONTROL MODULE
PH2
22-WAY / GREY
TRUNK LH REAR
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CD1
2-WAY / BLACK / FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR
LH LOWER A POST
CD6
2-WAY / BLACK / FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR
TRUNK LH REAR
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
D2B Network: Part 2
BOF
D
BOF
BOF
D
2
2
ID1-1
CD1-1
BOF
D
CD6-1
BOF
BOF
D
2
CD2-2
BOF
D
D
2
CD3-1
CD AUTOCHANGER
BOF
D
2
CD2-1
D2B Network: Part 2
2
CD3-2
D
2
CD5-1
CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE
CD5-2
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
2
ID1-2
CD1-2
CD6-2
AUDIO UNIT
BOF
D
BOF
BOF
D
2
2
ID1-1
CD1-1
BOF
D
CD6-1
BOF
BOF
D
D
2
CD2-1
2
CD2-2
CD AUTOCHANGER
BOF
BOF
D
D
2
CD4-1
2
CD4-2
D
2
CD5-1
VOICE CONTROL MODULE
CD5-2
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
2
ID1-2
CD1-2
CD6-2
AUDIO UNIT
BOF
D
BOF
BOF
D
2
2
ID1-1
CD1-1
BOF
D
CD6-1
BOF
BOF
BOF
D
D
2
CD3-1
2
CD3-2
CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE
BOF
D
D
2
CD4-1
2
CD4-2
D
2
CD5-1
VOICE CONTROL MODULE
CD5-2
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
2
ID1-2
CD1-2
CD6-2
AUDIO UNIT
BOF
D
BOF
BOF
D
2
2
ID1-1
CD1-1
BOF
D
CD6-1
BOF
BOF
D
2
CD2-2
BOF
D
D
2
CD3-1
CD AUTOCHANGER
BOF
D
2
DC2-1
2
CD3-2
D
2
CD4-1
CD4-2
CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE
VOICE CONTROL MODULE
2
ID1-2
CD1-2
CD6-2
AUDIO UNIT
FOUR-MODULE NETWORKS
BOF
D
BOF
BOF
D
2
2
ID1-1
CD1-1
BOF
D
CD6-1
BOF
BOF
D
2
CD2-2
CD AUTOCHANGER
BOF
D
2
CD2-1
BOF
D
D
2
CD3-1
2
CD3-2
BOF
D
2
CD4-2
CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE
D
2
CD4-1
VOICE CONTROL MODULE
CD5-1
D
2
CD5-2
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
2
ID1-2
CD1-2
CD6-2
AUDIO UNIT
NOTES:
FIVE-MODULE NETWORK
Figs. 20.3 and 20.4 show all possible combinations of D2B Networks.
Network “Wake-Up” Circuit – refer to Fig. 20.3.
D2B Network Diagnostics – refer to Fig. 20.2.
1
13 Fig. 01.1
14
64 Fig. 01.2
1
I
11 Fig. 01.3
I
12
II
63 Fig. 01.4
II
64
B
74 Fig. 01.5
B
75
E
96 Fig. 01.6
E
I Input
B
Battery Voltage
+
O Output
P Power Ground
+ Sensor/Signal Supply V
– Sensor/Signal Ground
C CAN
D
D2B Network
S SCP
D
Serial and Encoded Data
2
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 20.4
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Appendix
This Appendix contains a listing of CAN and SCP Network messages.
The following acronyms and abbreviations are used throughout this section:
A/C
ABS
ABSCM
ABS/TCCM
A/CCM
ACK
AIRCON
AT Cmd
AUDIO
BIT
BYTE
°C
CAL
CAN
CID
CM
CONFIG
D2B OPC
D2B
DIAG
DSCCM
DTC
ECM
°F
FL
FR
Gateway
GECM
HLCM
IC
IDB
JGM
Lb. Ft.
LED
m
MIL
ml
ms
MSG
NCM
Nm
OBD
OBD II
ODO
Oz
PATS
PECUS
POS
PTT
RCC
RL
RPM
RR
SCP
SMS
STM
SWS
TCM
VEMS
WDS
YRS
Air Conditioning
Anti-Lock Braking System
Anti-Lock Braking System Control Module
Anti-Lock Braking / Traction Control Control Module
Air Conditioning Control Module
Acknowledge
Climate Control
Commands for configuring and controlling telecommunication devices
Audio Unit
Smallest element of data code (1 or 0)
Grouping of 8 bits (one alphanumeric character)
Degrees Centigrade
Calibrate
Controller Area Network
CAN Identifier
Control Module
Configure
Instructions for translating and routing data for D2B use
Fiber Optic Network
Diagnostics
Dynamic Stability Control Control Module
Diagnostic Trouble Code
Engine Control Module
Degrees Fahrenheit
Front Left
Front Right
Device that converts messages between different types of networks
General Electronic Control Module
Headlight Leveling Control Module
Instrument Cluster
Identification Byte
J Gate Module
Pound Feet (Measure of Torque)
Light Emitting Diode
Meter (length)
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Milliliter
Millisecond
Message
Navigation Control Module
Newton Meter (Measure of Torque)
On-Board Diagnostics
On-Board Diagnostics II
Odometer
Ounce
Passive Anti-Theft System
Programmable Electronic Control Units System
Positive (+)
Push to Talk
Climate Control
Rear Left
Revolutions Per Minute
Rear Right
Standard Corporate Protocol Network
Short Message Service for Mobile Communications
Switch to Test Mode
Steering Wheel Angle Sensor
Transmission Control Module
JaguarNet
World Diagnostic System
Yaw Rate Sensor
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
i
ii
IC
IC
AUDIO
GECM
All park lamp status: OFF
All park lamp status: ON
All turn lamp Command: OFF
All turn lamp Command: ON
Cellular phone in use: NO (False)
Cellular phone in use: YES (True)
Trunk lid ajar switch: ACTIVE
Trunk lid ajar switch: INACTIVE
Display access confirmation status: ACCEPT
Display access confirmation status: REJECT
Display access display string: Clear Display
Display access display string: Clear Display
Display access display string: Overwrite Display
Display access display string: Overwrite Display
Display access terminate command
Display access terminate command
Download block to display command
Download block to display command
Driver’s front door ajar switch status: ACTIVE
Driver’s front door ajar switch status: INACTIVE
Driver’s rear door ajar switch status: ACTIVE
Driver’s rear door ajar switch status: INACTIVE
Gateway A/CCM to Display
Gateway A/CCM to Voice
Gateway Audio to NCM
Gateway Audio to NCM (Multiframe)
Gateway Display to A/CCM command
Gateway NCM to Audio
Gateway NCM to Phone: AT Cmd frame 1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
NCM
NCM
NCM
AUDIO
AUDIO
IC
IC
GECM
GECM
GECM
GECM
NCM
AUDIO
NCM
AUDIO
NCM
AUDIO
NCM
AUDIO
IC
IC
GECM
AUDIO
GECM
GECM
IC
All headlamp status: ON
IC
All headlamp status: OFF
Source
1
Message Name
2
No.
X
X
X
X
GECM
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
IC
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
NCM
Receivers
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
AUDIO
Appendix
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
SCP Message Matrix
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
NCM
IC
IC
Gateway NCM to Phone: D2B OPC frame 1
Gateway NCM to Phone: D2B OPC frame 2
Gateway NCM to SMS: SMS Data frame 1
Gateway NCM to SMS: SMS Data frame 2
Gateway NCM to VEMS: AT Cmd frame 1
Gateway NCM to VEMS: AT Cmd frame 2
Gateway NCM to VEMS: D2B OPC frame 1
Gateway NCM to VEMS: D2B OPC frame 2
Gateway NCM to Voice
Gateway Phone to NCM: AT Cmd frame 1
Gateway Phone to NCM: AT Cmd frame 2
Gateway Phone to NCM: D2B OPC frame 1
Gateway Phone to NCM: D2B OPC frame 2
Gateway SMS to NCM: SMS Data frame 1
Gateway SMS to NCM: SMS Data frame 2
Gateway VEMS to NCM: AT Cmd frame 1
Gateway VEMS to NCM: AT Cmd frame 2
Gateway VEMS to NCM: D2B OPC frame 1
Gateway VEMS to NCM: D2B OPC frame 2
Gateway voice to A/CCM command
Gateway voice to NCM
Hood ajar switch: ACTIVE
Hood ajar switch: INACTIVE
Ignition switch position w/initialize status: NO
Ignition switch position w/initialize status: YES
Left side turn signal Command: OFF
Left side turn signal Command: ON
Low fuel level status: NO
Low fuel level status: YES
Low washer fluid warning: OFF
33
34
35
36
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
IC
GECM
GECM
IC
IC
GECM
GECM
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
NCM
NCM
NCM
NCM
NCM
NCM
NCM
NCM
NCM
Gateway NCM to Phone: AT Cmd frame 2
32
Source
Message Name
No.
X
X
X
GECM
X
X
X
X
X
IC
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
NCM
Receivers
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
AUDIO
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Appendix
SCP Message Matrix
iii
iv
IC
IC
Network bus wake-up Command: YES (True)
Network bus wake-up Command: YES (True)
Odometer rolling count status
Parking brake switch status: ACTIVE
Parking brake switch status: INACTIVE
Passenger’s front door ajar switch status: ACTIVE
Passenger’s front door ajar switch status: INACTIVE
Passenger’s rear door ajar switch status: ACTIVE
Passenger’s rear door ajar switch status: INACTIVE
Remote control button status: Button 7 (PTT) ACTIVE
Remote control button status: Button 6 (VOL+) ACTIVE
Remote control button status: Button 5 (VOL-) ACTIVE
Remote control button status: Button 4 (Select) ACTIVE
Remote control button status: Button 3 (Seek UP) ACTIVE
Remote control button status: Button 2 (Seek DOWN) ACTIVE
Remote control button status: All buttons INACTIVE
Request all headlamp status
Request all headlamp status
Request all park lamp status
Request all park lamp status
Request all park lamp status
Request trunk ajar switch status
Request trunk ajar switch status
Request driver’s front door ajar switch status
Request driver’s front door ajar switch status
Request driver’s rear door ajar switch status
Request driver’s rear door ajar switch status
Request hood ajar switch status
Request hood ajar switch status
Request ignition switch position w / Initialize status
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
GECM
AUDIO
IC
AUDIO
IC
AUDIO
IC
AUDIO
IC
AUDIO
NCM
GECM
AUDIO
GECM
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
GECM
GECM
GECM
GECM
IC
IC
GECM
IC
Low washer fluid warning: ON /
63
64
Source
Message Name
No.
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
GECM
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
IC
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
NCM
Receivers
X
X
X
X
X
X
AUDIO
Appendix
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
SCP Message Matrix
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
NCM
GECM
AUDIO
Request ignition switch position w / initialize status
Request low fuel level status
Request low washer fluid warning command
Request parking brake switch status
Request passenger’s front door ajar switch status
Request passenger’s front door ajar switch status
Request passenger’s rear door ajar switch status
Request passenger’s rear door ajar switch status
Request seat belt warning status
Request vehicle Security System status
Request vehicle configuration module programmed status
Request vehicle Inertia Switch status
Request vehicle Security key status
Request vehicle Security key status
Right side turn signal turn lamp Command: OFF
Right side turn signal turn lamp Command: ON
Seat belt warning Command: OFF
Seat belt warning Command: ON
Terminate display confirmation status: ACCEPT
Terminate display confirmation status: REJECT
Terminate display definition command
Terminate display definition command
Time of day (w/mode) command
Time of day (w/mode) status
Transit mode Command: ACTIVE
Transit mode Command: INACTIVE
Transmission PRNDL range selected status
Vehicle Security System status
Vehicle configuration module programmed status: NO
Vehicle configuration module programmed status: NO
95
96
97
98
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
GECM
IC
IC
EXTERN
AUDIO
NCM
NCM
AUDIO
IC
IC
GECM
GECM
GECM
GECM
AUDIO
GECM
GECM
IC
IC
IC
AUDIO
IC
AUDIO
IC
AUDIO
GECM
NCM
AUDIO
Request ignition switch position w / Initialize status
94
Source
Message Name
No.
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
GECM
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
IC
X
X
X
X
NCM
Receivers
X
X
X
AUDIO
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Appendix
SCP Message Matrix
v
vi
IC
IC
Vehicle Inertia Switch status: ACTIVE (Crashed)
Vehicle Inertia Switch status: INACTIVE (OK)
Vehicle Security key status
Vehicle speed - high resolution status
VACM control mode status: OFF
VACM control mode status: ON
VACM control mode status: OFF
VACM control mode status: ON
VACM training mode A/B entry
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
NCM
NCM
NCM
AUDIO
AUDIO
IC
IC
GECM
Vehicle configuration module programmed status: YES
125
Source
Message Name
No.
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
GECM
X
X
X
X
X
IC
NCM
Receivers
X
X
X
AUDIO
Appendix
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
SCP Message Matrix
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Torque reduction request: throttle control
Torque reduction request: throttle control
CAN PATS SEQUENCE IC
CAN IGNITION OFF TIMER
CAN PATS DATA IC
CAN PATS SEQUENCE ECM
CAN PATS DATA ECM
CAN ENGINE TORQUE REQUEST
CAN ENGINE TORQUE REQUEST
CAN ENGINE TORQUE REQUEST
CAN TEMPORARY TORQUE REQUEST
CAN TEMPORARY TORQUE REQUEST
CAN TEMPORARY TORQUE REQUEST
CAN YRS TEST MODE
CAN YRS POS TM BIT
CAN YRS ERROR BIT
CAN YRS TEMP ERROR BIT
CAN YRS CAL RESPONSE
CAN YRS IDB RESPONSE
CAN YAW RATE SIGNAL
CAN LATERAL ACCEL SIGNAL
CAN YRS STM
CAN YRS CAL
CAN YRS IDB
CAN STEERING WHEEL ANGLE
CAN STEERING WHEEL SPEED
CAN STEERING WHEEL STATUS
CAN SWS MSG COUNT
CAN SWS CHECKSUM
040h
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
040h
040h
046h
046h
065h
065h
065h
065h
065h
065h
070h
070h
070h
070h
070h
070h
070h
070h
075h
075h
075h
080h
080h
080h
080h
080h
Security system ECM data
Validates SWS messages
Confirms SWS messages received
Validates SWS
Steering wheel rotation speed
Steering wheel angle value
YRS identification byte
Calibration information
SWS
SWS
SWS
SWS
SWS
DSCCM
DSCCM
DSCCM
YRS
YRS
YRS
YRS
YRS
YRS
YRS
YRS
DSCCM
ABS/TCCM
ABSCM
DSCCM
ABS/TCCM
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
YRS
YRS, switch to test mode command
Lateral acceleration value
Yaw rate value
YRS response to CAN YRS IDB message
YRS response to CAN YRS CAL message
YRS test data
YRS test data
YRS test data
ECM
ABSCM
DSCCM
YRS test data
Torque reduction request: ignition timing, fuel cutoff
Torque reduction request: ignition timing, fuel cutoff
Torque reduction request: ignition timing, fuel cutoff
Torque reduction request: throttle control
ECM
IC
IC
IC
X
IC
Defines security clearance stage
Security system IC data
Rolling time ignition has been in position I or 0
Defines security clearance stage
ECM
DIAG
Source
X
DIAG
Confirms flash reprogramming
CAN REFLASH ECM WDS
030h
Flash reprogramming command
Usage
CAN REFLASH WDS ECM
Message Name
ECM
020h
No.
Receivers
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Appendix
CAN Message Matrix
SWS
JGM
HLCM
A/CCM
TCM
ABS/TCCM
ABSCM
vii
viii
ECM
TCM
Estimated available torque: current throttle pedal position, no
intervention included
Torque reduction requested for shift energy management (uses ignition
intervention only)
CAN DRIVER DEMAND TORQUE
CAN TORQUE REDUCTION REQUEST
CAN TRANSMISSION TORQUE LIMIT
CAN TORQUE CONVERTER SLIP
CAN TRANSMISSION INPUT SPEED
CAN TRANSMISSION OUTPUT SPEED
CAN TRACTION SHIFT MAP
CAN TRACTION SHIFT MAP
CAN TRACTION SHIFT MAP
CAN OBD II ABS CLEAR ACK
CAN OBD II ABS CLEAR ACK
CAN OBD II ABS CLEAR ACK
CAN ABS FAULT CODE MIL STATUS
CAN ABS FAULT CODE MIL STATUS
CAN ABS FAULT CODE MIL STATUS
CAN ABS STATUS
CAN ABS STATUS
CAN ABS STATUS
097h
0C9h
0C9h
0C9h
0C9h
0C9h
0FBh
0FBh
0FBh
0FBh
0FBh
0FBh
0FBh
0FBh
0FBh
0FBh
0FBh
0FBh
Indicates ABS DTCs to store in the ECM
Indicates ABS DTCs to store in the ECM
CAN VEHICLE REFERENCE SPEED
CAN VEHICLE REFERENCE SPEED
CAN ABS FAULT CODES
CAN ABS FAULT CODES
CAN ABS FAULT CODES
0FBh
0FBh
0FBh
0FBh
0FBh
Indicates ABS DTCs to store in the ECM
Vehicle speed (reference wheel circumference X wheel rotation speed)
Vehicle speed (reference wheel circumference X wheel rotation speed)
CAN VEHICLE REFERENCE SPEED
DSCCM
ABS/TCCM
ABSCM
DSCCM
ABS/TCCM
ABSCM
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
IC
0FBh
DSCCM
ABS/TCCM
ABSCM
DSCCM
ABS/TCCM
ABSCM
DSCCM
ABS/TCCM
ABSCM
DSCCM
ABS/TCCM
ABSCM
TCM
TCM
TCM
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
A/CCM
Vehicle speed (reference wheel circumference X wheel rotation speed)
Indicates when ABS system is functioning
Indicates when ABS system is functioning
Indicates when ABS system is functioning
Indicates flagged DTC requires MIL illumination
Indicates flagged DTC requires MIL illumination
Indicates flagged DTC requires MIL illumination
Confirms DSC OBD II DTCs cleared
Confirms ABS OBD II DTCs cleared
Confirms ABS OBD II DTCs cleared
Use Traction Shift Map
Use Traction Shift Map
Use Traction Shift Map
Transmission output shaft RPM
Transmission input shaft RPM
Percentage of torque converter slip
TCM
ECM
Estimated available torque: current engine speed, load ignition timing
and fuelling
CAN ACTUAL ENGINE TORQUE
097h
X
X
ECM
Engine torque limit with current transmission fault
ECM
Estimated torque loss caused by: engine friction, engine driven
accessories
CAN ENGINE FRICTION TORQUE
097h
X
ABSCM
ECM
Source
ABS/TCCM
Estimated available torque: current engine speed, load, ignition timing
and fueling intervention not included
Usage
DSCCM
CAN INDICATED ENGINE TORQUE
Message Name
TCM
097h
No.
Receivers
Appendix
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
CAN Message Matrix
DIAG
YRS
SWS
JGM
HLCM
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
ABS, DSC and brake systems status and flag information
Engine torque input to transmission, includes interventions
CAN ODO ROLLING COUNT
CAN ABS MALFUNCTION
CAN ABS MALFUNCTION
CAN ABS MALFUNCTION
CAN ABS FLAGS
CAN ABS FLAGS
CAN ABS FLAGS
CAN TRANS INPUT INDICATED TORQUE
CAN ENGINE ACCELERATION
CAN THROTTLE POSITION
CAN PEDAL POSITION
CAN ENGINE SPEED
CAN ALTERNATOR STATUS
CAN CRUISE STATUS
CAN OBD II CLEAR FAULT CODES
CAN BRAKE PEDAL PRESSED
CAN CRANK IN PROGRESS
CAN TRACTION ACKNOWLEDGE
CAN FUEL CAP WARNING
CAN BRAKE FLUID LOW
CAN PARK BRAKE STATUS
CAN DIPPED BEAM STATUS
CAN REV GEAR MAN SELECTED
CAN OIL PRESSURE LOW
CAN RESTRICT RCC BLOWERS
CAN FUEL LEVEL DAMPED
0FBh
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
0FBh
0FBh
0FBh
0FBh
0FBh
0FBh
120h
12Dh
12Dh
12Dh
12Dh
12Dh
12Dh
12Dh
12Dh
12Dh
12Dh
12Dh
1F5h
1F5h
1F5h
1F5h
1F5h
1F5h
1F5h
Damped fuel level (fuel gauge signal)
Restrict climate control blower speed
Engine oil pressure below specification
Manual transmission only, reverse gear selected
Headlight dipped beam: OFF / ON
Parking brake: OFF / ON
Display Brake Fluid Level Low
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
ECM
ECM
Confirms torque reduction in progress, can/cannot achieve, unable to
respond
Display Check Fuel Cap warning
ECM
Engine cranking in progress
ECM
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
HLCM
Brake switch status
ECM
ECM
Cruise control status: Override switch active, Cruise ON, enabled,
resuming
Request ABS and TCM to clear OBD DTCs
ECM
Alternator status: fault or OK
ECM
ECM
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
A/CCM
Engine speed in RPM
Accelerator pedal position, driver throttle demand
ECM
ECM
X
ABSCM
ECM
DSCCM
ABS/TCCM
Target throttle valve position
ABSCM
ABS/TCCM
DSCCM
Rate of engine speed increase
ABS/TC and brake systems status and flag information
DSCCM
ABS/TCCM
X
TCM
ABS and brake systems status and flag information
ABS, DSC and brakes malfunction data, also activates IC warnings
ABS/TC and brakes malfunction data, also activates IC warnings
ABSCM
DSCCM
ABS/TCCM
ABSCM
Source
ECM
ABS and brakes malfunction data, also activates IC warnings
Rolling count of distance vehicle has traveled
Rolling count of distance vehicle has traveled
CAN ODO ROLLING COUNT
0FBh
Rolling count of distance vehicle has traveled
Usage
CAN ODO ROLLING COUNT
Message Name
IC
0FBh
No.
Receivers
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Appendix
CAN Message Matrix
DIAG
YRS
SWS
JGM
ix
x
TCM
TCM
TCM
TCM
TCM
Transmission gear positions: N, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, R, or shift in progress
Transmission rotary switch positions: P, R N, D, 4, 3, 2, or selector
between positions signals
TCM shift map in use signal: Normal, Sport, Hot, Gradient, Traction,
Manual, or Cruise
Transmission fluid temperature –40 °C to 214 °C. Note: will not
exceed 150 °C
Transmission malfunction data, also activate transmission warning
signals
CAN GEAR POSITION ACTUAL
CAN GEAR POSITION SELECTED
CAN TRANSMISSION SHIFT MAP
CAN TRANSMISSION OIL TEMPERATURE
CAN TRANSMISSION MALFUNCTION
CAN TCM CONFIG FLAG
CAN TORQUE CONVERTER STATUS
CAN GEAR SELECTION FAULT
CAN IDLE NEUTRAL CONTROL
CAN PERFORMANCE MODE INDICATION
CAN TCM FAULT CODE MIL STATUS
CAN OBD II TCM CLEAR ACK
CAN TRANSMISSION FAULT CODES
CAN GEAR POSITION TARGET
CAN PRESSURE TRANSDUCER
CAN ENGINE INTAKE TEMPERATURE
CAN A/C CLUTCH INHIBIT STATUS
CAN ELECTRICAL LOAD MANAGEMENT
CAN COOLING FAN FEEDBACK
CAN AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
CAN COMPRESSOR TORQUE
CAN A/C COMMANDS
CAN A/C STATUS
3E9h
3E9h
3E9h
3E9h
3E9h
3E9h
3E9h
3E9h
3E9h
3E9h
3E9h
3E9h
3E9h
41Ah
41Ah
41Ah
41Ah
41Ah
441h
441h
441h
441h
ECM
Actual cooling fan speed. Response to COOLING FAN REQUEST
message
A/CCM
A/CCM
Indicates: windshield, rear door mirrors, and windshield wiper park
area heater ON / OFF and blower speed
A/CCM
Request A/C compressor ON / OFF. Maximum heat required: YES / NO
Predicted A/C compressor torque in 100 ms
A/CCM
ECM
Inhibit: heated rear window, windshield, wiper park area, automatic
heated windshield.
Outside air temperature -40 °C to 80 °C (-40 °F to 176 °F)
ECM
ECM
Confirms A/C compressor clutch ON / OFF
Engine intake air temperature: -40 °C to 80 °C (-40 °F to 176 °F)
TCM
TCM
TCM
TCM
TCM
TCM
TCM
TCM
TCM
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
A/CCM
A/C refrigerant pressure, for fan control and diagnostics
Next actual transmission gear position (for traction control)
Indicates transmission fault codes to store ECM
Confirms transmission OBD DTCs cleared
Indicates flagged DTC requires MIL illumination
Switch Performance Mode LED ON / OFF
Idle neutral control in / not in progress
CAN GEAR POSITION SELECTED signal validity
Torque converter clutch disengaged, engaged or constant slip
X
X
X
DSCCM
X
ABS/TCCM
X
IC
TCM
ABSCM
X
X
X
X
X
X
JGM
TCM PECUS programmed YES / NO
IC
3E9h
Fuel level sender 2 signal (before signal conditioning)
CAN FUEL LEVEL RAW 2
IC
Source
1F5h
Fuel level sender 1 signal (before signal conditioning)
Usage
CAN FUEL LEVEL RAW 1
Message Name
ECM
1F5h
No.
Receivers
Appendix
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
CAN Message Matrix
DIAG
YRS
SWS
HLCM
TCM
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Rear right wheel speed
Rear right wheel speed
CAN ECM CONFIG FLAG
CAN ENGINE FAULT CODES
CAN ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
CAN ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE
CAN BAROMETRIC PRESSURE
CAN FL WHEEL SPEED
CAN FL WHEEL SPEED
CAN FL WHEEL SPEED
CAN FR WHEEL SPEED
CAN FR WHEEL SPEED
CAN FR WHEEL SPEED
CAN RL WHEEL SPEED
CAN RL WHEEL SPEED
CAN RL WHEEL SPEED
CAN RR WHEEL SPEED
CAN RR WHEEL SPEED
CAN RR WHEEL SPEED
CAN ODOMETER READING
CAN VOICE AIRCON COMMAND
CAN AIRCON VOICE STATUS
44Dh
44Dh
44Dh
44Dh
44Dh
4BOh
4BOh
4BOh
4BOh
4BOh
4BOh
4BOh
4BOh
4BOh
4BOh
4BOh
4BOh
4COh
694h
695h
CAN to SCP gateway message
SCP to CAN gateway message
Odometer distance traveled for DTCs and diagnostics
Rear right wheel speed
Rear left wheel speed
Rear left wheel speed
Rear left wheel speed
Front right wheel speed
Front right wheel speed
Front right wheel speed
Front left wheel speed
Front left wheel speed
A/CCM
IC
IC
DSCCM
ABS/TCCM
ABSCM
DSCCM
ABS/TCCM
ABSCM
DSCCM
ABS/TCCM
ABSCM
DSCCM
ABS/TCCM
ABSCM
ECM
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
HLCM
Front left wheel speed
Barometric pressure as % of 1 standard atmosphere (0 to 125%)
ECM
ECM
Engine coolant temperature (°C). Note: Will not exceed 140 °C (284
°F)
X
X
X
X
X
A/CCM
Engine oil temperature -40 to 214 °C ( -40 to 417 °F)
ECM
ECM
Indicates engine fault codes to store ECM
X
X
ABS/TCCM
X
DSCCM
ECM PECUS programming status: programmed YES / NO
Indicates flagged DTC requires MIL illumination
CAN ECM FAULT CODE MIL STATUS
44Dh
ABSCM
X
X
TCM
ECM
ECM
Switch amber warning light OFF (defaults to ON) — Display:
Cruise inhibited, Redundancy mode, OBD engine overspeed fuel cutoff
messages
CAN THROTTLE MALFUNCTION AMBER
44Dh
ECM
CAN THROTTLE MALFUNCTION RED
44Dh
ECM
Switch red warning light OFF (defaults to ON) — Display:
Restricted throttle / performance, Limp home / idle mode, Engine shut
down messages
CAN ENGINE OBD II MIL
44Dh
Data for trip computer calculations
A/CCM
Request climate control fan speed and offset, and fan run-on at
ignition OFF
ECM
CAN FUEL USED
44Dh
Source
Usage
IC
Switch CHECK ENGINE MIL ON / OFF
CAN COOLING FAN REQUEST
Message Name
ECM
441h
No.
Receivers
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Appendix
CAN Message Matrix
DIAG
YRS
SWS
JGM
xi
xii
Network management
Steering Angle Sensor calibration instructions
CAN POWERTRAIN CONFIGURATION
CAN SWS COMMAND CODE WORD
CAN SWS CID
CAN DIAGNOSTIC DATA IN RCC
CAN DIAGNOSTIC DATA OUT RCC
CAN DIAGNOSTIC DATA IN ECM
CAN DIAGNOSTIC DATA IN TCM
CAN DIAGNOSTIC DATA IN IC
CAN DIAGNOSTIC DATA IN ABS
CAN DIAGNOSTIC DATA OUT ECM
CAN DIAGNOSTIC DATA OUT TCM
CAN DIAGNOSTIC DATA OUT IC
CAN DIAGNOSTIC DATA OUT ABS
CAN DIAGNOSTIC DATA OUT ABS
CAN DIAGNOSTIC DATA OUT ABS
6AOh
6F1h
6F1h
7C4h
7C5h
7E8h
7E9h
7Eah
7Ebh
7Ech
7Edh
7Eeh
7Efh
7Efh
7Efh
DSCCM diagnostics data out. Only in response to message #7EBh
ABSCM diagnostics data out. Only in response to message #7EBh
ABSCM diagnostics data out. Only in response to message #7EBh
IC diagnostics data out. Only in response to message #7EAh
TCM diagnostics data out. Only in response to message #7E9h
ECM diagnostics data out. Only in response to message #7E8h
ABSCM diagnostics message
IC diagnostics message
TCM diagnostics message
DSCCM
ABS/TCCM
ABSCM
IC
TCM
ECM
DIAG
DIAG
DIAG
DIAG
A/CCM
X
X
X
X
ECM
ECM diagnostics message
DIAG
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
DIAG
A/CCM diagnostics data out. Only in response to message #7C4h
A/CCM diagnostics message
DSCCM
X
DSCCM
CAN identifier for message transmission
ABS/TCCM
X
X
X
SWS
DSCCM
ABSCM
X
TCM
ECM
A/CCM
IC
Source
IC
CAN to SCP gateway message
CAN AIRCON DISPLAY STATUS
697h
SCP to CAN gateway command message
Usage
CAN DISPLAY AIRCON COMMAND
Message Name
A/CCM
696h
No.
Receivers
Appendix
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
CAN Message Matrix
YRS
JGM
HLCM
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001